I IH^^H • v. H • , -'. - E " m m I •••.": •^H • ^ i ! • • * • 4 ^B^H I i . • - . : - • . • H • - " ; i . *• * ' J. A THE CODE OF NOMENCLATURE AND CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS Adopted by the American Ornithologists' Union BEING THE REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE OF THE UNION ON CLASSIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE Zoological Nomenclature is a means, not an end, of Zoological Science NEW YORK AMERICAN ORNITHOLOGISTS' UNION 1886 Copyright, 1885, BY AMERICAN ORNITHOLOGISTS' UNION. Enibrrsitn \3rtss: JOHN WILSON AND SON, CAMBRIDGE. • LIBR PREFACE. AT the first Congress of the American Ornithologists' Union, held in New York, September 26-29, 1883, the following resolution was adopted : — "Resolved, That the Chairman appoint a Committee of five, including himself, to whom shall be referred the question of a Re- vision of the Classification and Nomenclature of the Birds of North America." In pursuance of this resolution the following Committee was appointed : Messrs. Coues, Allen, Ridgway, Brewster, and Hen- shaw. The Committee, having held mimerous sessions in Washing- ton and New York, presented its Report at the second Con- gress of the Union, held in New York, Sept. 30 to Oct. 2, 1884, when the following resolution was adopted : - "Resolved, That the Report of the Committee on the Revision of the Nomenclature and Classification of North Ameircan Birds be ac- cepted and adopted, and that it be recommitted to the Committee, with instructions to complete and submit it to the Council as soon as practicable ; and that the Council be empowered and instructed to accept and adopt the Report as finally rendered, with such modifica- tions as they may deem necessary, and to publish the same, copy- righted, in part or in whole, and in one or more forms, in the name and under the auspices of the American Ornithologists' Union." The Committee, having continued its sessions, presented its final report to the Council at a meeting held in Washington on the 2ist of April, 1885, when the Report of the Committee was iv PREFACE. accepted and adopted, and was referred again to the Committee for publication, the Committee to exercise such editorial revision as might seem necessary. Pursuant to the foregoing resolutions of the Union and Coun- cil, the Committee now offers to the public, in the name and on behalf of the Union, the result of its labors, consisting of a List of North American Birds, preceded by the Code of Rules adopted by the Committee for its guidance in the preparation of the List. The Committee ventures to hope that the new Code will find favor, not only with ornithologists, but among zoologists generally. ELLIOTT COUES. J. A. ALLEN. ROBERT RIDGWAY. WILLIAM BREVVSTER. H. W. HENSHAW. TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGE I. INTRODUCTION i II. PRINCIPLES, CANONS, AND RECOMMENDATIONS . 18 A. GENERAL PRINCIPLES 18 B. CANONS OF ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE 22 § I. Of the Kinds of Names in Zoology 22 2. Of the Binomial System as a Phase of Zoological No- menclature 29 3. Of the Trinomial System as a Phase of Zoological No- menclature 30 4. Of the Beginning of Zoological Nomenclature proper, and of the Operation of the Law of Priority ... 32 5. Of Names Published Simultaneously 40 6. Of the Retention of Names . . -41 7. Of the Rejection of Names 47 8. Of the Emendation of Names 51 9. Of the Definition of Names 51 10. Of the Publication of Names 54 it. Of the Authority for Names 56 C. RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE IN THE FUTURE 58 § 12. Of the Construction and Selection of Names .... 58 13. Of the Transliteration of Names 65 14. Of the Description of Zoological Objects 67 15. Of the Bibliography of Names 67 1 6. Of the Selection of Vernacular Names 68 III. CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS ... 71 I. PYGOPODES 73 a. Podicipedes 73 I. Podicipidas 73 ' Vi TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGE b. Cepphi 75 2. Urinatoridae 75 3. Alcidte 76 II. LONGIPENNES 84 4. Stercorariidae 84 5. Laridae 86 6. Rynchopidas 96 III. TUBINARES 97 7. DiomecleidcC 97 8. Procellariidae 98 IV. STEGANOPODES 106 9. Phaethontidae 106 10. Sulidae 107 u. Anhingidae loS 12. Phalacrocoracidae 109 13. Pelecanidas 112 14. Fregatidae 113 V. ANSERES 113 15. Anatidae 113 VI. ODONTOGLOSS/E 130 16. Phcenicopteridae 130 VII. HERODIONES 131 a. Ibides 131 17. Plataleidae 131 1 8. Ibididae 131 b. Ciconiae 133 19. Ciconiidse 133 c. Heroclii 134 20. Ardeidas 134 VIII. PALUDICOL^ 138 d. Grues 138 21. Gruidns 138 e. Ralli 139 22. Aramidae 139 23. Rallida? 140 IX. LIMICOL.E 145 24. Phalaropodid.c 145 25. Recurvirostrida- 146 26. Scolopacido? 147 27. Charadriidae I Co 28. Aphrizidae 164 TABLE OF CONTENTS. Vll PAGE 29. Haematopodidae 165 30. Jacanidce 166 X. GALLING 167 f. Phasiani 167 31. Tetraonidae 167 32. Phasianidae 177 g. Penelopes 178 32. Cracidae 178 XI. COLUMB^E 178 34. Columbidas , 178 XII. RAPTORES 182 h. Sarcorhamphi 182 35. Cathartidaa . 182 i. Falcones 184 36. Falconidae 184 j. Striges 197 37. Strigidaa 197 38. Bubonidae 198 XIII. PSITTACI 205 39. Psittacidce 205 XIV. COCCYGES 206 k. Cuculi 206 4$. Cuculidae 206 /. Trogones 208 41. Trogonidce 208 m. Alcyones 209 42. Alcedinidaa 209 XV. PICI 2to 43. Picidae 210 XVII. MACROCHIRES 219 n. Caprimulgi 219 44. Caprimulgidae 219 o. Cypseli 221 45. Micropodidae 221 p. Trochili 223 46. Trochilidae 223 XVIII. PASSERES 228 q. Clamatores 228 47. Tyrannidae 228 r. Oscines 238 48. Alaudidas 238 49. Corvidae 240 viii TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGE 50. Sturnidae 247 51. Icteridae 247 52. Fringillidas 254 53. Tanagridag 290 54. Hirundinidae 292 55. Ampelidae 294 56. Laniidae 295 57. VireonidjE 296 58. Coerebidas 300 59. Mniotiltidae 300 60. Motacillidae 319 61. Cinclidae 321 62. Troglodytidae 321 63. Certhiidae ... 330 64. Paridae 331 65. Sylviidas 338 66. Turdidae 341 IV. HYPOTHETICAL LIST 343 V. THE FOSSIL BIRDS OF NORTH AMERICA . . 359 INDEX 369 -*.%?; THE CODE OF NOMENCLATURE AND CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. i. INTRODUCTION. IN beginning its work the Committee found it necessary to examine particularly those rules, precedents, and practices of nomenclature respecting which leading authorities differ, it becoming immediately obvious that no substantial and satis- factory progress in the preparation of a List of North Ameri- can Birds could be made until various disputed points should be settled. This necessity led to the discussion of the general principles of zoological nomenclature, in their special applica- tion to the subject in hand ; and ultimately resulted in the for- mation of a Code of Rules for the guidance of the Committee in fixing the name of every North American bird. These rules were considered in their bearing upon Zoology at large, as well as upon Ornithology alone ; it being obvious that sound prin- ciples of nomenclature should be susceptible of general applica- tion. Furthermore, 'since in the nature of the case there can be no personal obligation, and no court of appeal with power to enforce its decision, canons of nomenclature should derive their weight wholly from their merit, and should acquire the force of law only by the common consent of zoologists. Since nomen- clature is a means, not an end, of science, the merit of a code of rules for naming objects rests upon its utility, its availability, i 2 CODE OF NOMENCLATURE. and its efficiency in meeting all necessary and reasonable re- quirements of a system of classification, — in a word, upon its practical convenience. Fortunately for the interests of science, the tendency of natu- ralists has latterly been toward substantial agreement upon most of the fundamental principles involved in nomenclature, vari- ance of opinion coming mainly in the application of those prin- ciples in minor details. To prepare an acceptable and entirely available code of rules, the compilers of to-day have therefore to little more than clearly formulate the current usages of the best naturalists, and consistently apply them to any given case. Without undertaking to give in detail the history of zoologi- cal and botanical nomenclature from the Linnaean period to the present day, the Committee deems it proper and needful to advert to certain moot points. While binomial nomenclature may be considered to have originated with Linnaeus, who pro- pounded and established its fundamental principles with admi- rable sagacity, these have in the course of time and to some extent been necessarily modified to meet the requirements of the progress of zoological science, by restriction in some direc- tions and extension in others. So radically, indeed, has the aspect of the science changed since the Linncean period, and so profoundly do modern conceptions in biological science differ from those then held, that a strict binomial system has probably had its day, and may be abandoned, with great benefit to sci- ence, in the not distant future. But, assuming that the binomial nomenclature, with some modification, is still to be retained for a while, in its general features, the whole course of scientific nomenclature has shown that the law of priority — Ic.v priorita- tis--\?> the one great underlying principle ; and the nearly uni- versal tendency is, to hold this principle inviolate, to adhere to it with the utmost possible stringency, and to tolerate the fewer infractions as time advances.1 But there is unfortunately no 1 A signal exception to this is found in the just published ' History of British I'.irds,' by Mr. Henry Sccbnhm, — an ingenious and thoughtful ornithologist, — who mis the lex prioritatis, substituting therefor an ,ntctoriim pliiri)iu>rum principle, nling to which his method is to use for every bird that specific n.inic which has INTRODUCTION. 3 unanimity in fixing the date of the beginning of the operation of the law of priority, naturalists being nearly evenly divided in opinion upon this point. The so-called ' Stricklandian Code' fixed the date at 1766,* --that of the twelfth edition of the 'Systema Nature.' This has been generally accepted by Brit- ish zoologists ; while many others, especially in America and of late years, consider 1758 as the fittest starting-point, this being the date of the tenth edition of the ' Systema Naturae,' in which Linnaeus first methodically and consistently applied the binomial nomenclature to zoology. Botanists are at variance with zoolo- gists, and with one another, in this particular ; some taking as been oftenest used before, irrespective of its original application, or of its applica- bility under the law of priority. But a much earlier protest against the strict law of priority, from an entomologist, is to be found in a tract published in 1872, the follow- ing title of which indicates the nature of its contents : — 1872. LEWIS, W. ARNOLD. A Discussion [ of the | Law of Priority in Ento- mological | Nomenclature ; | with Strictures on its Modern Application ; | and | a Proposal for the Rejection of all | disused Names. | — | By | W. Arnold Lewis, | F. L. S., M. Entom. Soc. Lond., Barrister-at-Law. | — | Also containing | A Pa- per, by the same, read before the British Association | (Section D) on August 7, 187 1 ; | And a Second, by the same, intended as a Contribution to the | Discussion in the 'Entomologist's Monthly Magazine.' | — | London : | Williams & Norgate, 14, Henrietta Street, | Covent Garden. | — | 1872. I vol. 8vo, paper cover, title, advt., and pp. 1-86. (The first paper mentioned in the title is, 'A Proposal for a Modification of the strict Law of Priority in Zoological Nomenclature in Certain Cases,' pp. 69-82. The second is entitled, ' Synonymic Lists and Certainty in Nomenclature,' pp. 82-86.) Another paper, also by an entomologist, may be consulted with profit. It is entitled as follows : — 1873. SHARP, DAVID. The | Object and Method | of | Zoological Nomencla- ture. | By | David Sharp. | — | " Nomina si nescis, pent et cognitio rerum." | — | London : | E. W. Janson, 28 Museum Street. | Williams & Norgate, Henrietta St. | — j November, 1873. Paper, sm. 8vo, cover-title backed by preface, and PP- 39- (Well reviewed by A. R. Wallace, 'Nature,' Feb. 5, 1874, p. 258.) 1 " In Mr. H. E. Strickland's original draft of these Rules and Recommendations the edition of Linnreus was left blank, and the Xllth was inserted by the Manches- ter Committee. This was done not as being the first in which the binomial nomen- clature had been used, as it commenced with the Xth, but as being the last and most complete edition of Linnseus's works, and containing many species the Xth did not." — Revised Rules of the B. A., p. 28, as printed in Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sci., Birmingham Meeting, 1865. For evidence that Strickland himself was an advocate of Linnaeus at 1758, see ' The Auk,' I., 1884, p. 400. 4 CODE OF NOMENCLATURE. their starting-point the first edition of the ' Genera Plantarum ' of Linnaeus, published in 1737; others, his promulgation of rules in the ' Philosophia Botanica,' 1751; others, again, his 'Species Plantarum,' 1753. But, furthermore, as some zoolo- gists used the system methodically in works published prior to 1758,' and as generic names were employed in a strict sense by some writers of eminence in zoology as early as I732,2 the law of priority is restricted in time by neither one of two important codes recently promulgated, --that of the Societe Zooiogique de France, iSSi,3 and that of the Congres Geologique International, 1882 ;4 the only provisions for the inception of its operation being, that a given name, to be available, shall have been prop- erly published and clearly defined, conformably with the rules of binomial nomenclature. The Stricklandian Code was nevertheless taken by the International Geological Congress as its point of departure and basis of procedure in the formulation of the Rules it adopted. This code — »first promulgated by the British Association for the Advancement of Science, at Manchester, in 1842, later adopted by the American Association of similar name and character, and reaffirmed and again adopted with little modi- fication by the British Association, at Bath, in i8655 -has until recently been the principal code of zoological nomen- clature ; it is still recognized as the highest authority by most English-speaking zoologists, and is followed with more or less reservation and evasion by naturalists at large. In most respects — excepting the rule which fixed the date of the ' As Artccli, Scopoli, Pallas, Clerck, etc. 2 E. g. Brcyn ; to which may perhaps be added Link, 1722, Klein, 1731 and 1734, Linnaeus, 1735, and Tournefort, 1742. 8 Societe Zooiogique | dc France | — | DC la | Nomenclature | des | ctres orga- nises | — 1 Paris | An Sic-gcs dc la Societe | 7, rue des Grands-Augustins, 7 | — | 1881. Paper, 8vo, pp. 37. 4 Regies a suivrc pour c"tablir la nomenclature des especcs. Rapport du Secre- taire dc la Commission 1 1. I >ouville. < Congres Geologique International. Compte rcndu de la 2mc Session, Bologne, 1881, (pub. 1882,) pp. 592-6oS. •"• See Notes on the modified Rules for Zoological Nomenclature, B. A., 1865, by A. E. Vcrrill, in Am. Jour. Sci. and Arts, 2d Scries, Vol. XLVIIL, July, 1869, pp. 92-110. INTRODUCTION. » 5 starting-point of nomenclature at 1766 — this honored code was admirably conceived at the time. It had great influence for good, and did much to bring zoological nomenclature from a loose and almost chaotic state to a fair degree of stability and orderly consistency. Its principal defects are those which could not then have been perceived and avoided, being inherent in the binomial system itself, as has become obvious in the subsequent forty-three years of progress in zoological science, during which time have arisen contingencies and complications which, being unforeseen in 1842, could not have been then provided for. In fi/ne, the Stricklandian Code could not pos- sibly have been made better than the radically faulty binomial scheme upon which it was based, and for the perpetuation of which in all its defects it sedulously provided. No one appears to have suspected, in 1842, that the Linnasan system was not the permanent heritage of science, or that in a few years a theory of evolution was to sap its very foundations, by radically changing men's conceptions of those things to which names were to be furnished. Nevertheless, the half-dozen emendations made to this code by the Bath Committee in 1865 were, with one exception, ill-advised, leaving the code less available and efficient than it had been before. The fact, however, that the Stricklandian Code has been from 1842 to the present year the recognized basis of nearly all attempts to improve the formal rules for zoological nomenclature, is ample evidence of its usefulness and general soundness, so long as we must continue to base our nomenclature upon the Linnasan binomial system. The wide-spread recognition of its weight and authority in nomenclature, and the almost universal cur- rency of its leading provisions, which are in the main as satis- factory as any can well be which provide for a strictly binomial system, --in short, the strength of the Stricklandian Code, ren- ders it still the natural and proper basis of any new code which may seek to provide for the comparatively few contingencies to meet which the former one has proven inadequate.1 1 The Committee which drafted the original ' Stricklandian ' Code, appointed at a meeting of the Council of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, 6 CODE OF NOMENCLATURE. It has therefore seemed to your Committee advisable to take the original Stricklandian Code as the initial point of departure ; to reaffirm and reproduce as many of its rules as may be de- sirable, without reference to the changes made in it in 1865, — changes which, with one exception, do not appear to your Committee to be available for adoption, although, for the sake of historical completeness, they may be duly noted in their held in London, February n, 1842, consisted of Mr. C. Darwin, Professor Henslow, Rev. L. Jenyns, Mr. W. Ogilby, Mr. J. Phillips, Dr. Richardson, Mr. J. O. West- wood, and Mr. H. E. Strickland (reporter) ; to whom were afterward added, W. J. Broderip, Professor Owen, W. E. Shuckard, G. R. Waterhouse, and W. Varrell. The result of their labors appeared in a ' Series of Propositions for rendering the Nomenclature of Zoology uniform and permanent,' first printed in the Report of the Twelfth Meeting of the British Association, held at Manchester, June, 1842, p. 106 et seq. They also appeared in the ' Annals of Natural History,' and in the ' Philo- sophical Magazine.' C. L. Bonaparte submitted an Italian translation to the Scien- tific Congress held at Padua in 1843. A French translation also appeared in ' L'ln- stitut' (lie Ann., No. 498, pp. 248-251, 13 Juil, 1843), and a review by Dr. A. A. Gould of the 'Propositions' was printed in the 'American Journal of Science and Arts' (Vol. XLV., 1843, pp. 1-12). At the B. A. meeting at Oxford in 1860, it was "resolved, that the surviving members of the Committee appointed in 1842 — viz., Mr. C. Darwin, Rev. Professor Henslow, Rev. L. Jenyns, Mr. W. Ogilby, Professor Phillips, Sir John Richardson, Mr. J. O. Westwood, Professor Owen, Mr. W. E. Shuckard, and Mr. G. R. Water- house .... be reappointed, with Sir Wm. Jardine, Bart., and Mr. P. L. Sclater." At the B. A. meeting at Newcastle, 1863, the Committee was reformed again, to consist of Sir Wm. Jardine, A. R. Wallace, J. E. Gray, C. C. Babington, Dr. Fran- cis, P. L. Sclater, C. Spence Bate, P. P. Carpenter, Dr. J. D. Hooker, ProR Balfour, II. T. Stainton, J. Gwyn Jeffries, Prof. A. Newton, Prof. T. H. Huxley, Professor Allman, and G. Bentham, with power to add to its members. For the purpose of eliciting suggestions and recommendations, this Committee reprinted the original ' Series of Propositions,' etc.. in a pamphlet entitled as follows : — Rules | for | Zoological Nomenclature | by the late | Hugh E. Strickland, M. A., F. R. S. | Authorized by Section D of the | British Association | at Manchester, 1842. | — | Reprinted by Requisition of Section D at Newcastle, | 1863. | — | Edinburgh: | Printed by Neill and Company. | MDCCCLXIII. Svo, pp. 25. This is the original of the 'Stricklandian Code,' i.'-'42, known also as the ' Rules of the British Association.' Upon this tin- Bath Committee, in 1865, engrafted its emendations, with the result of what is known as the ' Revised 1'.. A. Rules,' entitled as follows: " Report of a Committee appointed to report on the Changes which they may consider desirable to make, if any, in the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature drawn up by Mr. II. E. Strickland, at the Instance of the Hiitish Association at their Meeting in Manchester in iS.jj." (Rep. 351)1 Meeting Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., held at Birmingham in Sept., 1865, (pub. 1866,) pp. 25-42.) INTRODUCTION. 7 proper place in this Report ; and then to build upon such a foundation with those additional recommendations and sugges- tions which in the judgment of the Committee are required to meet the demands of the present state of zoological science, and which seem most timely in view of its evident tendency, and probable progress in the future. As is well known, Alphonse De Candolle provided botanists with a code of nomenclatural rules for the Vegetable King- dom, the admirably sound character of which code caused it to receive the unanimous indorsement of the International Botanical Congress held in Paris in 1867. These rules are almost equally applicable to Zoology, the nomenclatural re- quirements of the Animal and Vegetable Kingdoms being nearly identical ; and in general tenor and spirit they are much the same as those of the Stricklandian Code. In 1876, an American zoologist, Mr. W. H. Dall, was appointed by Sec- tion B of the American Association for the Advancement of Science a committee of one, " to obtain an expression of opin- ion from the working naturalists of America, in regard to the nature of a set of rules for facilitating the decision of questions relating to nomenclature." In pursuance of this duty, Mr. Dall prepared a circular upon the subject, consisting of a series of questions relating to disputed points, which was widely distributed among the publishing naturalists of America, from whom a gratifyingly large number of responses were received. To Mr. Ball's report, as published,1 embodying the purport of all their replies, was added an Appendix, consisting " of a resume of all the principles and rules of nomenclature as hitherto set forth by the chief author' ties on that subject, with the diverse views of different authors concerning each proposition appended to it and authenticated by their initials," the reporter further adding many comments of his own. These principles and rules were compiled equally in the interest of Zoology and of 1 Nomenclature | in | Zoology and Botany. | A Report to the American Associa- tion for the Advancement of | Science at the Nashville Meeting, August 31, 1877. | — | By | W. H. Dall, | United States Coast Survey. | — | Salem: | Printed at the Salem Press. | December, 1877. Svo, paper cover, title, and pp. 7-56. 8 CODE OF NOMENCLATURE. Botany, and based largely upon the Zoological Code of Strick- land and the Botanical Code of De Candolle. The Appendix, of thirty-three pages of mostly small type, giving a thorough and nearly complete rcsumt of the subject, forms a mine of infor- mation upon current usages and previous rulings in nomen- clature. While its general character is that of a digest of what was at the time, or had before been, the laws of the subject, the reporter did not not fail to furnish much original matter, in the form of sound criticism and valuable suggestions on many important points ; so that his codification of rules and princi- ples may be consulted with profit by all who are interested in the subject of systematic nomenclature.1 In 1 88 1, as already noted, the Zoological Society of France adopted a code of rules prepared by a commission specially ap- pointed to consider the subject. These rules, only seventeen in 1 Mr. "Samuel II. Scudder had shortly before Mr. Ball's labors published a valuable paper entitled 'Canons of Systematic Nomenclature for the Higher Groups,' in the Amer. Jour. Sci. and Arts, 3d Series, III., May, 1872, pp. 348-351. (Separate, pp. 1-4.) Entomology is by far the most extensive branch of Zoology, and much has been done by entomologists to promote the sound nomenclature of the department. Fabricius's ' Philosophia Entomologica,' 1778, is said to contain the first set of rules published for entomological nomenclature. Besides some papers already cited, we may in this connection note the following : — 'On some Changes in the Nomenclature of North American Coleoptcra which have been recently proposed.' By John L. LeContc, M. D. Canad. Entom., Oc- tober, 1874, pp. 185-197. 'On Entomological Nomenclature.' Canad. Entom., November, 1874, pp. 201- 206 ; December, 1874, pp. 207-210. (Part I. is ' On the Law of Priority ' ; Part II. is 'On Generic Types.') 'Historical Sketch of the Generic Names proposed for Butterflies, a Contribu- tion to Systematic Nomenclature.' By Samuel II. Scudder. Salem, 1875. ^vo, pp. 293. 'Observations on Nomenclature' constitute Part I. of Thorcll's work on Euro- pean Spiders, 410, Upsala, 1869. ' Rules to be submitted to the Entomological Club of the A. A. A. S.,' Svo, n. d., n. p., "ordered printed by resolution at the annual meeting for 1875," but never pub- lished, were drawn up by a portion of the Committee appointed l>y the Club, viz., J. L. LeConte, Wm. Saunders, and C. V. Kiley. These proposed ruk-s, twelve in number, were, like the questions propounded in the Dall circular, extensively circu- lated, chiefly among entomologists, to elicit responses. They were, however, never finally adopted by the Club. INTRODUCTION. 9 number, and occupying less than three octavo pages, are like- wise intended to apply to both Zoology and Botany. Their prin- cipal divergence from the Stricklandian Code is at the point of departure for the law of priority, as already stated. The rules are succeeded by a commentary of some thirty pages, prepared by M. Chaper, the reporter of the commission, one third of this matter relating to the starting-point for the action of the law of priority, which is discussed with special reference to pre-Linnaean authors, and favors the non-limitation of the law by the works of Linnaeus. The International Geological Congress, at its meeting held in 1882 at Bologna, also adopted a code of rules intended to apply equally to Zoology and Botany. They were proposed by -a committee specially appointed for the purpose, who, after adopting certain general principles, took as its basis of de- parture the Stricklandian Code. These rules are even fewer than those of the code of the French Zoological Society, being only eleven in number, and occupying less than two octavo pages. They are followed by twenty-two pages of valuable commentary, offered to the Commission by its Secretary, M. H. Douville. This is largely historical, and, like M. diaper's, argues for the non-limitation of the law of priority by the works of Linnaeus, and for its restriction, as above said, only by the requirements of binomiality, proper publication, and clear defi- nition. The only exceptions to the action of this law which the code recognizes as permissible are in the cases of pre- occupation of a generic name in the same kingdom, and of a specific name in the same genus. In 1883, M. A. De Candolle published his important ' Nou- velles Remarques sur la Nomenclature Botanique,' in which he reviews the discussions which were had during the sixteen years following the appearance of his Botanical Code of I86/,1 and proposes a few changes which he considers that experience has shown to be necessary. These, following upon Ball's digest and upon the action respectively of the French Zoological So- 1 ' Lois de la Nomenclature Botanique, redige'es et commentees par M. Alphonse De Candolle.' Paris, 1867. Svo, pp. 60. 10 CODE OF NOMENCLATURE. ciety and of the International Geological Congress, tend in the direction of securing ihc utmost attainable fixity of names and general stability in nomenclature, by giving the fullest scope possible to the operation of the law of priority. De Candolle takes the first edition of the ' Species Plantarum,' 1753, as the starting-point of the binomial system in Botany, and therefore as the date of the beginning of the law of pri- ority in respect to species, — a point substantially agreed upon by botanists. For generic names, however, he takes the first edition of the ' Genera Plantarum,' 1757; and his 'Article 15' provides that each natural group of plants must retain the most ancient name appended to it, if it be not inconsistent with the essential rules of nomenclature, whether adopted or given by Linnaeus, or since his time ; thus implying that the law of priority is not to extend to authors earlier than Linnaeus. His provisions in regard to the emendation of names are very strict. His 'Article 60' is : ' A generic name should subsist just as it was made, though a purely typographical error may be corrected. The termination of a Latin specific name may be changed to bring it into agreement [in gender] with its generic name." This is a marked change from his previous code, in which Article 60 enjoined the suppression of hybrid names, or those formed by the combination of two languages. It is evident, even from the foregoing brief and incomplete summary of some leading authorities upon nomenclature, that the general tendency at present is in the direction of the greatest attainable fixity of names, by the most rigid adherence to the law of priority under all practicable circumstances, and by the disregard as far as possible of all rules requiring the rejection of names for faulty construction, for barbarity, for being meaningless, and even for being literally false, --changes to be made only in cases of obvious typographical errors. The emendations proposed by your Committee to be made in the Stricklandian Code recognize this tendency, and arc in harmony with it. Your Committee, however, does not agree to any of the dates which various codes take as their respective starting- points in nomenclature, and especially does not deem it cxpe- INTRODUCTION. 1 1 dient to take different dates for generic and specific names. The Committee, furthermore, in one or two cases, submits some decided innovations, positively at variance with the provisions of any previous nomenclatural code ; believing that certain radi- cal modifications are demanded by recent progress in science, and that these are a step in advance. Referring now to the original Stricklandian Code of 1842, the principal changes which your Committee proposes and recommends for adoption by the Union may be summarized as follows : — (i.) The adoption of the date of the Xth edition of the ' Systema Naturce,' 1758, instead of that of the Xllth, 1766, as the starting-point of the law of priority for names of whatever groups ; because this date, 1758, is in fact that of the establishment of the binomial system of nomenclature in Zoology, and of its first methodical application to the whole Animal Kingdom. (2.) The rule that prior use of a name in Botany does not make that name unavailable in Zoology; with the injunction, however, that duplication of names in the Animal and Vegetable Kingdoms is to be sedulously avoided in future. (3.) The principle of Trinomials : namely, departure from strict binomiality to the extent of using three words as the name of those subspecific forms which are sufficiently distinct to require recognition by name, yet which are known to intergrade with one another ; the name of such forms to consist of three terms, — a generic, a specific, and a subspecific, — written consecutively and continuously, without the intervention of any mark of punctuation, any arbitrary character, any abbreviation, or any other sign or term whatsoever. Furthermore, the Committee, while insisting strenuously upon the principle of an inflexible law of priority, has neverthe- less sedulously attempted to guard, as far as may be possible, against needless or undue rejection of names in current usage in favor of obscure earlier ones which rest upon descriptions so vague or imperfect that their identification can be made out only by the process of exclusion, - - by presuming that they can mean nothing else. The safeguard which the Committee pro-? poses for these cases is, that a name to be valid must be iden- 12 CODE OF NOMENCLATURE. tifiable by the means furnished by the original clescriber, or at least by such means taken in connection with sources of infor- mation contemporaneous with the original description. That is to say, the name of a species or other group, to be valid, must have been identifiable since the time it was proposed, and not have become so subsequently by the advance of the science. The Committee has also attempted to define as clearly as possible the basis upon which generic, specific, and subspecific names may reasonably and properly rest. While the Committee feels free to advise and recommend in respect to future practices and principles in systematic nomen- clature, it is obvious that no suggestions or rules should be of a retroactive character, or partake of the nature of ex post facto laws.. Yet, so multifarious and often conflicting have been the usages of publishing naturalists on many points of nomencla- ture, that in many cases no rule can be adopted which will not be to some extent retroactive. Thus, in seeking to attain a basis of uniformity and stability, it is always necessary to go back to the original forms of names, and consistently adhere to them, in entire disregard of the verbal innovations of purists or grammarians, who, aiming at classical correctness in names, have too often brought about instability and confusion. It seems out of the question to relax the law of priority, let the immediate inconvenient results of adherence to that law be what they may. And, in respect of any temporary inconvenience, or of any seeming confusion which may be the immediate consequence of its action, the Committee feels able to give assurance that these arc far lesser evils than some of those which it hopes to do away with. The case of an unstable and far from uniform system of nomenclature no more shows the need of improve- ment, than admits of those changes which are necessary ; ami though the evils inseparable from all states of transition may be obvious, they are themselves no less transitory, while the good results of the strict and consistent application of sound prin- ciples of nomenclature are likely long to endure. The following series of twenty-one propositions and affirm a- INTRODUCTION. 13 tions, abstracted and condensed from the minutes of the meet- ings of the Committee, will show at a glance the principal results reached. They are simply the gist of some of the resolutions passed by the Committee in session, the points in- volved being formally presented beyond, under ' Principles, Canons, and Recommendations.' (a) The Stricklandian Code, B. A. Rules, 1842, 1865, the basis of zoological nomenclature : the whole subject to be considered there- from. (b) Trinomial nomenclature to be provided for. (f) Botanical nomenclature not to be considered ; use of names in Botany not to invalidate their subsequent use in Zoology. (//) Linn. Syst. Nat., ed. X., 1758, to be the starting-point of zoologi- cal nomenclature, and of the operation of the law of priority, for all names. (DE OF NOMENCLATURE. CANON III. Proper names of groups above genera consist preferably of a single word, taken as a noun and in the nomina- tive plural Ki.. MARKS. — It seems to the Committee highly desirable tint the proper names of groups of whatever grade, down to (but not including) species, should be expressed in one word, to be considered as a nominative plural noun, standing alone, though grammatically, in fact, it may be an adjective or an adjectival form. This would do away with any change of termination according to gender, depending upon implied agreement with some unex- pressed noun, as . /TVJ-, 7'isa's, etc., and bring all names of groups higher than genera into one grammatical category with single-word generic names, the latter being always in the singular, all the former plural. The practice prevails to some extent of naming groups higher than genera in two or even three words ; as, Passcres acroniyodi, Oscincs scittdliplan- tares. This usage is chiefly confined to intermediate groups, as super- families or suborders, or those groups of no fixed rank called ' tribes,' or 'sections.' While it is not highly objectionable, it is preferably avoided, a single nominative plural noun being considered adequate to meet all the reasonable requirements of such cases. CANON IV. Proper names of families uniformly consist of a single word ending in -ides; of subfamilies, of a single word ending in -incz ; of other groups, of one word or more of no fixed termination. REMARKS. — The above Canon sets forth the now wdlnigh universal usage of zoologists as recommended in the following terms by the B. A. Code, 1842:- " B. It is recommended that the assemblages of genera termed families should be uniformly named by adding the termination -idee to the earliest known or most typically characterized genus in them ; and that their sub- divisions, termed subfamilies, should be similarly constructed, with the ter- mination -ince. "These words are formed by changing the last syllable of the genitive case into -iitcc or -ina> ; as, Strix, Strigis, Stri^idic j /•'//< v;w, Huccrotis, Uncerotidtr, not Siri.vidcr, Bnccridce" It is a frequent misconception, arising perhaps from some confounding of -idir with -oid.r, — a mistake which at least one of the great dictionaries of the English langin^e makes throughout, — that -itfcf is derived from the Greek eiSor, signifying likeness ; but, like -/;/«-, -id:,- is simply an adjectival patronymic termination. The practical convenience of having a fixed termination of the family and subfamily name respectively is great and obvious. It were much to be PRINCIPLES, CANONS, AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 25 desired, but it is idle to hope, and futile to attempt, the introduction of simi- lar uniformity in the terminations of the names of other groups. Evidence of the desirableness and of the tendency are witnessed, for example, in those Cuvierian names of birds which end uniformly in -rostres ; and of those Huxleian divisions terminating in -morphce. Several zoologists have used -oidcz, -co;, etc., to characterize groups of a particular grade. But such usage is far from uniform or universal ; the reverse is current ; and names of groups (excepting of families and subfamilies) ending indiscriminately are too thoroughly ingrained in the science to be eradicated without violence to the cardinal rules of nomenclature. It must suffice that names of super- generic groups be held for nouns in the nominative plural. CANON V. Proper names of families and subfamilies take the tenable name of some genus, preferably the leading one, which these groups respectively contain, with change of termi- nation into -idee or -ince. When a generic name becomes a synonym, a current family or subfamily name based upon such generic name becomes untenable. REMARKS. — A practice has prevailed, to some limited extent, of coining names of families and subfamilies without reference to any generic name. This is reprehensible ; and equally so is the practice of retaining for such groups a name derived from that of a genus which belongs to another family or subfamily, or which for any reason has lapsed into a synonym, or been found otherwise untenable : the genus Syhncola being untenable in Orni- thology, no group of birds can be named Sylvicolidae or Sylvicolinae. CANON VI. Proper names of genera and subgenera are single words, preferably nouns, or to be taken as such, in the nomi- native singular, of no definite construction and no necessary signification. o > REMARKS. — All that relates to the grammatical or philological proprie- ties, to elegance, euphony, appropriateness or the reverse, is not necessarily pertinent to zoological nomenclature. A generic name is not necessarily of classical origin, or even in Latin form, if only it be used as if it were a Latin word, conformably with rules of nomenclature.1 (This results from Principle V.) 1 But this concession must not be construed as giving admission to vernacular names formed from a classical root, like many generic names introduced by the Cu- viers, Lesson, and notably other French writers of the early part of the present cen- tury. Such names have in many cases been later adopted into the science under a proper classical form, and should take date only from this later introduction. 26 . CODE OF NOMENCLATURE. "These names may be taken from any source whatever, or may be framed in an absolutely arbitrary manner " De Candolle justly remarks that it is with generic names as with our patronymics. Many surnames are inconvenient, or even absurd, from bear- ing an adjectival form, from having an inapplicable meaning, on account of being difficult to pronounce, or for some other reason. I'm. since they actually exist, why should they be changed ? It is not the end of Science to make names : she avails herself of them to distinguish things. If a name is properly formed, and different from other names, the essential points are attained. " Generic names may be taken from certain characters or appearances of the group, from the chief habitat, names of persons, common names, and even arbitrary combinations of letters. It is enough if they are properly constructed, and do not lead to confusion or error." (D.\LL, 7vV/>., p. 27.) In heartily indorsing the tenor of the above extracts, we would neverthe- less understand the expressions ' properly formed ' and ' properly con- structed' to mean rather ' contextual!}' correct'; /. e., the name to be a ieric' word within the common meaning of that term in the binomial nomenclature, to be put in the place of a generic term, and to be used as a Latin word, whatever its actual ' form ' or ' construction.' CANON VII. Proper names of all groups in Zoology, from kingdom to subgenus, both inclusive, are written and printed with a capital initial letter. REMARK. -- The universal usage, and one of the ear-marks by which a professional zoologist may be known from a literary person who uses zoologi- cal nomenclature occasionally. CANON VIII. Proper names of species, and of subspecies or ' varieties/ are single words, simple or compound, preferably adjectival or genitival, or taken as such, when practicable agree- ing in gender and number with any generic name with which they are associated in binomial or trinomial nomenclature, and written with a small initial letter. KI:MAKKS. -- There is no inherent zoological difference between a 'ge- neric' and a 'specific' name, — the nomen genericttm and the ncuncn tririah- of earli'cr zoologists. I'.oth alike designate a 'group' in Zoology, — the one a group of un -.itcr, the other a group of lesser classificatory value. Some necessary distinction, which has been misconceived to exist between these two names, is simply a fortuitous matter of the technique of nomencla- ture, apparently arising from the circumstance th.U the generic and the specific names form the contrasted though connected terms of a binomial PRINCIPLES, CANONS, AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 2/ designation. Recognition of the scientific fact, that a ' species,' so called, is not a fixed and special creation, as long supposed, but simply a group of the same intrinsic character as that called a ' genus,' though usually less exten- sive, and always of a lower taxonomic rank, has done more than any other single thing to advance the science of Zoology ; for the whole theory of evo- lution turns, as it were, upon this point. It is therefore obvious that nearly all that has been affirmed of generic names may be here reaffirmed of specific names. Points requiring further comment are comparatively trivial, and purely technical. Specific and subspecific names (here conveniently treated together, as were generic and subgeneric names) differ from the names of higher groups chiefly in the fact, that as a rule they are adjectives, not nouns, or at least of such adjectival character as the genitive case of a noun implies. But even to this distinction the exceptions are many. Specific names, like Latin adjectives, unlike generic ones, are liable to change of termination to agree in gender with the generic names with which they may be coupled. Again, like Latin nouns, they are declinable, and may take a genitive case, singular or plural (but the plural is comparatively rare : e. g., Icterus parisoruin, illcgalcewa marshallorum, Passercnlus sanctorum}. In many cases, no grammatical agreement with the associated generic name is possible. This occurs when the word is barbarous and not Latinized, and also when it is a Latin or Latinized noun in the nominative case. Specific names have the peculiarity that, though they are always single words, in effect, they may be so loosely compounded as to take a hyphen, and therefore seem like two words. E. g., Archibuteo sancti-johannis, Ca- loptenus femur-rubrnm. Among strict binomialists, in some departments of Zoology, especially Entomology, the propriety of the actual appearance of three words in a binomial designation has been questioned. '• The usage of a third word, however, connected with the second by a hyphen, as is common and desirable in the case of gall-insects, e. g., Cynips qucrcus-palustris, is not to be considered an infraction of this [the binomial] rule." (C. V. RILEY.) Professor Riley says further, in the same connection : " In some cases, as in the names of gall-insects, it has become the custom to indicate the plant upon which the gall occurs, by combining the name of the plant with the specific name of the insect. Such indication is desirable and useful ; . . . . and we are of opinion that the combined specific name, whether the botani- cal term be abbreviated or in full, should be looked upon as one [loosely compounded] word." There being no necessary intrinsic difference between a generic and a spe- cific name, zoologists have sought to make an artificial distinction by using a small or ' lower-case ' letter for the initial of every specific name, the capitals being confined to generic and higher names. The old practice was differ- ent, substantive specific names, especially those derived from names of per- sons or places, being written with a capital. The practice still prevails in 28 CODE OF NOMENCLATURE. Botany, but zoologists are about equally divided on this score. The case of "specific names to be written with a small initial," was formulated in the original 15. A. Code as follows : — "A convenient incmoria tcchnica may be effected by adopting our next proposition. It has been usual, when the titles of species arc derived from proper names, to write them with a capital letter, and hence when the spe- cific name is used alone it is liable to be accidentally mist-ken for the name of a genus. But if the title of a species were invariably written with a small initial, and those of genera with a capital, the eye would at once distinguish the rank of the group referred to. and a possible source of error would be avoided. It should further be remembered that all species are equal [?] and should therefore be written all alike. We suggest then, that "§ C. Specific names should always be written with a small initial letter, even when derived from persons or places, and generic names should always be written with a capital." (IL A. Code, 1842.) This suggestion appears to have been very generally adopted, by Brit- ish zoologists especially, and of later years by many of those of America. But the framers of the Revised Code, in 1865, cancelled it, in the following terms : — " VI. The recommendation, ' Specific names to be written with a small initial.' The Committee propose that this recommendation should be omitted. It is not of great importance, and may be safely left to naturalists to deal with as they think fit." (Recommendations of the Bath Committee, B. A., 1865. [§ C. and its preamble, of the Original B. A. Code, are accordingly omitted in the Revised B. A. Code.]) The code of the French Zoological Society, and that of the International Zoological Congress, each leaves the writer free to follow his own preference in this matter. Your Committee agrees that it is a trivial matter, hardly to enter into a canon of nomenclature. But its preference is decidedly in favor of the uni- form use of the lower case, and, feeling called upon to express its view, it lias embodied it in the above Canon,, without in the least insisting upon its importance. CANON IX. Proper names do not attach to individual organ- isms, nor to groups of lower grade than subspecies ; names which may be applied to hybrids, to monstrosities or other in- dividual peculiarities, or to artificial varieties, such as domestic breeds of animals, having no status in zoological nomenclature. REMARK. — Such organisms, having no natural permanent existence, need no recognition by name in a zoological system. PRINCIPLES, CANONS, AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 29 § 2. Of the Binomial System as a Phase of Zoological Nomenclature, Few naturalists, whether botanists or zoologists, appear to have consid- ered the binomial system of naming objects as aught else than the perma- nent heritage of science, the entire superstructure of which should be built with the binomial nomenclature as the corner-stone, and the whole language of which should conform to the requirements of an inflexible binomial sys- tem. From this position your Committee recedes with emphasis. The Committee considers that the rigidity and inelasticity of that system, which has been followed for more than a century, unfits it for the adequate expression of modern conceptions in Zoology, and that therefore a strict adherence to it is a hindrance rather than a help to the progress of science. It believes that strict binomialism in nomenclature has had its day of greatest usefulness and necessary existence ; and that at present it can only be allowed equal place in nomenclature by the side of that more flexible, elastic, and adequate system of trinomials to which the Committee hopes that your action upon its Report will give formal place among the Canons of nomenclature. The proper place and office of binomials may be formulated in the follow- ing Canon. CANON X. Binomial nomenclature consists in applying to every individual organism, and to the aggregate of such organ- isms not known now to intergracle in physical characters with other organisms, two names, one of which expresses the specific distinctness of the organism from all others, the other its super- specific indistinctness from, or generic identity with, certain other organisms, actual or implied ; the former name being the specific, the latter the generic designation ; the two to- gether constituting the technical name of any specifically dis- tinct organism. REMARKS. — The Committee finds little or nothing to cite in illustration or amplification of this Canon. The binomial nomenclature having been considered indispensable and all-sufficient, — in short as a foregone conclu- sion,— it has received abounding indiscriminate praise, but little searching and discriminating criticism. Your Committee is far from venturing to do away with it at present. It has attempted to define it with more strict- ness than has perhaps been done before, and by so doing to limit its opera- tion to those cases in which it may still be found useful. The system is, 30 CODE OF NOMENCLATURE. moreover, so \veil understood, that what might be further said here may be best brought into the discussion, beyond, of the starting-point of nomen- clature and of the law of priority. § 3- Of the Trinomial System as a Phase of Zoological Nomenclature. CANON XI. Trinomial nomenclature consists in applying to every individual organism, and to the aggregate of such organ- isms known now to intergrade in physical characters, three names, one of which expresses the subspecific distinctness of the organism from all other organisms, and the other two of which express respectively its specific indistinctness from, or generic identity with, certain other organisms ; the first of these names being the subspecific, the second the specific, and the third the generic designation ; the three, written con- secutively, without the intervention of any other word, term, or sign, constituting the technical name of any sub.specifically distinct organism. REMARKS. — This Canon, the Committee knows, directly contravenes the letter of the B. A. Code, and also, it believes. ;;11 previous codes of nomeu- clatural rules ; but it feels prepared to maintain that it is not antagonistic to the 1). A. or any other code, being conceived strictly in the whole spirit and tenor of the binomial system, though contrary to its letter. It evidently amplifies, increases the effective force of, and lends a new precision to, the old system. It is also plainly but a step in the direction of brevity, con- venience, and explicitncss. from the common but awkward practice of sepa- rating the third term, in the names of subspecies or varieties, from the second or specific term by the interpolation of ' var.,' which in several codes is for- mally provided for by special rules. The practice of indicating sul ispucies, as distinguished from species, by trinomials, has already mine into nearly universal use with American ornithologists and mamm.ilogists. and is em- ployed to some extent by other American zoologists. The system appears also to have found much favor among British and oilier foreign on.hholo- -; of high standing, some of whom have already em; luyed it in their pub- lications. It seems likely to supply a present want, and subserve, at least for a t:me, a very useful purpose. Your Committee's re.: ^ig the system for the class of cases to which it is adapted have already been formally enunciated in this Report (p. 16), in an extract from the minutes of its meetings. PRINCIPLES, CANONS, AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 31 The rules for the practical handling of trinomials, being not different from those for the use of binomials, will be given with the latter, beyond, under the appropriate heading. A prevalent misapprehension respecting the meaning and office of the tri- nomial system may be here corrected. Trinomials are not necessarily to be used for those slightly distinct and scarcely stable forms which zoologists are in the habit of calling ' varieties ' ; still less for sports, hybrids, artificial breeds, and the like ; nor indeed to signalize some grade or degree of differ- ence which it may be desired to note by name, but which is not deemed worthy of a specific designation. The system proceeds upon a sound scien- tific principle, underlying one of the most important zoological problems of the day, — no less a problem than that of the variation of animals under physical conditions of environment, and thus of the origin of species itself. The system is also intimately connected with the whole subject of the geo- graphical distribution of animals ; it being found, as a matter of experience, that the trinomial system is particularly pertinent and applicable to those geographical 'subspecies,' 'races,' or 'varieties,' which have become recog- nizable as such through their modification according to latitude, longitude, elevation, temperature, humidity, and other climatic conditions. Such local forms are often extremely different from one another ; so different, in fact, that, were they not known to blend on the confines of their respective areas, they would commonly be rated as distinct species. This large and pecu- liarly interesting class of cases seems not to have hitherto been adequately provided for in the stringency of binomial nomenclature. It is obvious, therefore, that the kind or quality, not the degree or quan- tity, of difference of one organism from another determines its fitness to be named trinomially rather than binomially. A difference, however little, that is reasonably constant, and therefore 'specific' in a proper sense, maybe fully signalized by the binomial method. Another difference, however great in its extreme manifestation, that is found to lessen and disappear when specimens from large geographical areas, or from contiguous faunal regions, are compared, is therefore not 'specific,' and therefore is to be provided for by some other method than that which formally recognizes ' species' as the ultimate factors in zoological classification. In a word, intergradation is the touchstone of trinomialism. It is also obvious, that, the larger the series of specimens handled, the more likely is intergradation between forms supposed to be distinct to be estab- lished, if it exists. This is perhaps one reason why trinomialism has been so tardy in entering nomenclature. For until the animals of large areas be- come well known, in all their phases, through extensive suites of specimens, neither the necessity of trinomialism, nor the possibility of putting it to the proper test, is apparent. It is gratifying evidence, therefore, of the progress of Ornithology, and of the position attained by that branch of science in America, that the members of an American Ornithological Association have 32 CODE OF NOMENCLATURE. it in their power first ibrm:illy to enunciate the principles of the new method, the practicability of which they have already demonstrated to their fellow workers in Zoology. § 4. Of the Beginning of Zoological Nomenclature proper, and of the Operation of the Law of Priority. CANON XII. The Law of Priority begins to be operative at the beginning of zoological nomenclature. REMARK. - - This Canon will be disputed by no one who observes the law of priority as a ' fundamental ' maxim. The date to be assigned is quite another matter, on which great difference of opinion prevails. CANON XIII. Zoological nomenclature begins at 1/58, the date of the Xth edition of the ' Systema Naturae ' of Linnaeus. REMARKS. — With regard to this Canon, the utmost diversity of opinion has prevailed among botanists as well as zoologists, and the Committee de- sires it to be subjected to searching criticism. It will first offer a brief historical resume, mainly derived from Dall (Rep., pp. 41-44) and other sources, covering the ground of Botany as well as Zoology. Nomenclatural rules, foreshadowed by Linnaeus in his ' Fundamenta En- tomologica.' 1736, were first definitively proposed in the ' Philosophia Bo- tanica,' 1751. These rules, however, related almost exclusively to the generic name. In 1745 he first employed for a few plants a specific name (nomcn /;Y',-'/<7/<'). consisting of one word, in contradistinction from the polynomial description which had been as a rule the nomen spcciju'iiin of naturalists. That which now seems the most happy and important of the Linnasan ideas, the restriction of the specific name as now understood, appears to have long been only a secondary matter with him, as lie hardly mentions the noineu trh'iaie in his works up to 1765. In 1753, in the ' Incrementa ]'x>tanices.' while dwelling upon his own reforms, he dors not .illude to bino- mial nomenclature. In the 'Systema Naturaj,' cd. x., 1758, the binomial system is for the first time consistently applied to all classes of organisms (though he had partially adopted it in 1745) ; whence many naturalists have regarded the tenth edition as the most natural starting-point. The system being of slow and intermittent growth, even wkh its originator, an arbitrary starling-point semis necessary. In the twelfth edition, 1766-68, numerous changes and reforms arc instituted, and a number of his earlier names are arbitrarily changed. In fact. Linmcus never seems It) have regarded specific names as subject to his rul< It must be noted that an apparent rather than a real distinction has been PRINCIPLES, CANONS, AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 33 observed, especially by botanists, between the citation of the authority for the names of genera, and that belonging to specific names. In the early part of the eighteenth century a few botanists, among whom Tournefort (Rei Herbar., 1749) may be especially mentioned, had progressed so far as to recognize and name, under the title of genera, groups answering essentially to the modern idea of genera. Linnaeus himself adopted a number of these, using the names of Tournefort and others as authorities after the generic name adopted by himself. In this the great Swede has been almost unani- mously followed by botanists, though such names take date only from the time of their adoption by Linnaeus ; very few authors, Bentham being the most prominent of them, having refused to cite any one excepting Linnaeus as the authority for such genera. Whether the course of the majority be considered judicious or not, it is now the accepted usage in Botany. As regards names in general, botanists appear to agree in adopting the date of the Linnaean ' Species Plantarum,' 1753, as the epoch from which their nomenclature must begin. This work contains the first instance of the consistent use of the nomen triviale, subse- quent to the proposition of the rules in the ' Philosophia Botanica,' to which modern nomenclature is due. Binomial designations cannot, of course, be reasonably claimed to antedate the period when binomial nomenclature, in a scientific sense, was invented; and, in spite of the solitary instance of 1745, no good reason appears for ex- tending the range of scientific nomenclature to an earlier date than 1751. (The above is quoted in substance from Dall.) We have next to consider the action of the Manchester Committee of the British Association in 1842. The wording of the original B. A. Code is as follows : - " As our subject matter is strictly confined to the binomial system of no- menclature, or that which indicates species by means of two Latin words, the one generic, the other spec'fic, and as this invaluable method originated solely with Linnaeus, it is clear that, as far as species are concerned, we ought not to attempt to carry back the principle of priority beyond the date of the 1 2th edition of the ' Systema Naturae.' Previous to that period, naturalists were wont to indicate species not by a name comprised in one word, but by a definition which occupied a sentence, the extreme verbosity of which method was productive of great inconvenience. It is true that one word sometimes sufficed for the definition of a species, but these rare cases were only binomial by accident and not by principle, and ouy the Manchester Committee. This was done not as being the first in which the Uinomial nomencla- ture had been used, as it commenced with the Xth, but as being the last and most complete edition of Linnaus's works, and containing many species the Xth did not. For these reasons it is now confirmed by this Committee, and also because these rules having been used and acted upon for twenty-three years, if the date were altered now, many changes of names would be required, and in consequence much confusion introduced." — Recommendations of the Bath Committee, prefixed to the R wised Code, . PRINCIPLES, CANONS, AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 35 the adoption of the binomial form by Linnaeus, has never been set forth in any satisfactory manner. If any special edition were chosen, the tenth has pritna facie claims for first consideration. It is as clearly binomial as any, and it is as consistently so To a considerable extent, in the works of the naturalists of Northern Europe, the tenth edition has been taken as the starting-point " It would appear that the Committee were 'plus saint que le Pape,' since they would reject names which Linnaeus himself was ready to and did adopt. In this connection, Prof. Verrill (Am. Jour. Sci., July, 1869) has made some judicious remarks, calling attention to the works of Pallas, and Thorell has done the same for those of Clerck on the subject of spiders. "An apologetic paragraph, following the remarks above quoted [see last foot-note] from the B. A. Committee report for 1865, inferentially admits the error of 1842, but goes on and reaffirms it on the ground that confusion would otherwise result. "It is very doubtful if much confusion would be caused by leaving the question open, since half the naturalists of Europe and America have al- ready adopted the tenth edition of their own motion, and the other half, or a large portion of them, may not unreasonably be believed to be only held back from joining the others by a desire to conform to the rules, even where injudiciously framed. " In a large part of zoology the change would make no difference what- ever, since the scientific study of such branches has begun since 1766." Mr. Ball's own recommendation is as follows : - "§ LVIII. The scientific study of different groups, having a value greater than or equal to that of a class (classis), having been begun at differ- ent epochs, and the inception of that study in each group respectively being usually due to some 'epoch-making' work, the students of each of the respective groups as above limited may properly unite in adopting the date of such work as the starting-point in nomenclature for the particular class to which it refers: Provided, — that (i), specific names shall in no case antedate the promulgation of the Linnaean rules (Philosophia Botanica, 1751); that (2), until formal notice by publication of the decision of such associated specialists (in such manner as may be by them determined upon) shall be decisively promulgated, the adoption of the epoch or starting-point recommended by the committee of the British Association in 1842, namely, the twelfth edition of the ' Systema Naturae ' of Linnaeus (1766), shall be taken as the established epoch for all zoological nomenclature. Lastly, that (3), when the determination of the epoch for any particular group as above shall have been made, the decision shall be held to affect that group alone, the British Association date holding good for all other groups until the decision for each particular case shall have been made by the naturalists interested in it, upon its own merits." (See also LeConte on this subject, Canad. Entom., November, 1874, PP- 203 seq.) 36 CODE OF NOMENCLATURE. The principle embodied in the above recommendation of Dall is said by him to be "inferential]}- admitted to be valid by the B. A. Committee in their remarks on Artedi and Scopoli." Thorell, in his monograph of the Spiders, has adopted, so far as species are concerned, a similar plan, taking the binomial work of Clerck, 1757, on Swedish Spiders as his ' epoch-maker.' A. Agassiz, in Echinology, has brought the ancient names of Klein, Lang, Breyn, and others, into scientific nomenclature. G. R. Gray, in Ornithology, goes to the first edition of the ' Systema,' 1735, for genera, and to the tenth, 1758, for species, having many followers in different countries. In America, so far as Ornithology is concerned, the use of 1758 for the starting-point for species is practically universal, the tendency being to take genera from the same date also. As to replies on this point to the circular issued by Mr. Dall, there are 18 for 1758, 17 for 1766, i for 1736, and two botanists for 1753 ; no an- swer, 7. Your Committee, having duly weighed all the evidence before it, is compelled to dissent from the rulings of both the B. A. Committees, and from all others which do not make 1758 the starting-point for zoological nomenclature ; and it is prepared to give reasons for the decision it has reached. (i) The Xth edition is the one in which Linnaeus first introduced the binomial nomenclature, and in which its use is uniform, consistent, and com- plete. (2) This date admits to recognition the works of Artedi, Scopoli, Clerck, Pallas, Briinnich, Brisson, in favor of the first-named two of whom, and of the last-named one, the B. A. Committees have had to make special exceptions,1 thereby rendering the rule inconsistent in itself. (3) The Xth, rather than the Xllth, is already accepted as the starting-point by a majority of the naturalists of North America and of Northern Europe, with obviously a growing tendency to abandon the Xllth. The Commission de Nomencla- ture de la Socie'te' Zoologique de France (1881), and the Rules adopted by the Congres Gdologique International (1882), make no reference to any edition of the ' Systema Naturae Linna?i,' nor do they place any limit of time for the beginning of the law of priority, but accept all generic and spe- 1 For example, the paragraph immediately following § 2 in the original B. A. Code reads : " It should be here explained, that Bi isson, \vlio was a contemporary of Linnxus and acquainted with the ' Systema Naturae,' defined and published certain genera of birds which are additional [and likewise prior] to those in the I2th edition of Linnocus's work, and which are therefore of perfectly good authority. But Brisson still adhered to the old mode of designating species by a sentence instead of a word, and therefore while we retain his defined genera we do not extend the same indul- gence to the titles of his species, even when the latter are accidentally binomial in form." — B. A. Code, 1842. For the exceptions made in 1865 by the B. A. Committee in favor of Artedi and Scopoli, see foot-note on p. 34. PRINCIPLES, CANONS, AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 37 cific names which conform to the rules of binomial nomenclature, even when they antedate the Xth edition of the ' Systema Naturae.' They even advo- cate admission of Tourneforfs generic names for Mollusks, published in a posthumous work edited by Gautieri in 1742; the genera of Lang, 1722; those of Klein, 1731 and 1734; and those of Breyn, 1732. (Botanists, though dating their departure in binomial nomenclature at 1737, the date of the first edition of Linnaeus's ' Genera Plantarum,' adopt Tournefort's genera pub- lished in 1700 ) The French Commission and that of the Geological Con- gress do not hesitate to say that the work of these authors is much better than that of Linnaeus, who, through vanity or inability to appreciate so well the character of the work of his predecessors in Zoology as in Botany (he being pre-eminently a botanist rather than a zoologist), systematically ig- nored his more scientific predecessors. (4) Besides admitting the works of other earlier binomialists which the adoption of the Xllth edition would exclude, the date 1758 clears up many questions of synonymy which arise from Linnaeus's himself having arbitrarily changed in the Xllth edition many names introduced in the Xth, and in other cases used them in a different sense. (5) Furthermore, it is admitted that in the original Stricklandian draft the number of the edition was left blank, while the context clearly implies that the Xth was the one in mind ; and there is nothing in § 2 of the original B. A. Rules which prohibits the adoption of the Xth. (6) Fi- nally, the adoption of the Xth will necessitate very few changes in current names (in the younger departments of Zoology none), while it forms a rational and consistent starting-point towards which zoologists at large are drifting. Therefore we have no hesitation in proposing as a substitute for § 2 of the B. A. Code the foregoing Canon, which, applied to § 2, would make it read as follows : — " The starting-point of the binomial system of nomenclature in Zoology shall be the Xth (1758) edition of the 'Systema Naturae' of Linnaeus, and the law of priority in regard to specific (and generic) names is therefore not to extend to antecedent authors." There is no question as to the fitness of this rule as regards specific names ; there may be in respect to generic names, since names were used for groups in what may be considered a generic sense by many pre-Linnaean writers, although the generic idea appears to have been essentially Linnaean. As a matter of convenience, it seems highly advisable to take the same start- ing-point for both generic and specific names, and to have the generic names adopted from pre-Linnaean authors date from their adoption by Linnaeus or the first subsequent author who used them. Otherwise we endanger the stability in nomenclature which all so much desire to establish, by leaving open a mischievous loophole by means of which a well-established post-Lin- naean generic name may be displaced in favor of a pre-Linnaean one. (See further on this point the second paragraph of the preamble to § 2 of the B. A. Code.) In limiting the action of the law of priority to the Xth edition 38 CODE OF NOMENCLATURE. of the ' Systema Nature,' the only objection met with is that of injustice to the pioneers in Zoology; but this lacks weight in view of remarks subse- quently to be introduced (in reference to bibliography and synonymy), re- specting due recognition of their labors. And here your Committee would emphatically urge that, the chief object of zoological nomenclature being to secure uniformity of practice in the bestowal and adoption of names, the rules to that end should be formed with reference to principles and without regard to personality, and that therefore the matter of justice or injustice is in this connection without pertinence. The first rational application of the principles of classification in regard to the recognition of genera, as distinguished from species, is currently attrib- uted to Tournefort in 1700, in his ' Instilutiones Rei Herbaria?.' Later (1742), as already stated, he carried in a posthumous work the same practice into Conchology. Other pre-Linnoean zoologists who recognized genera in a strictly scientific manner are Lang (1721), Klein (^1731-1734), Breyn (1732), l Adanson (1757), and Clerck (1757). The latter was also a strict binomial- ist. There are possibly others, but in not fixing the starting-point at 1758 there is the disadvantage of having to admit the generic names of other pre- Linnrcan writers the character of whose works gives them no proper scientific standing, as Link, Brown, Columa, etc. Dr. Asa Gray makes the sensible proposition respecting Botany that "We have only to understand that genera adopted by Linnaeus from Tourne- fort, etc., and so accredited, should continue to be thus cited ; that the date 1737 (Linn. Genera, ed. I.), is, indeed, the point of departure from which to reckon priority, yet that botanical genera began with Tournefort ; so that Tournefortian genera which are accepted date from the year 1700. That is the limit fixed by Linnaeus, and it definitely excludes the herbalists and the ancients, whose writings may be consulted for historical elucidations, but not as authority for names."2 On the whole, it seems best that the origin of generic names in Zoology should date (as said above) only from 1758 ; that names adopted from earlier authors by Linnaeus date only from their adoption by Linnaeus ; and that in other cases prc-Linnaean names shall date from their first introduction by subsequent authors after 1758. CANON XIV. The adoption of a 'statute of limitation,' in modification of the lex prio ritatis, is impracticable and inad- missible. 1 " Breynius as early as 1732 had, to some extent, adopted a binomial nomencla- ture, accurately (for his period) discriminated genera and species, many of which are readily recognized, but which had escaped the notice they deserved till a com- paratively recent period."- — A. AGASSIZ, Revision cft/ic Echini, 1872, p. 12. 2 Am. Jour. Sci., December, 1883, p. 423. PRINCIPLES, CANONS, AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 39 REMARKS. — In consequence of the frequent subversion of long-current and familiar names rendered necessary under the inflexible action of the lex prioritatis, through the discovery of some long-forgotten work in which occur names of earlier date than those currently in use for certain species, it has been repeatedly suggested by various writers that a ' statute of limita- tion,' in modification of the lex prioritatis, which should forever suppress and render ineligible names found in early and long-forgotten works, or names which for any reason have been for a considerable period overlooked, would prove a help towards securing stability in nomenclature. If such an end could be attained it would certainly prove a boon, and the importance of the proposition has led your Committee to give it attentive consideration. Having therefore considered the proposition in all its bearings, your Com- mittee feels called upon in this connection to record its conviction that such a statute is inadmissible, for the following reasons. The proposition, as generally stated (see DALL, Rep., p. 47), is to the effect that a name which has not been in use for a period of twenty-five years (or whatever period may be agreed upon) shall be thereafter excluded from use in that special connection, or, alternatively, that a name which has been universally, or even generally, adopted for a like period cannot be displaced for an earlier obscure name. The insuperable objection to any rule of this character is its vagueness and the uncertainty of its applicability, arising from the diffi- culty of absolutely determining that a name has not been in use for a given period, or whether another name has been universally used, or what shall be taken as 'current' or 'general,' in case anything short of 'universal ' be allowed. Unless perfect agreement could be obtained, — and of this there is very little probability, — the proposed rule would tend to increase rather than lessen the confusion it would be the design to remove. As regards obsolete or forgotten works, others equally troublesome might be found to have escaped the operation of such a rule, in consequence of their date of publica- tion falling just outside the period of limitation. Again, it might be difficult to decide whether or not a somewhat obsolete and more or less forgot- ten work was sufficiently obsolete to be set aside. Furthermore, it some- times happens that certain names may be current among writers of one 'school' or nationality, which are rejected by those of other schools or nation- alities ; while in other cases it might be difficult to decide whether a more or less well known name had really sufficient currency to retain its place against an earlier less known but strictly tenable name. In some cases, of course, there would be no uncertainty as to the currency of a name under question, but in many such doubt would arise, and unanimity of opinion and practice in such case would be hopeless. The 'statute of limitation' principle is akin to the auctoruin plurimo- rnm rule ; both are Utopian, and both radically set at defiance the lex prioritatis. 4O CODE OF NOMENCLATURE. CANON XV. The law of priority is to be rigidly enforced in respect to all generic, specific, and subspecific names. REMARK. — In respect to subspecific names in relation to the law of pri- ority, see beyond, under Canon XXIX. CANON XVI. The law of priority is only partially operative in relation to names of groups higher than genera, and only where names are strictly synonymous. REMARKS. — " While this generalization has not been formally enumerated in the B. A. Rules, it has become practically the general usage of natural- ists. Thorell explicitly adopts it. and indeed it is impracticable to follow any other course, especially in relation to the more ancient names. A time will doubtless arrive when mutations in the names of the higher groups, par- picularly families, will be as unnecessary as they are undesirable ; but in Zoology that time has not yet come. " It should be clearly borne in mind that such changes are only allowable when by mutation of the characters, or through newly discovered facts, the name in question has become glaringly erroneous, or liable to introduce errors or confusion into science. In family names this occurs most often when a genus from whose name that of the family may have been taken is removed from association with the majority of the genera which that family has included, and that genus is inserted in another family which has already a well-established name. Also, when a large number of genera are redis- tributed into families, widely differing in their limits from those in which they had previously been known. In either of these cases the liability to error may be so great as to render a new name desirable. The answers to Query XXIII. of the circular [seni out by Mr. DallJ indicate that a majority of American naturalists concur in this conclusion." (DALL, Rep., p. 27.) A good instance of the soundness of this Canon is seen in the several ornithological groups named by Huxley, ending in -gnat/ics and -niorphcr. Many of them were already named groups, more or less exactly recognized ; but the very different bases and definitions given them rendered it desirable that the names also should be different. § 5. Of Names Published Simultaneously, CANON XVII. Preference between competitive specific names published simultaneously in the same work, or in two works of the same actual or ostensible date (no exact date being ascer- tainabk-), is to be decided as follows : - PRINCIPLES, CANONS, AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 41 1. Of names the equal pertinency of which may be in question, preference shall be given to that which is open to least doubt. 2. Of names of undoubtedly equal pertinency, (a) that founded upon the male is to be preferred to that founded upon the female, (b} that founded upon the adult to that on the young, and (c) that founded on the nuptial condition to that of the pre- or post-nuptial conditions. 3. Of names of undoubtedly equal pertinency, and founded upon the same condition of sex, age, or season, that is to be pre- ferred which stands first in the book. CANON XVIII. Preference between competitive generic names published simultaneously in the same work, or in two works of the same actual or ostensible date (no exact date being ascertainable), is to be decided as follows : — 1. A name accompanied by the specification of a type takes precedence over a name unaccompanied by such specification. 2. If all, or none, of the genera have types indicated, that generic name takes precedence the diagnosis of which is most pertinent. § 6. Of tlie Retention of Names. CANON XIX. A generic name, when once established, is never to be cancelled in any subsequent subdivision of the group, but retained in a restricted sense for one of the con- stituent portions. REMARKS. -- This rule, adopted from the B. A. Code, has been generally accepted as sound in principle, but as difficult of application, especially in relation to what portion of the original genus, when subdivided, shall retain the original name; — in other words, what, in accordance with modern usage, shall be taken as the ' type ' of the original genus, in cases where no type is specified. In recommending this provision the B. A. Committee urged: "As the number of known species which form the groundwork of zoological science is always increasing, and our knowledge of their structure becomes more complete, fresh generalizations continually occur to the naturalist, and the number of genera and other groups requiring appellations is ever becoming more extensive. It thus becomes necessary to subdivide the contents of old 42 CODE OF NOMENCLATURE. groups and to make their definitions continually more restricted. In carry- ing out tliis process, it is an act of justice to the original author, that his generic name should never be lost sight of; and it is no less [even more] essential to the welfare of the science, that all which is sound in its nomen- clature should remain unaltered amid the additions which are continually being made to it.'' (B. A. Codd, 1842.) CANON XX. When a genus is subdivided, the original name of the genus is to be retained for that portion of it which con- tained the original type of the genus, when this can be ascer- tained. REMARK. — This principle is universally conceded, and requires no special comment. CANON XXI. When no type is clearly indicated, the author who first subdivides a genus may restrict the original name to such part of it as he may judge advisable, and such assignment shall not be subject to subsequent modification. REMARKS. --This in substance is the rule promulgated by the B. A. Com- mittee in 1842, and it has been reiterated in most subsequent nomcnclatural codes. Its propriety is perfectly apparent, and, as regards the future, no trouble need arise under it. It has happened, however, in the subdi- vision of comprehensive genera of Linnaeus and other early authors, that most perplexing complications have arisen, successive authors having re- moved one species after another, as types or elements of new genera, till each of the species included in the original genus has received a new generic designation, while the old generic name, if not lost sight of, has come to be applied to species unknown to the author of the original genus ! This of course is obviously and radically wrong. The B. A. Committee suggests that, when authors omit to specify a type, "it may still in many cases be correctly inferred that thcyfrj/ species men- tioned on their list, if found accurately to agree with their definition, was regarded by them as the type. A specific name or its synonyms will also often serve to point out the particular species which by implication must be regarded as the original type of a genus. In such cases we are justified in restoring the name of the old genus to its typical signification, even when later authors have done otherwise." De Candolle would restrict the old generic name, when no type is specified, to the oldest, best known, or most characteristic of the species oii-in.illy included in the genus ; or to that sec- tion of the old genus most numerously represented in species. As Dall observes, " It would, manifestly, be liable to introduce errors and confusion, if it were insisted that the first species should invariably be taken PRINCIPLES, CANONS, AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 43 as the type, or were it permitted to take species subsequently added to the group, and which the original author did not know when he established his genus. No arbitrary rule will suffice to determine, off-hand, questions of so much complication as is often the decision in regard to the type of an ancient genus which has been studied by a number of authors." (Rep., pp. 39, 40.) CANON XXII. In no case should the name be transferred to a group containing none of the species originally included in the genus. REMARK. — This rule is in strict accordance with the B. A. Code and with current usage. e>v CANOX XXIII. If, however, the genus contains both exotic and non-exotic species, -- from the standpoint of the original author, --and the generic terra is one originally applied by the ancient Greeks or Romans, the process of elimination is to be restricted to the non-exotic species. REMARKS. — The purpose of this restriction in the application of the ' prin- ciple of elimination ' is to prevent the palpable impropriety of the transference of an ancient Greek or Latin name to species unknown to the ancients. By the unrestricted action of the principle of elimination the genus Tetrao, for example, becomes transferred to an American species, viz., Tetrao phasia- nellus of Linnaeus, the transference being in itself not only undesirable, but, as it happens, subversive of currently accepted names. The working of the proposed modification of the principle of elimination may be thus illustrated. The genus Tetrao Linn., 1758, contains the following NON-EXOTIC SPECIES. EXOTIC SPECIES. 1. urogallus (Urogallus Flem., 1822). 3. canadensis. 2. tetrix. 5. phasianellus. 4. lagopus (Lagopus Briss., 1760). 6. cupido. 7. bonasia (Bonasia Steph., 1819, -j- Bon., 1828). This leaves tetrix as the type of the genus Tetrao, since Lyrurus Sw. was not established for it till 1831. On the other hand, the process of unrestricted elimination would result as follows : — 1. urogallus (Urogallus Flem., 1822) ; 2. tetrix (Lyrurus Sw., 1831) ; 3. canadensis (Canace Reich., 1852) ; 4. lagcpus (Lagopus Briss., 1760) ; 5. phasianellus (Pcdioccztcs Bd., 1858) ; 44 CODE OF NOMENCLATURE. 6. cupido (Tympanuchus Glog., 1842; Cupidonia Reich., 1850) : 7. bonasia (Bonasia Steph., 1819, -)- Bon., 1828) ; which would leave, as type for the genus Tetrao, T. phasianclius, which was the last species to be removed from the genus Tetrao, its removal being made by Haird in 1858, who made it the type of a genus Pediocates. No species being now left to bear the name Tetrao, it must be restored either to T. phasianclius (under the unrestricted action of the principle of elimina- tion), or to T. lyntnis (under the above-proposed restricted action of the principle of elimination). In the latter case, this ancient Greek name for a European species of Grouse would be still retained in nearly its original sense. As in the case of Tetrao, so in the cases of many Linnasan and Brissonian genera, it has happened that, in the process of gradual elimination, exotic (or non-European) species only have been finally left in the original genus, while the European species have successively been made types of separate genera. CANON XXIV. When no type is specified, the only avail- able method of fixing- the original name to some part of the genus to which it was originally applied is by the process of elimination, subject to the single modification provided for by Canon XXIII. CANON XXV. A genus formed by the combination of two or more genera takes the name first given in a generic or sub- generic sense to either or any of its components. If both or all are of the same date, that one selected by the reviser is to be retained. REMARKS. — The propriety of this rule is too obvious to require special comment. It therefore follows that a later name equivalent to several earlier ones must be cancelled, and that the earliest name applied to any of the pre- viously established genera thus combined is to be taken as the designation of the new combination. CANON XXVI. When the same genus has been defined and named by two authors, both giving it the same limits, the later name becomes a synonym of the earlier one ; but in case these authors have specified types from different sections of the genus, and these sections be raised afterward to the rank of genera, then both names are to be retained in a restricted sense for the new genera. PRINCIPLES, CANONS, AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 45 CANON XXVII. When a subgenus is raised to full generic rank, its name is to be retained as that of the group thus raised. In like manner, names first proposed or used in a subspecific sense are tenable in case the subspecies be raised to full specific standing, and are to have priority over a new name for the sub- species so elevated. REMARK. — This of course relates to names which are otherwise tenable, -in other words, have been duly published, and are not synonyms. CANON XXVIII. When it becomes necessary to divide a composite species or subspecies, the old specific or subspecific name is to be retained for that form or portion of the group to which it was first applied, or to which it primarily related. If this cannot be positively ascertained, the name as fixed by the first reviser is to be retained. REMARK. — This is simply the extension of the rules already provided for the determination of generic types to species which are composite in char- acter, to which the general principles of elimination already set forth are equally applicable. CANON XXIX. When a species is separated into subspecies, or when species previously supposed to be distinct are found to intergrade, the earliest name applied to any form of the group shall be the specific name of the whole group, and shall also be retained as the subspecific designation of the particular form to which it was originally applied. In other words, the rule of pri- ority is to be strictly enforced in respect to subspecific names. REMARKS. — While this principle is generally recognized, one ornithologi- cal writer of prominence1 has introduced the practice of connecting the names of conspecies or subspecies in accordance with the supposed nearest affinities of such forms, regardless of priority of names. Such disregard of the law of priority, however, can lead only to instability and confusion, without any adequately compensating advantages. If we knew beyond ques- tion what was the original or stock-form of a group of conspecies, and the lines of evolution of the various imperfectly segregated forms, it would be possible to show the genetic relation of such forms in our nomenclature, and were nomenclature classification some gain might thus result. But since 1 Mr. Henry Seebohm. 46 CODE OF NOMENCLATURE. nomenclature is not classification, and since our knowledge of genetic rela- tionships even within specific groups is egregiously imperfect, only change and confusion can result from any attempt to express genetic relationship in the collocation of subspecific designations. In cases where obscurity might arise from designating the earliest-named form of a group of subspecies by simply a binomial name, the specific term may be repeated (e. g., Melospiza fasciata fascia/a), or it may be followed by the word typica (e.g., Melospiza fasciata typica). For the sake of brevity it may be even desirable, where the context makes the reference unequivocal, to abbreviate the second term of the trinomial, as is done with the generic part of binomial names (e. g., M.f. rufina = Me- lospiza fasciata riifina). CANON XXX. Specific names when adopted as generic are not to be changed. REMARKS. — This Canon is diametrically opposed to § 13 of the origi- nal B. A. Code, which declares that " specific names, when adopted as generic, must be changed." The Bath Committee, however, recommended that, when a specific name had been raised to a generic, "it is the generic name which must be thrown aside, not the old specific name." Both rulings were to the effect that the specific and generic names of a species should not be identical ; the only objection thereto urged by the B. A. Committee being the " inelegance ot this method." Many of these 'inelegances' had already crept into zoological nomenclature, and they have since greatly in- creased, although the majority of authors have avoided them. Yet all the Inter codes are at least constructively in favor of their admission, and they have recently received sanction in other high quarters. (Cf. DALL, Report, pp. 50, 51.) To rule against them would be clearly contrary to the principle of stability in names and the spirit of the present Code. While your Com- mittee would strongly discourage the practice of elevating specific names to generic rank, those already thus instituted should be accepted. " The practice," says Dall, " is objectionable on account of its producing tautological inelegance, and because it has resulted in the formation of a number of generic names of adjective form. On the other hand, in connec- tion with certain of the Linnnean and other ancient and universally known species, it had several beneficial effects. It recalled the typical form for which the genus was constituted, and in many cases it might rightly be regarded rather as a change of rank than the creation of a new name. The ancient species .... often covered an assemblage of forms equivalent to a modern genus." Respecting the ruling of the Bath Committee, Mr. Dall continues : "This innovation, the sweeping character of which the Commit- tee cannot have realized, if carried into effect would uproot hundreds of the generic names best known to science, and so familiar that the fact that they PRINCIPLES, CANONS, AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 47 were originally specific names has been almost totally forgotten. Its spirit is opposed to the fundamental principles of nomenclature, and the end to be gained is of the most trivial character." (DALL, Rep., pp. 50, 51.) CANON XXXI. Neither generic nor specific names are to be rejected because of barbarous origin, for faulty construction, for inapplicability of meaning, or for erroneous signification. REMARKS. — As already stated under Canon VI., of which this is the corollary, a name is merely a name, and should be treated as such, without regard to its construction or signification. This principle, while contrary to provisions of the B. A. Code and to the practice of many writers, has the sanction of modern authorities, and is in line with present tendencies in respect of fixity of names in nomenclature, as already explained. CANON XXXII. A nomen mtdum, generic or specific, may be adopted by a subsequent author, but the name takes both its date and authority from the time when, and from the author by whom, the name becomes clothed with significance by being properly defined and published. § 7. Of the Rejection of Names. CANON XXXIII. A generic name is to be changed which has been previously used for some other genus in the same kingdom ; a specific or subspecific name is to be changed when it has been applied to some other species of the same genus, or used previously in combination with the same generic name. REMARKS. — In other words, a generic name cannot be tenable for more than one genus in the same kingdom, nor a specific or subspecific name for more than one species or subspecies of the same genus. This is in accord- ance with custom and all previous codes. In the present unsettled state of opinion regarding the status of forms considered by some writers as specific, and by others as subspecific, it seems best to place subspecific designations on the same basis in this respect as specific ones. Therefore the maxim, " Once a synonym always a synonym," applies alike to generic, specific, and subspecific names. A diversity of opinion prevails among naturalists in relation to whether a generic name which has lapsed from sufficient cause into synonymy should 48 CODE OF NOMENCLATURE. be entirely rejected, or whether it may be considered available for a new and valid genus. Usage seems strongly against the retention of such names ; but a few writers have advocated their admissibility in some other class of the Animal Kingdom, or even the admissibility of the same name in different orders of the same class, as among insects. Inasmuch as a fixed rule is desirable, and as practice and precept are both on the whole favorable to the maxim quoted above, — names in one department of Zoology being con- tinually changed when found to be preoccupied in another department, — and as most previous codes explicitly state that a generic name to be tenable must not be in double employ in the same kingdom, it seems to your Committee that the formal adoption of the maxim, "Once a syno- nym always a synonym," as regards generic names, must meet with general approval. A 'synonym' is properly one of two or more different names for one and the same thing. A ' homonym ' is one and the same name for two or more different things. But in the usage of naturalists this distinction of meaning is not generally recognized.. Thus the examples about to be adduced in illustration of the operation of Canon XXXIII. are homonyms, not syno- nyms. It is therefore necessary to premise that your Committee includes homonyms in the maxim just cited. The application of the maxim to specific and subspecific names has been less generally admitted, but can be shown to rest on a sound principle, since it aims at, and is calculated to promote, stability in names. The object of the rule, in its present application, is to make the use of the specific name altogether independent of the generic name ; to oblige authors to use always the same specific name, even when they disagree as to the generic appellation. In many cases, it is true, the revival of a specific name which has lapsed into synonymy may lead to no confusion, but the cases where the reverse may occur are far more frequent. To illustrate: Gmelin, in 1788, described a Lnrk as Alauda rufa. Audubon, in 1843, also described a Lark as Alauda rnfa. In the mean time, however, the Alauda rufa of Gmelin has been found to be a true AntJuis, and being therefore transferred to that genus is called Anthits rufus. Now as these birds belong to widely separated fami- lies, it may be claimed that there is no possibility of confusing Audubon's name with the Alauda rufa of Gmelin, and that therefore the name rufa of Audubon is perfectly tenable. There are many parallel cases in zoological literature, and the tendency is to recognize both names as valid. But the case is not always so simple, being susceptible of several complications. For instance, to continue the above illustration hypothetical!}', let us suppose that, before the generic distinctness of the two species was discovered, the name of the Audubonian Alauda rufa had been found to be preoccupied and accordingly changed to riifcsccns, and thnt for many years the spe- cies was known as Alauda rufesccns. Finally the original Alauda rufa is removed to Ant/tits, and some writers restore to Audubon's species its origi- PRINCIPLES, CANONS, AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 49 nal name of rnfa, while others prefer to retain the better known and later more current name rufescens. Again: In 1804 a Munia was named Loxia albiventris by Hermann; in 1860 Swinhoe named a Crossbill Loxia albiventris. These birds certainly belong to different genera, and there is no fear of their being confounded. But it may be contended (indeed was long since so claimed by Lesson) that Hermann's Loxia albiventris (a Munia) is the true type of the genus Loxia, and that the Crossbills should be called Crucirostra. Others maintain that the latter are the true Loxice. Each view may have advocates, and we shall have two species bearing the name Loxia albiventris, whereas the rule, " Once a synonym," etc., at once debars the later name. Again : Temminck, in 1828, named a bird Procellaria temiirostris (PL Col, 587). In 1839 Audubon named a bird Procellaria temiirostris (Orn. Biog., V., p. 333). By many authors these two species are referred to different gen- era, the former being regarded as a Puffnus. Schlegel, among others, con- sidered them congeneric, and changed (Cat. Mus. P. B., Procellarige, p. 22) the temiirostris of Audubon to smit'ii. In doing this he was of course fully justified, from his view of the relationship of the two birds ; while others, referring them to different genera, would, by current usage, be equally jus- tified in retaining the same specific name for both species. One further illustration : In 1788 Gmelin named a bird Procellaria cine- rea. In 1820 Kuhl applied the same name to another species afterwards called Procellaria kuhlii. These two species are now commonly looked upon as belonging to different genera, the former being an Adamastor, the latter a Pnffinus. They are not, however, called Adamastor cinereus and Puffinns cinereus, but A. cinereus and P. kuhlii. These illustrations will serve as examples of the complications that arise and the instability which results from present methods in such cases, and show the lack of uniformity of usage now prevailing. Cases of this sort are in reality very numerous, and often egregiously misleading. Your Commit- tee urges that the adoption of the maxim, "Once a synonym always a syno- nym," in relation to specific, as well as to generic names, will eradicate a prolific source of instability in nomenclature, and provide a consistent and uniform rule for a very troublesome class of cases. So long as naturalists differ in opinion respecting the limits of genera, the absence of such a rule leaves too many specific names open to personal arbitration and individual predilection. CANON XXXIV. A nomen nudum is to be rejected as having no status in nomenclature. REMARKS. — A name, generic or specific, which has been published with- out an accompanying diagnosis, or reference to an identifiable published figure or plate, or, in case of a generic name, to a recognizably described 4 50 CODE OF NOMENCLATURE. species, is not entitled to recognition, being merely a name, and therefore having no status in nomenclature. It may, however, be brought later into use, under the restrictions embodied in Canon XXXII. CANON XXXV. An author has no right to change or reject names of his own proposing, except in accordance with rules of nomenclature governing all naturalists, he having only the same right as other naturalists over the names he has himself proposed. REMARK. --This is so obvious, that it seems trite to dignify the matter by formulation as a Canon ; yet not a few writers fail to recognize the fact, and claim the right, not only to emend the orthography of names pro- posed by themselves, but to change genera and subgenera by substituting for them new types, and to use the original type as the basis of another new genus. CANON XXXVI. A name resting solely on an inadequate diagnosis is to be rejected, on the ground that it is indetermina- ble and therefore not properly defined. CANON XXXVII. If an author describes a genus and does not refer to it any species, either then or previously described, the genus cannot be taken as established or properly defined, unless the characters given have an unmistakable significance. CANON XXXVIII. A species cannot be considered as named unless both generic and specific names have been applied to it simultaneously, i. e., unless the species has been definitely re- ferred to some genus. REMARKS. — E. g., a West Indian Seal (ATonachus tropicalis Gray) was once described by an author, who, because in doubt as to its generic affini- ties, simply gave, as he says, "the trivial name Wilkianus for the species," without referring it to any genus. Authorities, however, agree that a species thus designated cannot be considered as named. CANON XXXIX. A name which has never been clearly de- fined in some published work is to be changed for the earliest name by which the object shall have been so defined, if such name exist ; otherwise a new name is to be provided, or the old name may be properly defined and retained, its priority and authority to date from the time and author so defining it. PRINCIPLES, CANONS, AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 51 § 8. Of the Emendation of Names. CANON XL. The original orthography of a name is to be rigidly preserved, unless a typographical error is evident. REMARKS. — In view of the fact that stability of names is one of the es- sential principles in nomenclature, and that the emendation of names, as shown by the recent history of zoological nomenclature, opens the door to a great evil, — being subject to abuse on the part of purists and classicists, who look with disfavor upon anything nomenclatural which is in the least degree unclassical in form, — it seems best that correctness of structure, or philological propriety, be held as of minor importance, and yield place to the two cardinal principles of priority and fixity. The permanence of a name is of far more importance than its signification or structure, as is freely ad- mitted by the best authorities in both Botany and Zoology. Your Committee would therefore restrict the emendation of names to the correction of obvi- ous or known typographical errors involving obscurity. They would there- fore reject emendations of a purely philological character, and especially all such as involve a change of the initial letter of the name, as in cases where the Greek aspirate has been omitted by the original constructor. It there- fore follows that hybrid names cannot be displaced ; although it is to be hoped that they will be strenuously guarded against in future ; and that, in general, word-coiners will pay the closest attention to philological pro- prieties. " The tendency among working naturalists is to retain names in spite of faults." (A. GRAY.) " A generic name should subsist just as it was made, although a purely typographical error may be corrected." (DE CANDOLLE.) § 9. Of the Definition of Names. CANON XLI. A name to be tenable must have been defined and published. REMARKS. — "Unless a species or group is intelligibly defined when the name is given, it cannot be recognized by others, and the signification of the name is consequently lost Definition properly implies a distinct ex- position of essential characters, and in all cases we conceive this to be indis- pensable, although some authors maintain that a mere enumeration of the component species, or even of a single type, is sufficient to authenticate a genus." (B. A. Code, 1842.) Any tenable technical name is called the onym, as distinguished from an 52 CODE OF NOMENCLATURE. anonym, nomcn nndum, or mere name unaccompanied by diagnosis ; or from the chironym, an unpublished manuscript name ; or from z. pseudonym, a nickname or vernacular name. The onym is of two kinds ; \\izgraphonym, resting upon a published plate, diagnosis, or description, and the typonym, based upon indications of a type species or type specimen (see Canons XLII., XLIII.). Onyms are further named mononyms, dionyms, trionyms, or polyonyms, according to whether they consist of one, two, three, or more words. (Cf. COUES, The Auk, L, Oct. 1884, p. 321.) CANON XLII. The basis of a generic or subgeneric name is either (i) a designated recognizably described species, or (2) a designated recognizable plate or figure, or (3) a published diagnosis. REMARKS. — Some writers insist that a generic or subgeneric name in order to be tenable must be accompanied by a diagnosis. Ho\vever proper such a requisition may seem theoretically, the principle is thoroughly im- practicable, and if enforced would lead to hopeless confusion. The custom of naturalists has been quite otherwise, and the mere mention of a type has been found to be often a better index to an author's meaning than is fre- quently a diagnosis or even a long description. Either of the three alterna- tives given above may alone be accepted as a proper definition. In the case of a diagnosis, it must of course give some character or characters by which the organism it is intended to designate may be unmistakably recognized. CANON XLIII. The basis of a specific or subspecific name is either (i) an identifiable published description, or (2) a recog- nizable published figure or plate, or (3) the original type speci- men or specimens, absolutely identified as the type or types of the species or subspecies in question ; but in no case is a type specimen to be accepted as the basis of a specific or sub- specific name, when it radically disagrees with or is contra- dictory to the characters given in the diagnosis or description based upon it. REMARKS. — It therefore follows that a specific or subspecific name rest- ing on a description which was originally so va»ue as to render the name indeterminable, or which has become so through the later discovery of closely allied species, may be established by reference to an authentic type speci- men, when such exists ; but if the description proves to be so glaringly erro- neous as to present characters contradictory to the type specimen, the type specimen is not to be taken as the basis of the name ; the name in such case is to be ignored or treated just as it would have to be if no type specimen PRINCIPLES, CANONS, AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 53 existed ; and the species is lo be reintroduced into science under a new name, as a new species, and with a proper description. The authenticity of a type specimen is often a matter of the highest im- portance. The evidence will vary in different cases ; it may be merely circumstantial, but of such a nature as to be positive in character ; or the specimen may bear a label in the handwriting of the original describer signi- fying it to be his type; or the history of the specimen may be so well known to those having it in charge that there can be little reason for doubt in the matter. But tradition, in the general sense of the term, cannot be regarded as satisfactory evidence ; and nothing short of the written statement of the author, securely attached to the specimen, affirming it to be the type, should in future be considered satisfactory evidence. Still, this requirement cannot be insisted upon for the past, since in few cases have types been heretofore thus designated, though their authenticity may be in many cases beyond cavil. Your Committee would recommend that in future authors should not only specify their types in their descriptions, and label them as their types, but should designate the collection in which they are deposited. CANON XLIV. In determining the pertinence of a description or figure on which a genus, species, or subspecies may respect- ively rest, the consideration of pertinency is to be restricted to the species scientifically known at the time of publication of the de- scription or figure in question, or to contemporaneous literature. CANON XLV. Absolute identification is requisite in order to displace a modern current name by an older obscure one. REMARKS. -- The purpose of the foregoing rules (Canons XLIII.-XLV.) is to check the tendency to replace current names by earlier ones, the identification of which may be determined only by a process of elimination — on the ground that they can relate to nothing else — based on our pres- ent knowledge of Zoology, but which cannot be determined from the imper- fect description given by the original describer, alone or supplemented by the contemporaneous literature of the subject; — in short, the identification of which rests on our present knowledge of the species inhabiting the assigned habitat of the form in question. CANON XLVI. In describing an organism which is consid- ered to represent a new genus as well as a new species, it is not necessary to formally separate the characters into two categories, generic and specific, in order to render tenable the names given to the organism in question, although such a distinction is desirable. 54 CODE OF NOMENCLATURE. REMARKS. — In the case of fossil organisms, represented by a few frag- ments, the practice of giving a general description is especially common ; but even here, as in all other cases, it would be far better to give a formal diagnosis or description of the generic characters as distinguished from the specific. § 10. Of the Piiblication of Names. CANON XLVII. Publication consists in the public sale or distribution of printed matter, — books, pamphlets, or plates. REMARKS. — In Botany the distribution, by sale or otherwise, of labelled specimens, bearing the date of their distribution, is likewise recognized as publication. In respect to the matter of publication, the B. A. Committee wisely recom- mend as follows : "A large proportion of the complicated mass of synonyms which has now become the opprobrium of zoology, has originated either from the slovenly and imperfect manner in which species and groups have been originally denned, or from their definitions having been inserted in ob- scure local publications which have never obtained an extensive circulation. Therefore .... we would strongly advise the authors of new groups always to give, in the first instance, a full and accurate definition of their characters, and to insert the same in such periodicals or other works as are likely to obtain an immediate or extensive circulation." Mr. Ball, on the same point, makes the following judicious and explicit recommendations. " To avoid increasing the difficulties encountered in dealing with the al- ready enormous mass of scientific names, authors are earnestly recommended to take the following precautions in publication : — "r. To publish matter containing descriptions of new groups or species [or changes in nomenclature], in the regularly appearing proceedings of some well-established scientific society, or in some scientific serial of acknowl- edged standing and permanence. "2. If a separate publication or independent work be issued by any author, copies should at once be sent to the principal learned societies, sci- entific libraries, and especially to those persons or associations known to be employed in the publication of bibliographical records or annual reviews of scientific progress. " The work should also be placed at the disposition of the scientific world by an advertisement of copies placed in the hands of some firm, society, or individual for sale or distribution. " 3. To avoid most carefully the publication of new names or changes of nomenclature in newspapers ; in serials not of a scientific nature or of limited circulation ; in the occasional pamphlets issued by weak, torpid, or obscure PRINCIPLES, CANONS, AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 55 associations which are distributed [only] to members or not at all; and in brief lists, catalogues [especially sale catalogues], or pamphlets indepen- dently issued, insufficiently distributed, or not to be found on sale." (Rep., p. 46.) The question of the restriction of the nature of the channels of publication through which new species and genera, and changes in nomenclature, should be made public, is considered by Mr. Ball, and was even included among the subjects covered by his circular, the replies to which were to the effect that, while such restriction would be very desirable, it seemed impracticable; an opinion reluctantly concurred in by Mr. Ball himself. "It is clearly," Mr. Ball continues, "the duty of every publishing author to concur as far as possible in the suppression of methods leading to confu- sion," and to comply with recommendations " intended to lead toward this result." CANON XLVIII. The reading of a paper before a scientific society or a public assembly does not constitute publication, and new genera and species first announced in this way date only from the time of their subsequent and irrevocable pub- lication. REMARKS. — It often happens that papers are read before a scientific body which are never printed. No one would claim publication in such cases. Often many months elapse between the reading of a paper before a society and its publication in the proceedings of the society. Credit for original dis- covery may be thus secured; but, in deference to the fundamental principle of fixity in nomenclature, new names or changes in nomenclature proposed in such papers obviously cannot be allowed to antedate actual publication. CANON XLIX. The date borne by a publication is presumed to be correct till proved otherwise ; although it is well known that in many instances, as in the proceedings or transactions of societies, and in works issued in parts, the date given is not that of actual publication ; and when this fact can be substan- tiated, the actual date of publication, if it can be ascertained, is to be taken. REMARKS. — It is notorious that the dates on the title-page of the com- pleted volume of works issued in parts often antedate — sometimes postdate — the actual publication of the different parts, or are otherwise erroneous. Also, that the volumes of proceedings of learned societies not unfrequently bear simply the date of the period or year to which they relate, even when rot published till months, and sometimes years, after the ostensible date ; 56 CODE OF NOMENCLATURE. and that serial publications, when not issued promptly, as not unfrequcntly happens, are sometimes antedated by several months. This state of things is happily less prevalent now than formerly, and is more frequently the result of inattention, or failure to appreciate the importance of precision in such matters, than from any motive of unfairness. At the present time authors in good standing are careful to make permanent record of the date of publi- cation of each part of a work issued in successive brochures, or printer's 'signatures'; and societies not unfrequently give the exact date of the ap- pearance of each signature or part of their various publications. This, it is needless to urge, is a practice which should become general. Where doubt arises as to the priority of publication between a properly dated work and one improperly or dishonestly dated, it would hardly be unfair to throw the onus probandi on the publishers of the latter, or to favor the work the date of which is not open to question. Finally, respecting the matter of publication, your Committee would sub- mit the following. Naturalists would do well (a) to indicate exactly the date of publication of their works, parts of works, or papers ; (b) to avoid publishing a name with- out indicating the nature of the group (whether generic, subgeneric, or supergeneric) it is intended to distinguish; (c) to avoid including in their publications any unaccepted manuscript names, since such names only need- lessly increase synonymy ; (d) societies, government or other surveys, or other publishing boards, should indicate the date of issue of each part of works published serially or in instalments, as well as of all volumes and completed works. Furthermore, the custodians of libraries, public or private, would do well to indicate, either in the work itself or in a proper book of record, the date of reception of all publications received, particularly in the case of those of a serial character, or which are issued in parts. (This, it may be observed, is a practice carefully adhered to in well-regulated libraries of the present time.) § II. Of the Autliority for Names. CANON L. The authority for a specific or subspccific name is the first describer of the species or subspecies. When the first describer of the species or subspecies is not also the au- thority, it is to be enclosed in parentheses ; e. g., Titrdns migra- torius L., or Mcrula migratoria (L.). REMAKK. — Ordinarily the use of authorities may be omitted, as in inci- dental reference to species of a well-known fauna in faunal lists, etc. ; but, on the other hand, the use of authorities may be of the greatest importance PRINCIPLES, CANONS, AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 57 in giving exact indication of the sense in which a name is used ; for instance, in check-lists, or monographic and revisionary works. In writing the names of subspecies the authority for the specific or second element of the name may nearly always be omitted. The relation of authorities may be otherwise indicated ; as, e.g., Merula inigratoria L. sp. ; or Menila migratoria Sw. & Rich, ex L. ; or Merula migratoria Sw. & Rich. (L. sub 7'nnhts), etc. ; but the method first above mentioned has the merit of the greater simplicity and brevity. Two very different practices have prevailed among naturalists in respect to authorities for names. The B. A. Code gave preference to the authority for the specific name, for the following reasons : "Of the three persons con- cerned with the construction of a binomial title .... we conceive that the author who first describes and names a species which forms the groundwork of later generalizations, possesses a higher claim to have his name recorded than he who afterwards defines a genus which is found to embrace that species, or who may be the mere accidental means of bringing the generic and specific names into contact. By giving the authority for the specific name in preference to all others, the inquirer is referred directly to the origi- nal description, habitat, etc., of the species, and is at the same time reminded of the date of its discovery." Agassiz and others opposed this practice, and gave preference to the referrer of the species to its proper genus, on the gound that it required greater knowledge of the structure and relationship of species to properly classify them than to simply name and describe them. By this school, the authority is considered as constituting part of the name. This method is also in accordance with the usage of the older zoologists and botanists, from Linnaeus down. But it often happens that the authority for the combination of names used is not that of the classifier, but of the author who has merely 'shuffled names,' or worked out the synonymy in accord- ance with nomenclatural rules, and has had nothing to do with the correct allocation of the species. CANON LI. The authority for a name is not to be separated from it by any mark of punctuation (except as provided for under Canon L.). REMARKS. -- In respect to punctuation and typography, in relation to names and their authorities, usage varies ; but it is quite generally conceded that no comma need be used between the name and its authority ; " the au- thority," as Verrill has suggested, " being understood to be a noun in the genitive case, though written in the nominative form, or more frequently abbreviated." In printing the authority is usually and advisably distin- guished by use of type differing from that of the name; if the latter be in Italic type the authority may be in Roman, or if in small capitals or in antique, the authority may be in Italic type, etc. 58 CODE OF NOMENCLATURE. CANON LII. The name of the authority, unless short, is to be abbreviated, and the abbreviation is to be made in accord- ance with commonly recognized rules, and irregularly formed and non-distinctive abbreviations are to be avoided. REMARKS. — In the ca>,e of a few well-known names usage may be con- sidered to have established certain deviations from strict rule in the matter of abbreviation of authors' names, as the use of L. for Linnaeus, DC. for De Candolle, Bd. for Baird, Scl. for Sclater, etc. In general, names of one syllable are short enough not to require abbreviation ; when, however, it seems preferable to shorten them the first consonants are retained (as Br. for Brown), or the first consonant and the last, or last two when the name ends with a consonant or consonants (as Bd. for Baird, Gld. for Gould, Cs. for Coues, etc.). For names of more than one syllable, the first syllable and the first letter or letters of the second syllable should be retained (as Aud. for Audubon, Bon. for Bonaparte, Gorm. for Gorman ; not Grm., which might stand for either Gorman, Carman, or Germar). To avoid confound- ing two names which begin with similar syllables, two syllables may be given, with one or two consonants of the third (as Bertol. for Bertolini, to distinguish it from Bertero), or the first syllable with the addition of a char- acteristic final consonant of the name (as Michx. for Michaux, as opposed to Micheli ; or Lamx. for Lamouroux, as distinguished from Lamarck). If several prominent authors in the same department of Zoology have the same name, they may be distinguished, if thought necessary, by prefixing their respective initials, or an abbreviation of the Christian name to the usual abbreviation ; or if father and son, by affixing^/?/, or f. to the name of the younger. In short, the points to be aimed at in abbreviating names of authorities are uniformity and distinctiveness. As Mr. Dall (whom in this matter we have closely followed) remarks, in some late works, only those familiar with the literature of the subject "can divine whether Bth. is the equivalent of Bentham, Beuth, or Booth, Sz. for Schultz. Steetz, or Szowitz ; or what is the equivalent of Hlsch., Hk., H. £n., Bn., Bit., Lm., Reich., or C. Recommendations for Zoological Nomenclature in the Future. § 12. Of the Construction and Selection of Names. RECOMMENDATION I. As already provided under Canon II., the rules of Latin orthography are to be adhered to in the con- struction of scientific names. PRINCIPLES, CANONS, AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 59 REMARKS. — "In Latinizing Greek words there are certain rules of or- thography known to classical scholars which must never be departed from. For instance, the names which modern authors have written Aipunemia, ZenopJiasia, poiocepJiala, must, according to the laws of etymology, be spelt /Epycnetnia, Xenophasia, •a.n&p&ocephala. In Latinizing modern words the rules of classic usage do not apply, and all that we can do is to give to such terms as classical an appearance as we can, consistently with the preserva- tion of their etymology. In the case of European words whose orthography is fixed, it is best to retain the original form, even though it may include letters and combinations unknown in Latin. Such words, for instance, as Woodwardi, Knighti, Bullocki, Eschscholtsi, would be quite unintelligible if they were Latinized into Vudvardi, Cnichti, Bullocci, Essolsi, etc. But words of barbarous origin, having no fixed orthography, are more pliable, and hence, when adopted into the Latin, they should be rendered as classical in appearance as is consistent with the preservation of their original sound. Thus the words Tockus, aivsuree, argoondah, knndoo, etc., should, when Latinized, hive been written Toccus, ausnre, argunda, cundii, etc. Such words ought, in all practicable cases, to have a Latin termination given them, especially if they are used generically." (/?. A. Code.) RECOMMENDATION II. In Latinizing personal names only the termination should be changed, except as in cases provided for under Recommendation IV. REMARKS. — "In Latinizing proper names, the simplest rule appears to be to use the termination -us, genitive -/, when the name ends with a conso" nant ; . . . . and -his, gen. -//, when it ends with a vowel, as Latreille, Latreillii, etc." (Z?. A. Code.*) Since proper names for species, however, are used mainly — and we recommend that they be so used exclusively — in the possessive case, a still simpler and now generally adopted rule is to add an i to the name; as, Latreille, Latreillei; Hale, Halei ; Baird, Bairdi; but euphony may in some instances require the fuller form, and here — as in many other instances — is a case where an author has the opportunity of displaying his good taste. It should be understood that this rule does not apply to names which are already Latin or Latinized in the nominative case. Thus Linntzus should become Linncei ; Cygnceus, Cygncei ; Gnnnerus, Gunner i ; Nathusius, Nathnsii j Nicolaiis, Nicolai j — not Linnceusi, CygiKzusi, Gunnerusi, Nathusiusi, Nicolaitsi. The same principle may also be safely followed in cases where the form of the name is perfectly Latin, though there may be some doubt whether it originally was Latinized or not ; as, Daldami from Baldamus, Blasii from Blasius ; not Baldamusi, Blasiusi. If the name were Blase, the genitive would be Blasci, as distinctive from Blasii. This recommendation of applying the regular Latin genitive when- ever possible without obscuring the name, is particularly to be observed in 60 CODE OF NOMENCLATURE. many names ending in a, the genitive of which should be ce j as, Molina, Molina: ; Car a, Cares ; Cos fa, Cos tee ; Or el 'ana, QrcHatuz ; Lozana, Lo- zana: ; Marmora, Marmora: ; Botta, Boltce ; and not Molinai, Carat, Costai, Orellanai, Lozanai, etc. A greater difficulty is experienced with some Italian and Sp mish names, and similar ones of Roman origin, ending in o or to. Simply adding an / would in many cases give absolutely absurd results ; as, Antonio, Antonioi. In such cases the only proper way seems to be to apply the regular Latin genitive, or to derive a genitive in the regular manner from a supposed regular Latin nominative form of the name: thus, Antonii, from Antonio ; Xamarri, from Xamarro ; Naceyri, from Naceyro; Guirai, from Guirao; Durazzi, from Durazso ; Morozzi, from Kforozzo. A few names ending in to, the derivation of which from a true Latin nomi- native form is not obvious, may be treated in a similar manner ; as, Fatio, Falii, and not Fatioi. though we have seen Fationis, the propriety of which we have no means of determining. Analogous application may be made in case of similarly ending names not of Latin origin; as, for instance, Kale- niczenki seems preferable to Kaleniczcnkoi. The above suggestions apply to names of men. It has been the custom to add ce to the name, instead of /, to indicate that the person whose name was thus used is a woman, but -iez will in many, perhaps most, cases be found preferable, on account of its greater euphony; for instance, Max- 'U'di'ice, and wdt.Maxwellce ; Blackburnice, not Blackburnce. It is sometimes recommended that a personal specific name be put in the adjective form when it is not the name of the original collector or describer of the species. "Thus Corvus coraoc, Brun non Linnaeus, or a new Corvus collected by Brun, would be C. bnini. A Corvus named after one's friend Brun, or an ornithologist Brim, would be C. bruniairas." This recom- mendation is impracticable, however, since -ianus is too long a termination to append to most names, as it might give us specific names like Artzi- baschejfianns, Seidensacher ianus, Olph-Galliardiamis, Grandidicriamts, Mac. gillivrayianus, Selys-Longschampsianus, etc. When Christian names which have a Latin or Latinized equivalent are adopted for species, the form should accord with the rules of Latin declina- tion ; e. «., Alexandri, Caroli, Francisci, Hector is, Ludovici, GnillLlmi, Anna:, Margaretha:, P hashes ; not Alcxanderi, Charlcsi or A'.?;-//, Frantzi or Fran^oiii, Hcctori, Louisi or Ludiuigi. Williami ; much less Annai, Margareti, Phccbci, or the like. In many cases of women's Christian names, especially such as have no Latin or Latinized equivalent, the name may be left unaltered and uninflected, for instance, ///;v/wr, Gcfton, etc. ; a practice which may be extended to names which in their present form are so altered that their derivation is not longer obvious, as Fanny, and the like. But in many cases the proper Latin form or equivalent is obvious; as, Maria: from Mary, Lucia: from Lucy, Gratia' from Grace, etc. So much for specific appellations derived from personal proper names, the PRINCIPLES, CANONS, AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 6l use of which, if practised with discretion, is not objectionable. But care should be exercised as to introducing names of persons who have not ren- dered some noteworthy service to science, either as investigators, col- lectors of materials, or promoters of zoological investigation. The same remark will apply with still greater force to generic names, in respect to which the Bath (1865) Committee of the British Association makes the fol- lowing sound suggestion : - "Specific names from persons have already been sufficiently prostituted, and personal generic names have increased to a large and undeserving ex- tent. The handing clown the name of a naturalist by a genus has always been considered as the highest honour that could be given, and should never be bestowed lightly.1 " The simplest rule for forming a generic appellation from a personal name seems to be to ascertain first the genitive of the name according to the above suggestions, and then to append an a. In this case, however, the silent e at the end of a name should be dropped ; e. g., LatreilUa, not Latreilleia. In some other cases the author will need to exercise his taste in forming the words when the genitive form does not end in /. It has been suggested that the name be "disembarrassed from all titles and all preliminary particles " ; but it is evident that in many cases the "pre- liminary particle" is so important a part of the name that its exclusion would make the name unrecognizable. While, therefore, it is proper to omit the Germon von, for instance, in Laniits homeyeri, it would hardly be de- fensible to write Bu\i or Mitrsii, instead of Ditbusi or Desmursti, when intending to honor Du Bus or Des Murs by naming a species after him. That 'particle' does not mean 'article' need hardly be mentioned, and names like La Fresnaye, etc., should not be dismembered, though in Ger- man names the article also has to be left out when the particle is dropped. RECOMMENDATION III. The best zoological names are those which are derived from the Latin or Greek, and express some distinguishing characteristic of the object to which they are applied. REMARKS. — This is Recommendation 'A.' of the B. A. 'Recommenda- tions for the Improvement of Zoological Nomenclature in the Future,' under which the B. A. Committee considers 'Classes of objectionable names.' This subject has also since received detailed consideration from De Candolle in his ' Lois de la Nomenclature botanique,' and Mr. Dall has devoted several pages to it in his 'Report' (pp. 29-31), all of which may well be consulted in this connection. The principal of these recommendations may be sum- marized as follows : — 1 " Hoc unicum et summum proemium laboris, sancte servandum, et caste dis- pensandum ad incitamentum et ornamentum Botanices. — Phil. Bctan., p. 171." 62 CODE OF NOMENCLATURE. 1. Avoid adjective generic names. "The names of genera are in all cases essentially substantive, and hence adjective terms cannot be em- ployed for them without doing violence to grammar. The generic names Hians, Criniger, Cursorius, A'itidula, etc., are examples of this incorrect usage." (B. A. Code.) 2. Avoid generic names in the genitive case. Like adjective names, these can be used only in violation of both good taste and grammatical construc- tion. (DALL.) 3. Avoid geographical names, which should never be used for genera, and only with discrimination for species. — Even for species, formerly some au- thors (Wagler, for instance) went so far as to substitute others whenever they occurred, while other authors (Swainson, for example) would tolerate them only when they applied exclusively ; as, Lcpus hibernicus, Troglodytes euro- pants, etc. The B. A. Committee were " by no means disposed to go to this length. It is not the less true that Hirundo javanica is a Javanese bird, even though it may occur in other countries also, and though other species of Hii-undo may occur in Java. The utmost that can be urged against such words is, that they do not tell the whole truth.'1'1 (B. A. Code.) The B. A. Committee advised restriction of such names to species confined to the countries whose names they bear. 4. Avoid barbarous names unless they are euphonious, easily modified to a Latin form, and are more or less well known in their original form as names of the species or genera to which they are to be applied ; e. g., Ajaja, Ara, Macao, Pompadora, Skua, Tijuca, etc. " Some authors protest strongly against the introduction of exotic words into our Latin nomenclature, others defend the practice with equal warmth. We may remark, first, that the practice is not contrary to classical usage, for the Greeks and Romans did occasionally, though with reluctance, introduce barbarous words in a modified form into their respective languages. Sec- ondly, the preservation of the trivial names which animals bear in their native countries is often of great use to the traveller in aiding him to dis- cover and identify the species. We do not therefore consider, if such words have a Latin termination given to them, that the occasional and judicious use of them as scientific terms can be justly objected to." (B. A. Code.) 5. "Technical names. — All words expressive of trades and professions have been by some writers excluded from zoology, but without sufficient reason. Words of this class, 'when carefully chosen, often express the pecu- liar characters and habits of animals in a metaphorical manner, which is highly elegant. We may cite the generic terms Art'icola, Laniiis, Pastor, Tyrannus, Re^uhis, Mimus, Ploceus, etc., as favourable examples of this class of names." {B. A. Code.) 6. Mythological names should be applied with great care, and only when they have some perceptible reference or allusion to the object on which they are conferred. They may sometimes be used as generic names "with PRINCIPLES, CANONS, AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 63 the same propriety as technical ones, in cases where a direct allusion can be traced between the narrated actions of a personage and the observed habits or structure of an animal. Thus when the name P rogue is given to a Swal- low, Clot/io to a Spider, Hydra to a Polyp, Athene to an Owl, Nestor to a gray-headed Parrot, etc., a pleasing and beneficial connexion is established between classical literature and physical science." (B. A. Code.} j. Avoid hybrid names. — " Compound words, whose components are taken from two different languages, are great deformities in nomenclature, and naturalists should be especially guarded not to introduce any more such terms into zoology, which furnishes too many examples of them already. We have them compounded of Greek and Latin, as Dendrofalco, Gymno- corvits, Mouocnlus, Arborophila,flavigaster; Greek and French, as Jacama- ralcyon, Jacamerops; Greek and English, as Bullockoides, Gilberlsocrinites." (B. A. Code.} 8. Avoid generic names closely resembling others already in existence, even when the efymology may be different ; as, Pica and Picas, Otoslomia and Odostomia, Tachyphomis and Trachyp/ionus, etc. The danger of con- fusion in such cases is evident, and should be guarded against. 9. " Corrupted words. — In the construction of compound Latin words, there are certain grammatical rules which have been known and acted on for two thousand years, and which a naturalist is bound to acquaint himself with before he tries his skill in coining zoological terms. One of the chief of these rules is, that in compounding words all the radical or essential parts of the constituent members must be retained, and no change made except in the variable terminations A name made up of the first half of one word and the last half of another, is as deformed a monster in nomenclature as a Mermaid or a Centaur would be in zoology ; yet we find examples in the names Corcorax (from Corvus and PyrrJwcorax), Cypsnagra (from Cypse- liis and Tanagra), Merulaxis (from A ferula and Synallaxis), Loxigilla (from Loxia and Fringilla), etc. In other cases, where the commencement of both the simple words is retained in the compound, a fault is still com- mitted by cutting off too much of the radical and vital portions, as is the case in Bucorvus (from Buceros and Corvus), Xinox (from Nisus and Noc- tua), etc." (B. A. Code.) 10. "Nonsense names. — Some authors having found difficulty in select- ing generic names which have not been used before, have adopted the plan of coining words at random without any derivation or meaning whatever. The following are examples : Viralva, Xema, Azeca, Assiminia, Quedius, Spi- sula. To the same class we may refer anagrams of other generic names, as Dacelo and Cedola of Alcedo, Zapornia of Porzana, etc. Such verbal trifling as this is in very bad taste, and is especially calculated to bring the science into contempt It is contrary to the genius of all languages, which appear never to produce new words by spontaneous generation, but always to derive them from some other source, however distant or obscure. And it 64 CODE OF NOMENCLATURE. is peculiarly annoying to the etymologist, who after seeking in vain through the vast storehouses of human language for the parentage of such words, discovers at last that he has been pursuing an ignis fatnns" {B. A. Code.) n. Indicate the etymology of each name proposed. — While it is not now intended that names erroneously constructed shall be subject to emendation (see above, Canon XL. and Remarks), it is highly desirable that the etymol- ogy of all generic names newly proposed should be clearly indicated. 12. Avoid names of great length, or of harsh and inelegant pronunciation. Words of more than five syllables should as far as possible be avoided. In the construction of names it is obvious that euphony should be regarded. Thus such names as Eschscholtzi, Sylviorthorhynchus, Strigymnhemipns, Synthliborhamphus, XiphidiorhyncJtus, Wiirmizusume, etc., are decidedly objectionable. 13. Avoid comparative names. — Specific names expressive of compara- tive size, as minor, minimus, maxiiints, should be avoided, as they may be rendered inaccurate by the later discovery of additional species. Names denoting resemblance to another species or genus should be also avoided, as Picoides, Emberizoides, Pseudoluscinia, inbeculoides, etc. (B. A. Code.) 14. Generic names compounded from those of other genera, if not too long, and properly formed (not made corrupt by trying to render them shorter), may sometimes be adopted with advantage, since they serve to express the position of a genus intermediate between, or allied with, two other genera. {B. A. Code.) 15. Avoid making a wrong application of the ancient names of animals. Names of animals found in classic authors have in numerous cases been applied at random to exotic genera or species wholly unknown to the ancients. This practice should be discouraged. The use, however, of an- cient names, when correctly applied, is most desirable, for it is better in framing scientific terms to select old words than to form new ones. (B. A. Code.) 16. In modifying existing names — as, for instance, of genera in naming subgenera or sections, or of species in designating allied species — by means of prefixes and suffixes, the following precautions should receive attention. Before a Greek derivative cu- and pseudo- may be used, the former espe- cially in modifying generic names ; after a Greek derivative, -astntm, -aides, or -opsis. Before a Latin derivative, sub- may be used ; after it, -ella, -UH/J, -ina, -itcs, etc. The prefix at- may be used before generic names ; the pre- fixes sub- and pseudo- should be restricted to specific names ; the suffixes are applicable to either generic or specific names. Usage has justified to some extent the application of these modifications to words of uncertain etymology or arbitrary formation, in connection with which Greek syllables should be entirely avoided. So far as specific names are concerned, pseudo- may be employed when it is desired to connect the name of a species with another with which it has been confounded. The suffixes -ella, -una, -ina, are used in PRINCIPLES, CANONS, AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 65 modifying a Latin generic name, to indicate that a new genus thus named is in some way related to the one whose name is thus modified. They are also used in reforming a name which is inadmissible for any reason, in order to preserve a suggestive and convenient similarity. For instance, Ccecilia, if employed for a shell, but which was found to be preoccupied in some other class, might be modified to Ccecilianella, in order that convenience in con- sulting indices might be conserved for the new name in connection with the old one. (DALL, Rep., p. 30.) 17. Geographical specific names are formed by adding the suffixes -us, -ins, -tcus, -inus, -itus, (or their feminine or neuter equivalents, as the case may require,) and -etisis, the name itself suffering no modification except in its termination. 18. Manuscript names used by collectors in their notes or on labels, if well chosen, may be adopted, the adopter of the name of course supplying a description ; and he should further state that the name has not previously been formally introduced. Without this precaution the use of manuscript names is highly objectionable, and has been the source of great confusion and annoyance. The manuscript names of Beck, Solander, Leach, and others, have long been stumbling-blocks, from having been quoted by natu- ralists with no reference to the fact that they were unaccompanied by descrip- tions, and therefore without standing. (DALL, Rep., p. 33.) 19. In subdividing an old genus it would be better to make the subdi- visions agree in gender with that of the original group, in order that specific names may be preserved unaltered. § 13. Of the Transliteration of Names. RECOMMENDATION IV. Names adopted from languages writ- ten in other than Roman characters, as the Greek, Russian, Arabic, Japanese, etc., or from languages containing characters not represented in the Roman alphabet, as the Spanish, French, German, Scandinavian, Western Slavonian, etc., should be ren- dered by the corresponding Roman letters or combinations of letters. REMARKS. — The transliteration of letters not Roman into those of the Latin alphabet is a matter of some difficulty and uncertainty, as philologists are not yet in agreement as to the rules. The only alphabet in regard to which scholars nearly agree' being the Greek one, the commonly adopted system should be followed, and also in case of names derived from the modern Greek language. In regard to the other alphabets, it is to be recommended that in transliterating the spelling be as nearly phonetic as 5 66 CODE OF NOMENCLATURE. possible, and in accordance with the sound indicated by the letters of the Latin alphabet. This is to prevent such transliterations as yessoensis for jessoensis, Chcrnik for Tschernik, y and ch having sounds in the Latin alpha- bet different from those which they are intended to indicate in the above words. There are two methods of transliterating the Russian alphabet. One is by rendering the letters by the corresponding Latin letters, which method should always be followed in geographical names, with the pro- viso, however, that where the Russian name in the nominative case ends with the letter a the ending Latinizing the word is to be appended to the soft consonant preceding the * : e. g., nom. Orloff (ending in Russian . minor BONAP. Consp. II. 1856, 187. [B - C -, R -, C -.] HAB. North Atlantic. 86 £. Fulmarus glacialis glupischa STEJN. Pacific Fulmar. Fulmarus glacialis glupischa STEJN. Auk, I. July, 1884, 234. [B 636, C 582 a, R 705 a, C 815.] HAB. North Pacific, south on the American coast to Mexico. 86 c. Fulmarus glacialis rodgersii (CASS.). Rodgers's Fulmar. Fulmarus rodgersii CASS. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1862, 290. Fulmarus glacialis var. rodgersi COUES, Key, 1872, 327. [B— , C 582 b, R 705 b, C8i6.] HAB. Bering's Sea. 100 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. SUBGENUS PRIOCELLA. HOMBRON & JACQUINOT. Priocella HOME. & JACQ. Compt. Rend. XVIII. 1844, 357. Type, P, garnoti HOME. & JACQ. = Procellaria glacialoides SMITH. 87. Fulmarus glacialoides (SMITH). Slender-billed Fulmar. Procellaria glacialoides SMITH, Illustr. S. Afr. B. 1849 (?), t. 51. Fulmarus glacialoides STEJN. Auk, 1884, p. 233. [B 637, C 583, R 706, C 817.] HAB. Seas of the Southern Hemisphere, and northward along Pa- cific coast of North America. GENUS PUFFINUS BRISSON. Puffinus BRISS. Orn. VI. 1760, 131. Type, Procellaria puffinus BRUNN. 88. Fuffinus borealis CORY. Cory's Shearwater. Puffinus borealis CORY, Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, VI. April, 1881, 84. [B — , C — , R — , C 888.] HAB. Off the coast of Massachusetts. 89. Fuffinus major FAEER. Greater Shearwater. Puffinus major FABER, Prodr. Isl. Orn. 1822, 56. [B 647, C 597, R 709, C 832.] HAB. Atlantic Ocean; south to Cape Horn and Cape of Good Hope. [90.] Fuffinus puffinus (BRUNN.). Manx Shearwater. Procellaria puffinus BRUNN. Orn. Bor. 1764, 29. Puffinus puffinus LIGHT. Nomencl. Mus. Berol. 1854, 100. [B 649, C 599, R 711, C834.] HAB. North Atlantic, chiefly on the eastern side ; accidental in Greenland, and rare or casual off the North American coast (?). ORDER TUBINARES. IOI 91. Fuffinus creatopus COUES. Piiik-footed Shearwater. Puffinus creatopus " COOPER, MS.," COUES, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. April, 1864, 131. [B-, C598, R 7 10, C 833.] HAB. Pacific Ocean ; on the American coast from Lower California to Juan Fernandez Islands. 92. Puffinus auduboni FINSCH. Audubtm's Shearwater. Puffinus auduboni FINSCH, P. Z. S. 1872, in. [6650, C 600, R 712, 0835.] HAB. Warmer parts of the Atlantic, north casually to New Jersey. 93. Puffinus gavia (FORST.). Black-vented Shearwater. Procellaria gavia FORST. Descr. An. 1844, 148. Puffinus gavia FINSCH, J. f. O. 1872, 256. [B— , C 601, R 713, C 836.] HAB. Pacific Ocean, chiefly southward ; coast of Lower California. 94. Puffinus stricklandi RIDGW. Sooty Shearwater. Puffinus stricklandi RIDGW. Water B. N. Am. II. 1884, 390. [B 648, C 602, R 714, C 837.] HAB. North Atlantic, south on the American coast to South Carolina. 95. Puffinus griseus (GMEL.). Dark-bodied Shearwater. Procellaria grisea GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 564. Puffinus griseus FINSCH, J. f. O. 1874, 209. [B-, C6o3, R7i5, C838.] HAB. South Pacific, north on the American coast to Lower Cali- fornia. 102 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 96. Puffinus tenuirostris (TEMM.). Slender-billed Shearwater. Procellaria tenuirostris TEMM. PI. Col. 1828, 587. Puffinus tenuirostris TEMM. & SCHLEG. Fauu. Jap. Aves, 1849, I3I» pi. 86. [B — , C 604, R 716, C 839.] HAB. North Pacific ; from Sitka to Kotzebue Sound on the Ameri- can coast. SUBGENUS PRIOFINUS HOMBRON & JACQUINOT. Priofinus HOMBR. & JACQ. Compt. Rend. XVIII. 1844, 355. Type, Procellaria cinerea GMEL. [97.] Puffinus cinereus (GMEL.). Black-tailed Shearwater. Procellaria cinerea GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 563. Puffinus cinereus LAWR. in BAIRD'S B. N. Am. 1858, 835. [B 651, C S9S, R 707, C 830.] HAB. South Pacific ; accidental off the coast of California. GENUS .SJSTRELATA BONAPARTE. jEstrelata BONAP. Consp. II. 1856, iSS. Type, Procellaria hasitata KUHL. [98.] .ffistrelata hasitata (KUHL). Black-capped Petrel. Procellaria hasitata KUHL, Mon. Proc. Beitr. Zool. i Abt. 1820, 142. jEstrelata hccsitata COUES, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1866, 139. [B 638, C 585, R 717, C 819.] HAB. Warmer parts of the Atlantic Ocean, straying to Florida, Long Island, England, and France. [99.] JEstrelata gularis (PEALE). L J Peale's Petrel. Procellaria gularis PEALE, Zool. U. S. Expl. Exp. 1848, 299. CEstrelata gularis BREWST. Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, IV. iSSi, 94. ORDER TUBINARES. IO3 [B— , C- R— CSS7.] HAB. Antarctic Ocean ; accidental in Western New York. 100. -ZEstrelata fisheri RIDGW. Fisher's Petrel. (Estrelata fisheri RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. V. June 26, 1883, 656. [B - C - R - C -.] HAB. Coast of Alaska (Kadiak). GENUS BULWERIA BONAPARTE. Bulweria BONAP. Cat. Met. Ucc. Eur. 1842, 81. Type, Procellaria bulweri JARD. & SELBY. [101.] Bulweria bulweri QARD. & SELBY). Bulwer's Petrel. Procellaria bulweri JARD. & SELBY, Illustr. Orn. , pi. 65. Bulweria bulweri BOUCARD, Cat. Av. 1876, 69. [B— , C — , R 718, C820.] HAB. Eastern Atlantic, including coasts of Europe and Africa. Accidental in Greenland. GENUS DAPTION STEPHENS. Daption STEPH. Gen. Zool. XIII. 1825, 239. Type, Procellaria capensis LINN. [102.] Daption capensis (LINN.). Pintado Petrel. Procellaria capensis LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 132. Daption capensis STEPH Gen. Zool. XIII. pt. i. 1825, 241. [B639, C584, R7i9,C8i8.] HAB. Oceans of the Southern Hemisphere, north to about latitude 25°. Accidental on the coasts of California and England. GENUS HALOCYPTENA COUES. Halocyptena COUES, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. March, 1864, 78. Type, H. microsoma COUES. 104 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 103. Halocyptena microsoma COUES. Least Petrel. Halocyptena microsoma COUES, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1864, 79. [B— , C 586, R 720, C 821.] HAB. Coast of Lower California. GENUS PROCELLARIA LINNAEUS. Procellaria LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 131. Type, by elimination, P. pelagica LINN. 104. Procellaria pelagica LINN. Stormy Petrel. Procellaria pelagica LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 131. [B 645, C 587, R 721, C 822.] HAB. Atlantic Ocean, south on the American side to the New- foundland Banks. West coast of Africa and coast of Europe. GENUS OCEANODROMA REICHENBACH. Oceanodroma REICH. Syst. Av. 1852, p. iv. Type, Procellaria fur- cata GMEL. 105. Oceanodroma furcata (GMEL.). Fork-tailed Petrel. Procellaria furcata GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 561. Oceanodroma furcata REICH. Syst. Av 1852, p. iv. [B64o, C 591, R 726, C 826.] HAB. North Pacific, south on the American coast to Oregon. 106. Oceanodroma leucorhoa (VIEILL.). Leach's Petrel. Procellaria leucorhoa VIEILL. N. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. XXV. 1817, 422. Oceanodroma leucorhoa STEJX. Orn. Expl. Kamtsch. 1885, 97. [B 642, C 588, R 723, C 823.] ORDER TUBINARES. IO5 HAB. North Atlantic and North Pacific Oceans ; south on the coast of the United States to Virginia and California ; breeds from Maine and the Hebrides northward on the coasts of the Atlantic. 107. Oceanodroma melania (BONAP.). Black Petrel. Procellaria melania BONAP. Compt. Rend. XXVIII. 1854, 662. Oceanodroma melania STEJN. Orn. Expl. Kamtsch. 1885, 371. [B — , C 589, R 724, C 824.] HAB. South Pacific, northward to Lower California. 108. Oceanodroma homochroa (COUES). Ashy Petrel. Cymochorea homochroa COUES, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1864, 77. Oceanodroma homochroa RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 356. [B 643, C 590, R 725,0 825.] HAB. Coast of California. SUBFAMILY OCEANITIN^E. GENUS OCEANITES KEYSERLING & BLASIUS. Oceanites KEYS. & BLAS. Wirb. Eur. I. 1840, xciii. Type, Procel- laria oceanica KUHL. 109. Oceanites oceanicus (KUHL). Wilson's Petrel. Procellaria oceanica KUHL, Beitr. Zool. Mon. Proc. 1820, 136, pi. 10, fig. i. Oceanites oceanica LIGHT. Nomencl. Mus. Berol. 1854, 99. [B 644, C 593, R 722, C 828.] HAB. North and South Atlantic and Southern Oceans. GENUS CYMODROMA RIDGWAY. Cymodroma RIDGW. Water B. N. Am. II. 1884, 4iS. Type, Procel- laria grallaria VIEILL. 106 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [110.] Cymodronia grallaria (VIEILL.). White-bellied Petrel. Proceliaria grallai ia VIEILL. Nouv. Diet. XXVI. 1817, 418. Cymodronia grallaria RIDGW. Water B. N. Am. II. 1884, 419. [B 646, C 594, R 728, C 829.] HAB. Tropical oceans generally; accidental on the coast of Florida. GENUS PELAGODROMA REICHENBACH. Pelagodiotna REICH. Syst. Av. 1852, p. iv. Type, Proceliaria ma- rina LATH. [111.] Pelagodroma marina (LATH.). White-faced Petrel. Proceliaria marina LATH. Ind. Orn. II. ii. 1790. 826. Pelagodroma marina REICH. Syst. Av. 1852, p. iv. [B — C - R — , C -.] HAB. South Atlantic, and Southern Seas. Casual off the coast of Massachusetts. ORDER STEGANOPODES. TOTIPALMATE SWIMMERS. FAMILY PHAETHONTID2E. TROPIC BIRDS. GENUS PHAETHON LINNAEUS. Phaethon LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 134. Type, P. athereus LINN. 112. Phaethon flavirostris BRANDT. Yellow-billed Tropic Bird. Phaethon jlavirostris BRANDT, Bull. Ac. St. Pdtersb. II. 1837, 349. ORDER STEGANOPODES. IO/ [B 629, C 538, R 654, C 763.] HAB. West Indies and Atlantic coast of Central America, north to Florida j accidental in Western New York. Samoan Islands. 113. Fhaethon Eetherous LINN. Red-billed Tropic Bird. Phaethon athereus LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 134. [B — C — R 655, C 762.] HAB. Coasts of tropical America, north on the Pacific coast to Lower California ; accidental on the Newfoundland Banks. FAMILY SULID^E. GANNETS. GENUS SULA BRISSON. SUBGENUS SULA. Sula BRISS. Orn. VI. 1760, 495. Type, by elimination, Pelecanus sula LINN. [114.] Sula cyanops SUND. Blue-faced Booby. Dysporus cyanops SUND. Phys. Tidskr. Lund, 1837, pt. 5. Sula cyanops SUND. Isis, 1842, 858. [B— , C— R65i, C-.] HAB. South Pacific, West Indies, and noithward to Southern Florida. 115. Sula sula (LINN.). Booby. Pelecanus sula LINN. Syst. Nat. 12 ed. I. 1766, 218. Sula sula RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 356. [B 618,0525, R652, C 747.] HAB. Coasts of tropical and subtropical America, north to Georgia. 108 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [116.] Sula piscator (LINN.). Red-footed Booby. Pelecanus piscator LINN. S. N. eel. 10, I. 1758, 134. Sula piscator BONAP. Consp. II. 1857, 166. [B — , C -, R 653, C -.] HAB. Coast and islands of tropical and subtropical seas, north to Western Mexico and Florida. SUBGENUS DYSPORUS ILLIGER. Dysporus ILLIG. Prodr. 1811, 279. Type, by elimination, Pelecanus bassamts LINN. 117. Sula bassana (LINN.). Gannet. Pelecanus bassamis LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 133. Sula bassana BOIE, Isis, 1822, p. 563. [B 617, C 524, R 650, C 746.] HAB. Coasts of the North Atlantic, south in winter to the Gulf of Mexico and Africa ; breeds from Nova Scotia and the British Islands northward. FAMILY ANHINGID^. DARTERS. GENUS ANHINGA BRISSON. Anhinga BRISSON, Orn. VI. 1760, 476. Type, Anhinga MARCGR. = Plotus anhinga LINN. 118. Anhinga anhinga (LINN.). Anhinga. Plotus anhinga LlNN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 218. Anhinga anhinga STEJN. Stand. Nat. Hist. IV. 1885, 193. [B 628, C 536, R 649, C 760.] HAB. Tropical and subtropical America, north to the Carolinas and the mouth of the Ohio River. ORDER STEGANOPODES. FAMILY PHALACROCORACID^J. CORMORANTS. GENUS PHALACROCORAX BRISSON. SUBGENUS PHALACROCORAX. Phalacrocorax BRISS. Orn. VI. 1760, 511. Type, Pelecamis carbo LINN. 119. Phalacrocorax carbo (LINN.). Cormorant. Pelecanus carbo LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 133. Phalacrocorax carbo CUVIER, R£gne Animal, I. 1817, 524. [B 620, C 528, R 642, C 750.] * HAB. Coasts of the North Atlantic, south in winter on the coast of the United States, casually, to the Carolinas ; breeding (formerly) from Massachusetts northward. 120. Phalacrocorax dilophus (Sw. & RICH.). Double-crested Cormorant. Pelecanus (Carbo) dilophus Sw. & RICH. F. B. A. II. 1831, 473. Phalacrocorax dilophus NUTT. Man. II. 1834, 483. [B 623, C 530, R 643, C 751.] HAB. Eastern coast of North America, breeding from the Bay of Fundy northward ; southward in the interior to the Great Lakes and Wisconsin. 120 0. Phalacrocorax dilophus floridaniis (Aim). Florida Cormorant. Phalacrocorax floridanus AUD. Orn. Biog. III. 1835, 387. Phalacrocorax dilophus jloridanus RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. III. Aug. 24, 1880, 205. [B 624, C 530 a, R 643 a, C 753.] HAB. Coast of the South Atlantic and Gulf States, northward in the Mississippi Valley to Southern Illinois. IIO CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 120 b. Phalacrocorax dilophiis cincinatus (BRANDT). White-crested Cormorant. Carbo cincinatus BRANDT, Bull. Sc. Ac. St. Pdtersb. III. 1838, 55. Phalacrocorax dilophus cincinnatus RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. III. Aug. 24, 1880, 205. [B 622, C 529, R 643 £, C 752.] HAB. West coast of North America, south in winter to California. 120^-. Phalacrocorax dilophus albociliatus RIDGW. Farallone Cormorant. Phalacrocorax dilophus albociliatus RIDGW. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. II. Apr. 10, 1884, 94. [B _ C - R — , C — .] HAB. Coast of California, south to Cape St. Lucas and Revilla- Gigedo Islands. 121. Phalacrocorax mexicanus (BRANDT). Mexican Cormorant. Carbo mexicanus BRANDT, Bull. Sc. Ac. St. Pdtersb. III. 1838, 55. Phalacrocorax mexicanus SCL. & SALV. Norn. Neotr. 1873, 124. [6625, C 531, R 644, C 754.] HAB. West Indies, South and Central America to Southern United States ; north in the interior to Kansas and Southern Illinois. SUBGENUS COMPSOHALIEUS RIDGWAY. Compsohalieus RIDGW. Water B. N. Am. II. 1884, 145. Type, Carbo penicillatus BRANDT. 122. Phalacrocorax penicillatus (BRANDT). Brandt's Cormorant. Carbo penicillatus BRANDT, Bull. Sc. Ac. St. Pdtersb III. 1838, 55. Phalacrocorax penicillatus HEERM. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. VII. 1854, 178. [B 626, C 532, R 645, C 755.] ORDER STEGANOPODES. Ill i HAB. Pacific coast of North America, from Cape St. Lucas to Washington Territory. SUBGENUS URILE BONAPARTE. Urile BONAP. Consp. II. 1856, 175. Type, Pelecanus itrile GMEL. 123. Phalacrocorax pelagicus PALL. Pelagic Cormorant. Phalacrocorax pelagicus PALL. Zoog. Rosso- As. II. 1826, 303. [B _, C - R — , C -.] HAB. Aleutian and Kurile Islands, and Kamtschatka, south to Japan. 123 a. Phalacrocorax pelagicus robustus RIDGW. Violet-green Cormorant. Phalacrocorax pelagicus robustus RIDGW. Water B. N. Am. II. 1884, 1 60. [B 627, C 535, R 646, C 758.] HAB. Coast of Alaska, from Norton Sound to Sitka. 123 £. Phalacrocorax pelagicus resplendens (Aun.). Baird's Cormorant. Phalacrocorax resplendens AUD. Orn. Biog. V. 1839. Phalacrocorax pelagicus resp^ndens RIDGW. Water B. N. Am. I. 1884, i 60. [B— , C- R646rt, C759.] HAB. Pacific coast of North America, from Washington Territory south to Cape St. Lucas and Mazatlan. 124. Phalacrocorax urile (GMEL.). Red-faced Cormorant. Pelecanus urile GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 575. Phalacrocorax urile RIDGW. Water B. N. Am. II. 1884, 162. [B — , C 534, R 647, C 757.] HAB. Prybilof and Aleutian Islands, and coast of Kamtschatka. 112 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. FAMILY PELECANLLX&J. PELICANS. GENUS PELECANUS LINNAEUS. Pelecanus LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 132. Type, by elimination, P. onocrotalus LINN. SUBGENUS CYRTOPELICANUS REICHENBACH. Cyrtopclicanus REICH. Syst. Av. 1852, p. vii. Type, Pelecanus ery- throrhynchos GMEL. 125. Pelecanus erythrorhynchos GMEL. American White Pelican. Pelecanus erythrorhynchos GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 571. [B 615, C 526, R 640, C 748.] HAB. Temperate North America, north in the interior to about Lat. 61°, south to Central America; now rare or accidental in the Northeastern States ; abundant in the Middle Province and along the Gulf coast ; common on the coast of California and Western Mexico. SUBGENUS LEPTOPELICANUS REICHENBACH. Leptopelicanus REICH. Syst. Av. 1852, p. vii. Type, Pelecanus fuscus LINN. 126. Pelecanus fuscus LINN. Brown Pelican. Pelecanus fuscus LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 215. [B 6!6, C 527, R 641, C 749.] HAB. Atlantic coast of tropical and subtropical America, north on the Atlantic coast to North Carolina; accidental in Illinois. 127. Pelecanus californicus RIDGW. California Brown Pelican. Pelecanus (fit sens?) calif ornicus RIDGW. Water B. N. Am. II. 1884, 143- P[elecanus~\ californicus RIDGW. 1. c. ORDER ANSERES. 113 HAB. Pacific coast, from San Francisco to Cape St. Lucas, and probably to Mexico and Central America. FAMILY FREGATIDA MAN-O'-WAR BIRDS. GENUS FREGATA CUVIER. Fregata Cuv. Leg. d'Anat. Comp. I. 1799-1800, tab. ii. Type, Pele- canus aquilus LINN. 128. Fregata aquila (LINN.). Man-o'-War Bird. Pelecanus aquilus LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, F33- Fregata aquila REICH. Syst. Av. 1852, p. vi. [B 619, C 537, R 639, C 761.] HAB. Tropical and subtropical coasts generally ; in America, north to Florida, Texas, and California, and casually on the Atlantic coast to Nova Scotia. ORDER ANSERES. LAMELLIROSTRAL SWIMMERS. FAMILY ANATID-ZS- DUCKS, GEESE, AND SWANS. SUBFAMILY MERGING. MERGANSERS. GENUS MERGANSER BRISSON. Merganser BRISS. Orn. VI. 1 760, 230. Type, Mergus merganser LINN. 129. Merganser americanus (CASS.). American Merganser. Mcrgus americanus CASSIN, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. VI. 1853, 187. Merganser americanus STEJN. Orn. Expl. Kamtsch. 1885, 177. 8 114 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [B 611, C 521, R 636,0743-] HAB. North America generally, breeding south to the Northern United States. 130. Merganser serrator (LINN.). Red-breasted Merganser. Mergtis serrator LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 129. Merganser serrator SCHAFFER, Mus. Orn. 1789, 66. [B6i2, C522, R637, C 744.] HAB. Northern portions of Northern Hemisphere ; south, in win- ter, throughout the United States. GENUS LOPHODYTES REICHENBACH. Lophodytes REICHENBACH, Syst. Av. 1852, p. ix. Type, Mergus cucullatus LINN. 131. Lophodytes cucullatus (LINN.). Hooded Merganser. Mergus cucutlafus LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 129. Lophodytes cucullatus REICHENBACH, Syst. Av. 1852, p. ix. [B 613, C 523, R 638,0745-] HAB. North America generally, south to Mexico and Cuba, breed- ing nearly throughout its range. SUBFAMILY ANATHSLE. RIVER DUCKS. GENUS ANAS LINNAEUS. Anas LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 122. Type, A. boschas LINN. 132. Anas boschas LINN. Mallard. Anas boschas LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 127. [B 576, C 488, R 601, C 707.] HAB. Northern parts of Northern Hemisphere ; in America south to Panama and Cuba, breeding southward to the Northern United States. ORDER ANSERES. 115 133. Anas obscura GMEL. Black Duck. Anas obscura GMEL. S. N. I. 1788, 541. [B 577, C 489, R 602, C 708.] HAB. Eastern North America, west to Utah and Texas, north to Labrador, breeding southward to the Northern United States. 134. Anas fulvigula RIDGW. Florida Duck. Anas obscitra var. fulvigula RIDGW. Am. Nat. VIII. Feb. 1874, ill. Anas fulvigula RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. III. Aug. 24, 1880, 203. [B — , C 489 a, R 603, C 709.] HAB. Florida; Kansas. SUBGENUS CHAULELASMUS BONAPARTE. Chaulelasmus BONAP. Comp. List, 1838, 56. Type, Anas strepera LINN. 135. Anas strepera LINN. Gadwall. Anas strepera LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 125. [B 584, C 491, R 604, C 711.] HAB. Nearly cosmopolitan. In North America breeds chiefly within the United States. SUBGENUS MARECA STEPHENS. Mareca STEPHENS, Gen. Zool. XII. pt. ii. 1824, 130. Type, Anas penelope LINN. 136. Anas penelope LINN. Widgeon. Anas penelope LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 126. [B 586, C 492, R 606, C 712.] HAB. Northern parts of the Old World. In North America breeds in the Aleutian Islands, and occurs occasionally in the Eastern United States. Il6 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 137. Anas americana GMEL. Baldpate. Anas americana GMELIN, S. N. I. 1788, 526. [B 585, C 493, R 607, C 713.] HAB. North America, from the Arctic Ocean south to Guatemala and Cuba. SUBGENUS NETTION KAUP. Nettion KAUP, Sk. Ent. Europ. Thierw. 1829, 95. Type, Anas crecca LINN. [138.] Anas crecca LINN. European Teal. Anas crecca LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 126. [B 580, C 494, R 6n, C 714.] HAB. Northern parts of the Old World. Casual in Eastern North America and the Aleutian Islands. 139. Anas carolinensis GMELIN. Green-winged Teal. Anas carolinensis GMEL. S. N. I. 1788, 533. [8579, C 495, R6i2, C 715.] HAB. North America, breeding chiefly north of the United States, and migrating south to Honduras and Cuba. SUBGENUS QUERQUEDULA STEPHENS. Querquednla STEPHENS, Gen. Zool. XII. pt. ii. 1824, 142. Type, Anas querquedula LINN. 140. Anas discors LINN. Blue-winged Teal. Anas discors LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 205. [B 581, C 496, R 609, C 716.] HAB. North America in general, but chiefly the Eastern Province ; north to Alaska, and south to the West Indies and Northern South America ; breeds from the Northern United States northward. ORDER ANSERES. I IJ 141. Anas cyanoptera VIEILL. Cinnamon Teal. Anas cyanoptera VIEILLOT, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist Nat. V. 1816, 104. [BS82, C497> R6io, €717.] HAB. Western America from Columbia River south to Chili, Pata- gonia, and Falkland Islands ; east in North America to the Rocky Mountains ; casual in the Mississippi Valley. GENUS SPATULA BOIE. Spattila BOIE, Isis, 1822, 564. Type, Anas clypeata LINN. 142. Spatula clypeata (LINN.). Shoveller. Anas clypeata LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 124. Spatula clypeala BOIE, Isis, 1822, 564. [B 583, C 498, R 608, C 718.] HAB. Northern Hemisphere. In North America breeding from Alaska to Texas ; not abundant on the Atlantic coast. GENUS DAFILA STEPHENS. Dafila STEPHENS, Gen. Zool. XII. pt. ii. 1824, 126. 143. Dafila acuta (LINN.). Pintail. Anas acuta LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 126. Dafila acuta BONAP. Comp. List, 1838, 56. [BS78, C49°> R6o5, C7io.] HAB. Northern Hemisphere. In North America breeds from the northern parts of the United States northward, and migrates south to Panama and Cuba. GENUS AIX BOIE. Aix BOIE, Isis, 1828, 329. Type, Anas sponsa LINN. Il8 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 144. Aix sponsa (LINN.). \Vood Duck. Anas sponsa LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 128. Aix sponsa BONAP. Comp. List, 1838, 57. [B5S7, C499, R6i3, €719.] HAB. Temperate North America, breeding throughout its range. GENUS NETTA KAUP. Netta KAUP, Sk. Ent. Europ. Thierw. 1829, 102. Type, Anas rufina PALL. [145.] Netta rufina (PALL.). Rufous-crested Duck. Anas rufina PALL. It. II. App. 1773, 731. Netta rufina RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 355. [B — , C — , R — , C 886.] HAB. Eastern Hemisphere ; accidental in Eastern United States. GENUS AYTHYA BOIE. Ay thy a BOIE, Isis, 1822, 564. Type, by elimination, Anas ferina LINN. 146. Aythya americana (Evx.). Redhead. Fulignla americana EYTON, Monogr. Anat. 1838, 155. Aythya americana BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 793. [B 591, C 503, R6i8, C723.] HAB. North America, breeding from California and Maine north- ward. 147. Aythya vallisneria (WiLS.). Canvas-back. Anas -vallisncria WILSON, Am. Orn. VIII. 1814, 103. Aythya -valisneria BOIE, Isis, 1826, 980. ORDER ANSERES. IIQ [B 592, C 504, R 617, C 724.] HAB. Nearly all of North America, breeding from the Northwest- ern States northward to Alaska. SUBGENUS FULIGULA STEPHENS. Fulignla STEPHENS, Gen. Zool. XII. pt. ii. 1824, 187. Type, by elimination, Anasfuligula LINN. 148. Aythya marila nearctica STEJN. American Scaup Duck. Aythya marila nearctica STEJN. Orn. Expl. Kamtsch. 1885, 161. [6588, C 500, R6i4, C 720.] HAB. North America, breeding far north. 149. Aythya affinis (Evx.). Lesser Scaup Duck. Fuligula affinis EYT. Mon. Anat. 1838, 157. Aythya affinis STEJN. Orn. Expl. Kamtsch. 1885, 161. [B 589, C 501, R 615, C 721.] HAB. North America in general, breeding chiefly north of the United States, migrating south to Guatemala and the West Indies. 150. Aythya collaris (DONOV.). Ring-necked Duck. Anax collaris DONOV. Br. Birds, VI. 1809, pi. 147. Aythya collaris RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 356. [B 590, C 502, R 616, C 722.] HAB. North America, breeding far north and migrating south to Guatemala and the West Indies. GENUS GLAUCIONETTA STEJNEGER. Glaucionetta STEJN. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 409. Type, Anas clangula LINN. 120 CHECK- LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 151. Glaucionetta clangula americana (BONAP.). American Golden-eye. Clangula americana BONAP. Comp. List, 1838, 58. Glaucionetta clangula americana STEJN. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 409. [B 593, C 505, R 620,0725.] HAB. North America, breeding from Maine and the British Prov- inces northward ; in winter, south to Cuba. 152. Glaucionetta islandica (GMEL.). Barrow's Golden-eye. Anas islandica GMEL. S. N. I. 1788, 541. Glaucionetta islandica STEJN. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 409. [B 594, C 506, R 619, C 726.] HAB. Northern North America, south in winter to New York, Illi- nois, and Utah ; breeding from the Gulf of St. Lawrence northward, and south in the Rocky Mountains to Colorado ; Greenland ; Iceland. GENUS CHARITONETTA STEJ. \EGER. Charitonetta STEJN. Orn. Expl. Kamtsch. 1885, 163. Type, Anas albeola LINN. 153. Charitonetta albeola (LINN.). Baffle-head. Anas albeola LINN. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, I. 1758, 124. Charitonetta albeola STEJN. Orn. Expl. Kamtsch. 1885, 166. EB 595> c 5°7> R 62I> C 727.] HAB. North America ; south in winter to Cuba and Mexico. Breeds from Maine northward, through the Fur Countries and Alaska. GENUS CLANGULA LEACH. Clangula LEACH, in Ross's Voy. Disc. 1819, App. p. xlviii. Type, A nas glacialis LINN. 154. Clangula hyemalis (LINN.). Old-squaw. Anas hyctinilis LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 126. Clangnla Jiictnalis BREHM, Handb. Vog. Dcutschl. 1831, 933. ORDER ANSERES. 121 [B 597, C 508, R 623, C 728.] HAB. Northern Hemisphere; in North America south to the Poto- mac and the Ohio ; breeds far northward. GENUS HISTRIONICUS LESSON. Histrionicus LESSON, Man. d'Orn. II. 1828,415. Type, Anas histri- onica LINN. 155. Histrionicus histrionicus (LINN.). Harlequin Duck. Anas histrionica LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 127. Histrionicus histrionicus BOUCARD, Cat. Av. 1876, 60. [B 596, C 510, R 622, C 730.] HAB. Northern North America, breeding from Newfoundland, the Northern Rocky Mountains, and the Sierra Nevada, northward ; south in winter to the Middle States and California ; Eastern Asia ; Iceland. GENUS CAMPTOLAIMUS GRAY. Camptolaimus GRAY, List Gen. 1841, 95. Type, Anas labradoria GM. 156. Camptolaimus labradorius (GMEL.). Labrador Duck. Anas labradoria GMEL. S. N. I. 1788, 537. Camptolaimus labradorus GRAY, List Gen. 1841, 95. [B 600, C 510, R 624, C 730.] HAB. Formerly Northern Atlantic coast, from New Jersey (in winter) northward, breeding from Labrador northward. Now ex- tremely rare, and perhaps extinct. GENUS ENICONETTA GRAY. Eniconetta GRAY, List Gen. 1840, 75. Type, Anas stelleri PALL. 157. Eniconetta stelleri (PALL.). Steller's Duck. Anas stelleri PALL. Spicil. Zool. VI. 1769, 35. Eniconetta stelleri GRAY, List Gen. 1840, 75. 122 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [B 598, C 5n, R 625, C 73I.] HAB. Arctic and subarctic coasts of the Northern Hemisphere. GENUS ARCTONETTA GRAY. Arctonctta GRAY, P. Z. S. 1855, 12. Type, Fuligula fischeri BRANDT. 158. Arctonetta fischeri (BRANDT). Spectacled Eider. Fuligula fischeri BRANDT, Me"m. Acad. St. Petersb. VI. 1849, 6, 10. Arctonetta fischeri BLAKISTON, Ibis, 1863, 150. [B 599, C 512, R 626, C 732.] HAB. Coast of Alaska, north to Point Barrow. GENUS SOMATERIA LEACH. SUUGENUS SOMATERIA. Somatcria LEACH, in Ross's Voy. Disc. 1819, App. p. xlviii. Type, Anas mollissima LINN. 159. Somateria mollissima (LINN.). Eider. Anas mollissima LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 124. Somateria mollissima BOIE, Isis, 1822. 564. [B 606, part, C 5i3,/rtr/, R 627, C 733.] HAB. Northern Europe and Northeastern North America, includ- ing Greenland and Northern Labrador ; south in winter on the Atlan- tic coast to Maine. 160. Somateria dresseri SHARPE. American Eider. Somatcria dresseri SHARPE, Ann. Mag. Nat Hist. July, 1871, 51. [B 606, part, C $iz,part, R 627 a, C 734.] HAB. Atlantic coast of North America, from Maine to Labrador; south in winter to the Delaware. ORDER ANSERES. 123 161. Somateria v-nigra GRAY. Pacific Eider. Somateria v-nigra GRAY, P. Z. S. 1855, 212. [B6o7, C5i4, R628, €735.] HAB. Coasts of the North Pacific ; in the interior to the Great Slave Lake district, and in Eastern Siberia. SUBGENUS ERIONETTA COUES. Erionetta COUES, Key N. A. Birds, ed. 2, 1884, 709. Type, Anas spectabilis LINN. 162. Somateria spectabilis (LINN.). King Eider. Anas spectabilis LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 123. Somateria spectabilis LEACH, in Ross's Voy. Disc. 1819, App. p. xlviii. [B6oS, C 515, R 629, C 736.] HAB. Northern part of Northern Hemisphere, breeding in the Arc- tic regions ; in North America south casually in winter to New Jersey and the Great Lakes. GENUS OIDEMIA FLEMING. SUBGENUS OIDEMIA. Oidemia FLEMING, Philos. Zool. II. 1822, 260. Type, by elimination, Anas nigra LINN. 163. Oidemia americana Sw. & RICH. American Scoter. Oidemia americana Sw. & RICH. Faun. Bor. Amer. II. 1831, 450. [B6o4, C 516, R 630, 0737.] HAB. Coasts and larger lakes of Northern North America ; breeds in Labrador and the northern interior; south in winter to New Jersey, the Great Lakes, and California. SUBGENUS MELANITTA BOIE. Melanitta BOIE, Isis, 1822, 564. Type, by elimination, Anas fusca LINN. 124 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [164.] Oidemia fusca (LINN). Velvet Scoter. Anas fusca LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 123. Oidemia fusca STEPHENS, Gen. Zool. XII. pt. ii. 1824, 216. [B-,C-, R63i,C-.] HAB. Northern Old World ; accidental (?) in Alaska and Green- land. 165. Oidemia deglandi BONAP. "White-winged Scoter. Oidemia deglandi BONAP. Rev. Crit. de 1'Orn. Europ. de Dr. Degl., 1850, 108. [B 601, C 517, R 632, C 738.] HAB. Northern North America, breeding in Labrador and the Fur Countries ; south in winter to the Middle States, Southern Illinois, and Southern California. SUEGENUS PELIONETTA KAUP. Pelionetta KAUP, Sk. Ent. Eur. Thierw. 1829, 107. Type, Anas perspicillatits LINN. 166. Oidemia perspicillata (LINN.). Surf Scoter. Anas perspicillata LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 125. Oidemia perspicillata STEPHENS, Gen. Zool. XII. pt. ii. 1824, 219. [B 602, 603, C 518, 518*7, R 633, C 739, 740.] HAB. Coasts and larger inland waters of Northern North America ; in winter south to the Carolinas, the Ohio River, and Lower California. GENUS ERISMATURA BONAPARTE. Erismatura BONAP. Saggio Distr. Meth. 1832, 143. Type, Anas rubidus WILS. 167. Erismatura rubida (WILS.). Ruddy Duck. Anas rubidus WILSON. Am. Orn. VIII. 1814, 128. Erismatura rubida BONAP. Comp. List, 1838, 59. ORDER ANSERES. [B 609, C 519, R 634, C 741.] HAB. North America in general, south to Cuba, Guatemala, and Northern South America, breeding throughout most of its North Amer- ican range. GENUS NOMONYX RIDGWAY. Nomonyx RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. II. 1880, 15. Type, Anas dominica LINN. [188.] Nomonyx dominicus (LINN.). Masked Duck. Anas dominica LINN. S. N. ed. 12, 1766, 201. Nomonyx dominicus RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. II. 1880, 15. [B6io, C52o, R635, C 742.] HAB. Tropical America ; accidental in Eastern North America (Wisconsin ; Lake Champlain). SUBFAMILY ANSERINE. GEESE. GENUS CHEN BOIE. Chen BOIE, Isis, 1822, 563. Type, Anser hyperboreus PALL. 169. Chen hyperborea (PALL.). Lesser Snow Goose. Anser hyperboreus PALL. Spicil. Zool. VI. 1769, 25. Chen hyperborea BOIE, Isis, 1822, 563. [B — , C 480 rt, R 591 a, C 696.] HAB. Pacific coast to the Mississippi Valley, breeding in Alaska; south in winter to Southern Illinois and Southern California. 169 a. Chen hyperborea nivalis (FORST.). Greater Snow Goose. Anas nivalis FORSTER, Philos. Trans. LXII. 1772, 413. Chen hyperboreus nivalis RIDGW. Pr. Biol. Soc. Wash. II. 1884, 107. [B 563, C 480, R 591, C 695.] 126 CHECK- LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. HAB. North America, breeding far north, and migrating south in winter, chiefly along the Atlantic coast, reaching Cuba. 170. Chen rossii (BAIRD). Ross's Snow Goose. Anser rossii " BAIRD MSS.," CASS. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1861, 73. Chen rossii RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. III. Aug. 24, 1880, 203. [B — , C 481, R 592, C 697.] HAB. Arctic America in summer, Pacific coast to Southern Cali- fornia in winter. GENUS ANSER P.RISSON. Anser BRISSON, Orn. VI. 1760, 261. Type, Anas anser LINN. [171.] Anser albifrons (Giu.). White-fronted Goose. Anas albifrons GMEL. S. N. I. 1788, 509. Anser albifrons BECHST. Gem. Naturg. Deutschl. IV. 1809, 898. [B — , C — , R 593, C 692.] HAB. Northern parts of Eastern Hemisphere and Greenland. 171 a. Anser albifrons gambeli (HARTL.). American White-fronted Goose. Anser gambeli HARTLAUB, Rev. Mag. Zool. 1852, 7. Anser albifrons var. gambeli COUES, Key, 1872, 282. [B 565, 566, C 478, R 593 «, C 693.] HAB. North America, breeding far northward ; in winter south to Mexico and Cuba. GENUS BRANTA SCOPOLI. Branta SCOPOLI, Ann. I. Hist. Nat. 1769, 67. Type, Anas bernicla LINN. 172. Branta canadensis (LINN.). Canada Goose. Anas canadensis LINNT. S. N. cd. 10, I. 1758, 123. Branta canadensis BANNISTER, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1870, 131. ORDER ANSERES. I2/ [B567, C 485, R 594, C 702.] HAB. Temperate North America, breeding in the Northern United States and British Provinces ; south in winter to Mexico. 172 a. Branta canadensis hutchinsii (Sw. & RICH.). Hutchins's Goose. Anser hutchinsii Sw. & RICH. Faun. Bor. Am. II. 1831, 470. Branta canadensis var. hutchinsii COUES, Key, 1872, 284. [B 569, C 485 6, R 594 a, C 704.] HAB. North America, breeding in the Arctic regions, and mi- grating south in winter, chiefly through the Western United States and Mississippi Valley ; Eastern Asia. 172 b. Branta canadensis occidentalis (BAIRD) . White- cheeked Goose. Bernicla occidentalis BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 766. Branta canadensis occidentalis RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 355. [B 567,7, C— R594r, C— .] HAB. Pacific coast region, from Sitka south, in winter, to Cali- fornia. 1726-. Branta canadensis minima RIDGW. Cackling Goose. Branla minima RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. No. 2, April 20, 1885, 23. Branta canadensis minima RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 355- [B 568, C 485 a, R 594 £, C 703,^^.] HAB. Coast of Alaska, migrating southward into the Western United States, east to Wisconsin. 173. Branta bernicla (LINN.). Brant. Anas bernicla LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 124. Branta bernicla SCOPOLI, Ann. I. Hist. Nat. 1769, 67. [B 570, C 484, R 595, C 700.] 128 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. HAB. Northern parts of the Northern Hemisphere ; in North Amer- ica chiefly on the Atlantic coast; rare in the interior, or away from salt water. 174. Branta nigricans (LAWR.). Black Brant. Anser nigricans LAWRENCE, Ann. Lye. N. Y. IV. 1846, 171. Branta nigricans BANNISTER, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1870, 131. [B57i, C— , R596, C 701.] HAB. Arctic and Western North America ; rare or casual in the Atlantic States. [175.] Branta leucopsis (BECHST.). Barnacle Goose. Anas leucopsis BECHSTEIN, Orn. Taschb. Deutschl. 1803, 424. Branta leucopsis BANNISTER, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1870, 131. [B 572, C 483, R 597, C 699.] HAB. Northern parts of the Old World ; casual in Eastern North America. GENUS PHILACTE BANNISTER. Philactt: BANNISTER, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1870, 131. Type, Anas canagica SEVAST. 170. Philacte canagica (SEVAST.). Emperor Goose. Anas canagica SEVASTIANOFF, N. Act. Petrop. XIII. 1800, 346. Philacte canagica BANNISTER, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1870, 131. [B 573, C 482, R 598, C 698.] HAB. Coast and islands of Alaska. GENUS DENDROCYG-NA SWAINSON. Dendrocygna SWAINSON, Classif. Birds, II. 1837, 365. Type, Anas arcuata Cuv. ORDER ANSERES. I2Q 177. Dendrocygna autumnalis (LINN.). Black-bellied Tree-duck. Anas antumnalis LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 127. Dendrocygna autumnalis EYTON, Monogr. Anat. 1838, 109. [B 574, C 487, R 599. C 7^6.] HAB. Southwestern border of the United States and southward (Mexico, West Indies, etc.). 178. Dendrocygna fulva (GMEL.). Fulvous Tree-duck. Anas fulva GMEL. S. N. I. 1788, 530. Dendrocygna fulva BURMEISTER, Reise durch die La Plata Staaten, 1856, 515. [B 575, C 486, R 600, C 705.] HAB. Southern border of the United States (Louisiana, Texas, Nevada, California) and southward. SUBFAMILY CYGNIN^. SWANS. GENUS OLOR WAGLER. Olor WAGLER, Isis, 1832, 1234. Type, Anas cygnus LINN. [179.] Olor cygnus (LINN.). Whooping Swan. Anas cygnus LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 122. Olor cygnus BONAPARTE, Catal. Parzudaki, 1856, 15. [B — , C — , R 586, C 690.] HAB. Europe and Asia ; Greenland. 180. Olor columbianus (ORD). Whistling Swan. Anas columbianus ORD, in GUTHRIE'S Geogr. 2d Am. ed. 1815, 319. Olor columbianus STEJN. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. V. 1882, 210. [B 561 bis, C 477, R 588, C 689.] HAB. The whole of North America, breeding far north. 9 130 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 181. Olor buccinator (RICH.). Trumpeter Swan. Cygnus buccinator RICHARDS. Fauna Bor. Am. I. 1831, 464. Olor buccinator WAGLER, Isis, 1832, 1234. [B 562, C 476, R 589, C 688.] HAB. Chiefly the interior of North America, from the Gulf coast to the Fur Countries, breeding from Iowa and Dakota northward ; west to the Pacific coast, but rare or casual on the Atlantic. ORDER ODONTOGLOSS^. LAMELLIROS- TRAL GRALLATORES. FAMILY PHCENICOPTERID^E. FLAMINGOES. GENUS PHCENICOPTERUS LINN. Phanicopterus LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 139. Type, P. ruber LINN. 182. Phcenicopterus ruber LINN. American Flamingo Phanicoplcrus ruber LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 139. [B 502, C 475, R 585, C 687.] HAR. Atlantic coasts of subtropical and tropical America ; Flor- ida Keys. ORDER HERODIONES. 131 ORDER HERODIONES. HERONS, STORKS, IBISES, ETC. SUBORDER IBIDES. SPOONBILLS AND IBISES. FAMILY PLATALEIDJB. SPOONBILLS. GENUS AJAJA REICH. Ajaja REICH. Handb. 1852, p. xvi. Type, Platalea ajaja LINN. 183. Ajaja ajaja (LINN.). Roseate Spoonbill. Platalea ajaja LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758. 140. Ajaja ajaja BOUCARD, Cat. Av. 1876, 54. (B 501, C 488, R 505, C 653.) HAB. Southern United States southward to the Falkland Islands and Patagonia. FAMILY IBIDID^I. IBISES. GENUS GUARA REICHENBACH. Guam REICH. Syst. Av. 1852, p. xiv. Type, Tantalus ruber LINN. 184. Guara alba (LINN.). White Ibis. Scolopax alba LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 145. Guara alba STEJN. Stand. Nat. Hist. IV. 1885, 9. [6499, 0446, R 501, 0651.] HAB. South Atlantic and Gulf States southward to the West In- dies and Northern South America ; casually on the Atlantic coast to 132 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. Long Island ; in the interior to the Lower Ohio Valley and Great Salt Lake. [185.] Guara mbra (LINN.). Scarlet Ibis. Tantalus ruber LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 241. Guara rubra REICH. Syst. Av. 1852, p. xiv. [B 498, C 447, R 502, C 652.] HAB. Florida, Louisiana (?), and Texas, southward to the West Indies and Northern South America. No record of its recent occur- rence in the United States. GENUS PLEGADIS KAUP. Plegadis KAUP, Skizz. Entw. Gesch. 1829, 82. Type, Tantalus falci- nellus LINN. = Tringa aututnnalis HASSELQ. 186. Plegadis autumnalis (HASSELQ.). Glossy Ibis. Tringa aulumnalis HASSELQUIST, Reise nach Palast. Deutsche Ausg. 1762, 306. Plegadis autumnalis STEJN. Stand. Nat. Hist. IV. 1885, 160. [B 500, C 445. R 503, C 649.] HAB. Northern Old World, West Indies, and Eastern United States. Only locally abundant, and of irregular distribution in America. 187. Plegadis guarauna (LINN.). White-faced Glossy Ibis. Scolopax guarauna LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 242. Plegadis guarauna RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. I. Oct. 2, 1878, 163. [B — , C 445 bis, 445 ^ R 5°4, C 650.] HAB. Western United States (Texas, Utah, Nevada, Oregon, Cali- fornia, etc.), southward to Mexico, West Indies, and Central and South America. ORDER HERODIONES. 133 SUBORDER C ICONI/E. STORKS, ETC. FAMILY CICONIID-5!!. STORKS AND WOOD IBISES. SUBFAMILY TANTALIN^E3. WOOD IBISES. GENUS TANTALUS LINN^US. Tantalus LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 140. Type, T. loculator LINN. 188. Tantalus loculator LINN. Wood Ibis. Tantalus loculator LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 140. [B 497, C 444, R 5°°> c MO HAB. Southern United States, from the Ohio Valley, Colorado, Utah, California, etc., south to Buenos Ayres ; casually northward to Pennsylvania and New York. ^ SUBFAMILY CICONIIN.5Q. STORKS. GENUS MYCTERIA LINN^US. Mycteria LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 140. Type, M. americana LINN. [189.] Mycteria americana LINN. Jabiru. Mycteria americana LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 140. [B— , C448fcj, R499>C654.] HAB. Tropical America, north casually to Southern Texas. 134 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. SUBORDER HERODII. HERONS, EGRETS, BITTERNS, ETC. FAMILY ARDEID-33. HERONS, BITTERNS, ETC. SUBFAMILY BOTATJRIN.ZE. BITTERNS. GENUS BOTAURUS HERMANN. SUBGENUS BOTAURUS. Botaurus HERMANN, Tabl. Affin. Anim. 1783, 135. Type, Ardea stellaris LINN. 190. Botaurus lentiginosus (MONTAG.). American Bittern. Ardea lentiginosa MONTAG. Orn. Diet. Suppl. 1813, — . Botaurus lentiginosus STEPH. Gen. Zool. XI. ii. 1819, 592. [B 492, C 460, R 497, C 666.] HAB. Temperate North America, south to Guatemala and the West Indies. SUBGENUS ARDETTA GRAY. Ardetta GRAY, List Gen. B. App. 1842, 13. Type, Ardea minuta LINN. 191. Botaurus exilis (GMEL.). Least Bittern. Ardea exilis GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 645. Botaurus exilis REICHENOW, J. f. O. 1877, 244. [B 491, C 461, R 498, C 667.] HAB. Temperate North America, from the British Provinces to the West Indies and Brazil. ORDER HERODIONES. 135 SUBFAMILY ARDEIN^. HERONS AND EGRETS. GENUS ARDEA LINN. SUBGENUS ARDEA. Ardea LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 141. .Type, by elimination, A. cinerea LINN. 192. Ardea occidentalis AUD. Great White Heron. Ardea occidentalis AUD. Orn. Biog. III. 1835, 542. [B 489, C 451, R 486, C 656, part.} HAB. Florida; Jamaica; accidental in Southern Illinois. 193. Ardea wardi RIDGW. Ward's Heron Ardea wardi RIDGW. Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, VII. Jan 1882, 5. [B-C-R-C-.] HAB. Florida. 194. Ardea herodias LINN. Great Blue Heron. Ardea herodias LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 143. [B 487, C 449, R 487, C 655.] HAB. North America, from the Arctic regions southward to the West Indies and Northern South America. [195.] Ardea cinerea LINN. European Blue Heron. Ardea cinerea LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 143. [B — , C — , R 488, C 657.] HAB. Most of the Eastern Hemisphere ; accidental in Southern Greenland. 136 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. SUBGENUS HERODIAS BOIE. Herodias BOIE, Isis, 1822, 559. Type, by elimination, Ardea egretia GMEL. 196. Ardea egretta GMEL. American Egret. Ardea egretta GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 629. [B 486, 486*, C 452, R 489, C 658.] HAB. Temperate and tropical America, from New Jersey, Minne- sota, and Oregon south to Patagonia ; casually on the Atlantic coast to Nova Scotia. SUBGENUS GARZETTA KAUP. Garsetta KAUP, Skizz. Entw. Gesch. 1829, 76. Type, Ardea gar- zetta LINN. 197. Ardea candidissixna GMEL. Snowy Heron. Ardea candidissima GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 633. [B 485, C 453, R 490, C 659.] HAB. Temperate and tropical America, from Long Island and Oregon south to Buenos Ayres ; casual on the Atlantic coast to Nova Scotia. SUBGENUS DICHROMANASSA RIDGWAY. Dichromanassa RIDGW. Bull. U. S. Geol. & Geog. Surv. Terr. IV. Feb. 5, 1878, 246. Type, Ardea rufa BODD. 198. Ardea rufa BODD. Cl « ^^^^) /&M E L , Reddish Egret. Ardea rufa BODD. Tabl. P. E. 1783, 54. [B 483, 482, C'455, R 491. C 66 1.] HAB. Gulf States and Mexico south to Guatemala, Jamaica, and Cuba ; north to Southern Illinois. SUBGENUS HYDRANASSA BAIRD. Hydranassa BAIKD, B. N. Am. 1858, 660 (in text). Type, Ardea ludovidaiia WILS. = A. tricolor MULL. ORDER HERODIONES. 137 199. Ardea tricolor ruiicollis (GOSSE). Louisiana Heron. Egrttta rufico'Jis GOSSE, B. Jamaica, 1847, 338. Ardea tricolor rtificollis RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 355. [B 484, C 454, R 492, C 660.] HAB. Gulf States, Mexico, Central America, and West Indies, casually northward to New Jersey and Indiana. SUBGENUS FLORIDA BAIRD. Florida BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 671. Type, Ardea ccerulea LINN. 200. Ardea coerulea LINN. Little Blue Heron. Ardea ccerulea LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 143. [B 49°, C 456, R 493, C 662.] HAB. New Jersey, Illinois, and Kansas, southward through Central America and the West Indies to Guiana and New Grenada ; casually north on the Atlantic coast to Massachusetts and Maine. SUBGENUS BUTORIDES BLYTH. Butorides "BLYTH, 1849," BONAP. Consp. II. 1855, I28- Type, Ardea javanica HORSF. 201. Ardea virescens LINN. Green Heron. Ardea virescens LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 144. [B 493, C 457, R 494, C 663.] HAB. Canada and Oregon, southward to Northern South America and the West Indies ; rare or absent in the Middle Province. GENUS NYCTICORAX STEPHENS. SUBGENUS NYCTICORAX. Nycticorax STEPH. Gen. Zool. XI. ii. 1819, 608. Type, Ardea nycticorax LINN. 138 CHECK- LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 202. Nycticorax nycticorax naevius (BODD.). Black-crowned Night Heron. Ardea navia BODD. Tabl. PI. Enl. 1783, 56. Nyciicorax nycticorax ncevius ZELEDON, Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 113. [B 495, C 458, R 495' C 664.] HAB. America, from the British Possessions southward to the Falk- land Islands, including part of the West Indies. SUBGENUS NiCTHERODIUS REICHENBACH. Nyctherodius REICH. Syst. Av. 1852, p. xvi. Type, Ardea violacea LINN. 203. Nycticorax violaceus (LINN.). Yellow-crowned Night Heron. Ardea violacea LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 143. Nycticorax violacca VIGORS, Zool. Journ. III. 1827, 446. [B 496, C 459, R 496, C 665.] HAB. Warm-temperate Eastern North America, from the Carolinas and the Lower Ohio Valley south to Brazil ; casually north to Massa- chusetts and west to Colorado. ORDER PALUDICOL^E CRANES, RAILS, ETC. SUBORDER GRUES. CRANES. FAMILY GRUID^E. CRANES. GENUS GRUS PALLAS. Grits PALL. Misc. Zool. 1766, 66. Type, Ardea grits LINN. ORDER PALUDICOL^E. 139 204. Grus americana (LINN.). Whooping Crane. Ardea americana LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 142. Grus americana Sw. & RICH. Faun. Bor. Am. II. 1831, 372. [B 478, C 462, R 582, C 668.] HAB. Interior of North America, from the Fur Countries to Flor- ida, Texas, and Mexico, and from Ohio to Colorado. Formerly on the Atlantic coast, at least casually, to New England. 205. Grus canadensis (LINN.). Little Brown Crane. Ardea canadensis LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 141. Grus canadensis TEMM. Man. I. 1820, p. c. [B 480, C 463, R 5% C 669.] HAB. Arctic and subarctic America, breeding from the Fur Coun- tries and Alaska to the Arctic coast, migrating south in winter into the Western United States. 206. Grus mexicana (MULL.). Sandhill Crane. Ardea (grus) mexicana MULL. S. N. Suppl. 1776, no. Grus mexicana RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 356. [B 479, C — , R 583, C 670.] HAB. Southern half of North America ; now rare near the Atlantic coast, except in Georgia and Florida. SUBORDER RALLI. RAILS, GALLINULES, COOTS, ETC. FAMILY ARAMIDJE. COURLANS. GENUS ARAMTTS VIEILLOT. Aramus VIEILL. Analyse, 1816, 58. Type, Ardea scolopacea GMEL. 138 CIIF.CK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. L'UL'. Nycticorax nycticorax naevius (BODD.). Black-crowned Night Heron. Ardca nczvia BODD. Tabl. PI. Enl. 1783, 56. Nycii^orax nycticorax ntzvius ZELEDON, Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 113. [B 495, C 458, R 495, C 664.] HAB. America, from the British Possessions southward to the Falk- land Islands, including part of the West Indies. SUBGENUS NYCTHERODIUS REICHLNBACH. Nyctherodius REICH. Syst. Av. 1852, p. xvi. Type, Ardca violacea LINN. 203. Nycticorax violaceus (Lixx.). Yellow-crowned Night Heron. Ardea violacea LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 143. Aycticorax violacea VIGORS, Zool. Journ. III. 1827, 446. [B 496, C 459, R 496, C 665.] HAB. Warm-temperate Eastern North America, from the Carolinas and the Lower Ohio Valley south to Brazil ; casually north to Massa- chusetts and west to Colorado. ORDER PALUDICOL^E CRANES, RAILS, ETC. SUBORDER GRUES. CRANES. FAMILY GRUID^E. CRANES. r.KNus GRUS PALLAS. Grits PALL. Misc. Zool. 1766, 66. Type, Ardca grus LINN. ORDER PALUDICOL.E. 139 204. Grus americana (LINN.). Whooping Crane. Ardea americana LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 142. Grus americana Sw. & RICH. Faun. Bor. Am. II. 1831, 372. [B 478, C 462, R 582, C 668.] HAB. Interior of North America, from the Fur Countries to Flor- ida, Texas, and Mexico, and from Ohio to Colorado. Formerly on the Atlantic coast, at least casually, to New England. 205. Grus canadensis (LINN.). Little Brown Crane. Ardea canadensis LINN. S. N. ed. ro, I. 1758, 141. Grus canadensis TEMM. Man. I. 1820, p. c. [B 480, C 463, R 584, C 669.] HAB. Arctic and subarctic America, breeding from the Fur Coun- tries and Alaska to the Arctic coast, migrating south in winter into the Western United States. 206. Grus mexicana (MULL.). Sandhill Crane. Ardea (gnts) mexicana MULL. S. N. Suppl. 1776, no. Grits mexicana RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 356. [B 479, C — , R 583, C 670.] HAB. Southern half of North America ; now rare near the Atlantic coast, except in Georgia and Florida. SUBORDER RALLI. RAILS, GALLINULES, COOTS, ETC. FAMILY ARAMID-53. COURLANS. GENUS ARAMUS VIEILLOT. Aramus VIEILL. Analyse, 1816, 58. Type, Ardea scolopacea GMEL. 142 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [B - C -, R 573, C 678.] HAB. Northern parts of the Old World ; occasional in Greenland. 214. Porzana Carolina (LINN.). Sora. Rallus carolinus LIXN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 153. Porzana Carolina BAIRD, Lit. Rec. & Jour. Linn. Assoc. Penn. Coll. Oct. 1845, 255- [B 555, C 648, R 574, C 679.] HAB. Temperate North America, but most common in the Eastern Province, breeding chiefly northward. South to the West Indies and Northern South America. SUEGENUS COTURNICOPS BONAPARTE. Coturnicops BOXAP. Compt. Rend. XLIII. 1856, 599. Type, Fulica no-veboracensis GMEL. 215. Porzana noveboracensis (GMEL.). Yellow Rail. FuUca noveboracensis GMEL. S. N^L "• 1788, 701. Porzana noveboracensis BAIRD, Lit. Rec. & Jour. Linn. Assoc. Penn. Coll. Oct. 1845, 255. [B 557, C 469, R 575, C 680.] HAB. Eastern North America, from Nova Scotia and Hudson's Bay west to Utah and Nevada. No extralimital record except Cuba and the Bermudas. SUBMENUS CRECISCUS CAEANIS. Creciscus CAR. J. f. O. 1856, 428. Type, Rallus jamaicensis LINN. 21G. Porzana jamaicensis (GMEL.). Black Rail. Rallus jamaicensis GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 718. Porzana jamaicensis BAIRD, Lit. Rec. & Jour. Linn. Assoc. Penn. Coll. Oct. 1845, 257- [BS56, C47o, R576, C68i.] ORDER PALUDICOL.E. H3 HAB. Temperate North America, north to Massachusetts, North- ern Illinois, and Oregon ; south to West Indies and in Western South America to Chili. 216 a. Porzana jamaicensis coturnicnlus BAIRD. Farallone Bail. For sana jamaicensis var. coturniculus " BAIRD, MS." RIDGW. Am. Nat. VIII. Feb. 1874, in. [B — , C 470 a, R 576 a, C 682.] HAB. Farallone Islands, California. GENUS CREX BECHSTEIN. Crex BECHST. Orn. Taschb. Deutschl. 1802, 336. Type, Rallus crex LINN. [217.] Crex crex (LINN.). Corn Crake. Rallus crex LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 153. Crex crex STEJN. Stand. Nat. Hist. IV. 1885, 128. [B 558, C 471, R 577, C 683.] HAB. Europe and Northern Asia ; casual in Greenland, Bermudas, and Eastern North America. SUBFAMILY GALLINULIN^J. GALLINULES. GENUS IONORNIS REICHENBACH. lonornis REICH. Syst. Av. 1852, p. xxi. Type, Fulica martinica LINN. 218. lonornis martinica (LINN.). Purple Gallinule. Fulica martinica LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 259. lonornis martinica REICH. Syst. Av. 1852, p. xxi. [B 561, C 473, R 578, C 685.] HAB. South Atlantic and Gulf States, casually northward to Maine, New York, Wisconsin, etc. ; south throughout the West Indies to Brazil. 144 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. GENUS GALLINULA BRISSON. Gallinula BRISS. Orn. VI. 1760, 2. Type, Fulica chloropus LINN. 219. Gallinula galeata (LIGHT.). Florida Gallinule. Crex galeata LIGHT. Verz. Doubl. 1823, 80. Gallinula galeata BONAP. Am. Orn. IV. 1832, 128. [B56o, €472, R 579, C 685.] HAB. Temperate and tropical America, from Canada to Brazil and Chili. SUBFAMILY FULICI]SL2ij. COOTS. GENUS FULICA LINNVEUS. Fulica LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 152. Type, F. atra LINN. [220.] Fulica atra LINN. European Coot. Fulica atra LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 152. [B - C - R - C 885.] HAB. Northern parts of the Eastern Hemisphere in general ; acci- dental in Greenland. 221. Fulica americana GMEL. American Coot. Fulica americana GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 704. [B 559, C 474, R 580, C 686.] HAB. North America, from Greenland and Alaska southward to the West Indies and Central America. ORDER LIMICOL,E. 145 ORDER LIMICOL^E. SHORE BIRDS. FAMILY PEALAROPODID^J. PHALAROPES. GENUS CRYMOPHILTJS VIEILLOT. Crymophilus VIEILL. Anal. 1816, 62. Type, Tringa fulicarius LINN. 222. Crymophilus fiilicarius (LINN.)- Red Phalarope. Tringa fulicaria LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 148. Crymophilus fulicarius STEJN. Auk, II. 1885, 183. [B52i, C 411, R 563, C6o4.] HAB. North parts of Northern Hemisphere, breeding in the Arctic regions and migrating south in winter ; in the United States south to the Middle States, Ohio Valley, and Cape St. Lucas ; chiefly maritime. GENUS PHALAROPUS BRISSON. SUBGENUS PHALAROPUS. Phalaropus BRISS. Orn. VI. 1760, 12. Type, by elimination, Tringn lobata LINN. 223. Phalaropus lobatus (LINN.). Northern Phalarope. Tringa lobata LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 148, 824. Phalaropus lobatus STEJN. Auk, II. 1885, 183 (nee LATHAM qui Crymophilus fulicarius, nee WILSON qui Ph. tricolor). [B 520, C 410, R 564, C 603.] HAB. Northern portions of Northern Hemisphere, breeding in arc- tic latitudes ; south in winter to the tropics. SUBGENUS STEGANOPUS VIEILLOT. . N. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. XXXII. 1819, 136. Type, S. tricolor VIEILL. .o 146 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 224. Fhalaropus tricolor (VIEILL.). Wilson's Phalarope. Steganopus tricolor VIEILL. N. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. XXXII. 1819, 136. Phalaropus tricolor STEJN. Auk, II. 1885, 183. [B 519, C 409, R 565, C 602.] HAB. Temperate North America, chiefly the interior, breeding from Northern Illinois and Utah northward to the Saskatchewan re- gion ; south in winter to Brazil and Patagonia. FAMILY RECURVIROSTRID^E. AVOCETS AND STILTS. GENUS RECURVTROSTRA LINN/EUS. Recurvirostra LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 151. Type, R. avosetta LINN. 225. Recurvirostra americana GM. American Avocet. Recurvirostra americana GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 693. [BSi7, C4o7, R5C6, C6oo.] HAB. Temperate North America, from the Saskatchewan and Great Slave Lake southward ; in winter, south to Guatemala and the West Indies. Rare in the Eastern Province. GENUS HIMANTOPTJS BRISSON. Himantopus BRISS. Orn. VI. 1760, 33. Type, Charadrius himanto- pus LINN. 226. Himantopus mesicanus (MULL.). Black-necked Stilt. Charadrius incxiranus MULL. S. N. Suppl. 1776, 117. Himantopus mexicanus ORD, WILS. Orn. VII. 1824. 52. [B 518, C 408, R 567, C 601.] HAB. Temperate North America, from the Northern United States southward to the West Indies, Brazil, and Peru. Rare in the Eastern Province, except in Florida. ORDER LIMICOL.E. 147 FAMILY SCOLOPACLLX53. SNIPES, SANDPIPERS, ETC. GENUS SCOLOFAX LINNAEUS. Scolopax LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 145. Type, S. rusticola LINN. [227.] Scolopax rusticola LINN. European Woodcock. Scolopax rztsticola LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 146. [B — , C 413, R 524, C 606.] HAB. Northern parts of the Old World; occasional in Eastern Northr America. GENUS FHILOHELA GRAY. Philohela GRAY, List Gen. B. 1841, 90. Type, Scolopax minor GM. 228. Philohela minor (GMEL.). American Woodcock. Scolopax minor GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 66r. Philohela minor GRAY, List Gen. B. 1841, 90. [B 522, C 412, R 525, C 606.] HAB. Eastern Province of North America, north to the British Provinces, west to Dakota, Kansas, etc. ; breeding throughout its range. No extralimital records. GENUS GALLINAGO LEACH. Gallinago LEACH, Syst. Cat. Brit. Mam. & Birds, 1816, 31. Type, Scolopax major LINN. [229.] Gallinago gallinago (LINN.). European Snipe. Scolopax gallinago LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 147. Gallinago gallinago LIGHT. Nom. Mus. Berol. 1854, 93. [B — , C — , R 526, C 607.] HAB. Northern parts of the Old World ; frequent in Greenland, accidental in the Bermudas. 148 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 230. Gallinago delicata (ORD). Wilson's Snipe. Scolopax delicata ORD, WILS. Orn. IX. 1825, p. ccxviii. Gallinago delicata RIDGW. MS. [6523, C 4H, R 526 0, C 608.] HAB. North and Middle America, breeding from the Northern United States northward ; south in winter to the West Indies and Northern South America. GENUS MACRORHAMPHUS LEACH. Macrorhamphus LEACH, Syst. Cat. Brit. Mam. & B. 1816, 31. Type Scolopax grisea GMEL. 231. Macrorhamphus griseus (GMEL.). Do wi tcher. Scolopax grisea GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 658. Macrorhamphus griseus LEACH, Syst. Cat. Brit. Mam. & B. 1816, 31. [8524, C 415* R S27. c 6°9-] HAB. Eastern North America, breeding far north. 232. Macrorhamphus scolopaceus (SAY). Long-billed Dowitcher. Limosa scolopacea SAY, LONG'S Exp. II. 1823, 170. Macrorhamphus scolopaceus LAVVR. Ann. Lye. N. Y. V. 1852, 4, pi. I. [B 525, C 415 a, R 527 a, C 610.] HAB. Mississippi Valley and Western Province of North America, from Mexico to Alaska. Less common but of regular occurrence along the Atlantic coast of the United States. GENUS MICROPALAMA BAIRD. Micropalama BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 726. Type, Tringa himanto- PUS BONAP. ORDER LIMICOL.E. 149 233. Micropalama himantopus (BONAP.). Stilt Sandpiper. Tringa himantopus BONAP. Ann. Lye. N. Y. II. 1826, 157. Micropalama himantopus BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 726. [B 536, C 416, R 528, C 6n.] HAB. Eastern Province of North America, breeding north of the United States, and migrating in winter to the West Indies and Cen- tral and South America. GENUS TRINGA LINNAEUS. SUBGENUS TRINGA. Tringa LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 148. Type, by elimination, T. canutus LINN. 234. Tringa canutus LINN. Knot. Tringa canutus LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 149. [B 526, C 426, R 529, C 626.] HAB. Nearly cosmopolitan. Breeds in high northern latitudes, but visits the Southern Hemisphere during its migrations. SUBGENUS ARQUATELLA BAIRD. Arquatella BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 714. Type, Tringa maritima BRUNN. 235. Tringa maritima BRUNN. Purple Sandpiper. Tringa maritima BRUNN. Orn. Bor. 1764, 54. [B 528, C 423, R 530, C 620.] HAB. Northern portions of the Northern Hemisphere ; in North America chiefly the northeastern portions, breeding in the high north, migrating in winter to the Eastern and Middle States, the Great Lakes, and the shores of the larger streams in the Mississippi Valley. 150 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 23G. Tringa couesi (Riocw.). Aleutian Sandpiper. Arquatelln couesi RIDGW. Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, V. July, 1880, 160. Tringa, couesi HARTLAUB, Journ. f. Orn. 1883, 280. [B— C— , R53i, C62i.] HAB. Aleutian Islands and coast of Alaska, north to St. Michael's. 237. Tringa ptilocnemis COUES. Prybilof Sandpiper. Tringa ptilocnemis COUES, ELLIOTT'S Alaska, 1873 (not paged). [B— ,C426to, R532, C622.] HAB. Prybilof Islands, Alaska. SUBGENUS ACTODROMAS KAUP. Actcdromas KAUP, Sk. Ent. Eur. Thierw. 1829, 37. Type, Tringa minuta LEISL. 238. Tringa acuminata (HORSF.). Sharp-tailed Sandpiper. Tetanus acnminatns HORSF. Linn. Trans. XIII. 1821, 192. Tringa aciuninata SWINH. P. Z. S. 1863, 315. [B-, C— , R533,C6i9.] HAB. Eastern Asia, and coast of Alaska, migrating south to Aus- tralia. 239. Tringa maculata VIEILL. Pectoral Sandpiper. Tringa maculata VIEILL. Nouv. Diet. XXXIV. 1819, 465. [B 53x, C 420, R 534, C 6i6.J HAB. The whole of North America, the West Indies, and the greater part of South America. Breeds in the Arctic regions. Of frequent occurrence in Europe. ORDER LIMICOL/E. 15 I 240. Tringa fuscicollis VIEILL. Wliite-rumped Sandpiper. Tringa fuscicollis VIEILL. Nouv. Diet. XXXIV. 1819, 461. [B 533, C 421, R 536, C 617.] HAB. Eastern Province of North America, breeding in the high north. In winter, the West Indies, Central and South America, south to the Falkland Islands. Occasional in Europe. 241. Tringa bairdii (COUES). Baird's Sandpiper. Actodromas bairdii COUES, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1861, 194. Tringa bairdii SCL. P. Z. S. 1867, 332. [B— , 0419, R 537, C 615.] HAB. The whole of North and South America, but chiefly the in- terior of North and the western portions of South America. Rare along the Atlantic coast, and not yet recorded from the Pacific coast. 242. Tringa minutilla VIEILL. Least Sandpiper. Tringa minutilla VIEILL. Nouv. Diet. XXXIV. 1819, 452. [B 532, C 418, R 538, C 614.] HAB. The whole of North and South America, breeding north of the United States. Accidental in Europe. SUBGENUS PELIDNA CUVIER. Pelidna Cuv. Regne An. 1817, 490. Type, Tringa alpina LINN. [243.] Tringa alpina LINN. Dunlin. Tringa alpina LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 149. [B - C - R 539, C 623.] HAB. Northern parts of the Old World ; accidental in North America. 152 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 243 a. Tringa alpina paciflca (COUES). Red-backed Sandpiper. Pelidna pacifica COUES, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1861, 189. Tringa alpina pacifica RIDGW. MS. [B 530, C 424, R 539 a, C 624.] HAB. North America in general, breeding far north. Eastern Asia. SUBGENUS ANCYLOCHEILUS KAUP. Ancylocheilus KAUP, Sk. Ent. Eur. Thierw. 1829, 50. Type, Tringa subarquata TEMM. — T. ferniginea BRUNN. 244. Tringa ferruginea BRUNN. Curlew Sandpiper. Tringa ferruginea BRUNN. Orn. Bor. 1764, 53. [B 529, C 425, R 540, C 625.] HAB. Old World in general ; occasional in Eastern North America. GENUS EURYNORHYNCHUS NILSSON. Eurynorhynchus NILSS. Orn. Suec. II. 1821, 29. Type, Platalea pygmaa LINN. [245.] Eurynorhynchus pygmasus (LINN.). Spoon-bill Sandpiper. Platalea pygmcea LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 140. Eurynorhynchus pygmceus PEARSON, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. V. 1836, 127. [B - C -, R 542* C 884.] HAB. Asia; in summer along the Arctic coast, in winter Southern and Southeastern Asia. Accidental on the coast of Alaska. GENUS EREUNETES ILLIGER. Ereitnetes ILLIG. Prodr. 1811,262. Type, E. petrificatus ILLIG. = Tringa pnsilla LINN. ORDER LIMICOL^;. 153 246. Ereunetes pusillus (LINN.). Semipalmated Sandpiper. Tringa piisilla LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 252. Ereunetes pusillus CASS. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, 195. [B 535, C 417, R 54i, C 612.] HAB. Eastern Province of North America, breeding north of the United States ; south in winter to the West Indies and South America. 247. Ereunetes occidentalis LAWR. Western Sandpiper. Ereunetes occidentalis LAWR. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1864, 107. [B — , C 417 a, R 541 ^ C 613.] HAB. Chiefly Western Province of the United States, occasional eastward to the Atlantic coast ; breeding far north and migrating in winter to Central and South America. GENUS CALIDRIS CUVIER. Calidris Cuv. Lee.. Anat. Comp. I. 1799-1800, tabl. ii. Type, Tringd arenaria LINX. 248. Calidris arenaria (LINN.). Sanderling. *, Tringa arenaria LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 251. Calidris arenaria LEACH, Syst. Cat. Brit. Mam. & B. 1816, 28. [B 534, C 427, R 542, C 627.] HAB. Nearly cosmopolitan, breeding in the Arctic and Subarctic regions, migrating, in America, south to Chili and Patagonia. GENUS LIMOSA BRISSON. Limosa BRISS. Orn. V. 1760, 261. Type, Scolopax limosa LINN. 249. Limosa fedoa (LINN.). Marbled Godwit. Scolopax fedoa LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 146. Limosa fedoa ORD, WILS. Orn. VII. 1824, 30. 154 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [B 547, C 428, R 543, C 628.] HAB. North America ; breeding in the interior (Missouri region and northward), migrating in winter southward to Central America and Cuba. 250. Limosa lapponica baueri (NAUM.). Pacific Godwit. Liniosa baueri NAUMANN, Vog Deutschl. VIII. 1834, 429. Limosa lapponica baueri STEJN. Orn. Expl. Kamtsch. 1885, 122. [B — , C 430, R 544, C63i.] HAB. Shores and islands of the Pacific Ocean, from Australia to Alaska. On the American coast recorded south of Alaska only from Lower California. 251. Limosa haemastica (LINN.). Iludsouiaii Godwit. Scolopax hamastica LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 147. Limosa hamastica COUES, Birds Northwest, 1874, 760. [B 548, C 429, R 5*5, C 629.] HAB. Eastern North America and the whole of Middle and South America. Breeds only in the high north. [252.] Limosa limosa (LINN.). Black-tailed Godwit. Scolopax limosa LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758. 147. Limosa limosa RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 356. [B - C -, R 546, C 630.] HAB. Northern parts of the Old World ; accidental in Greenland. GENUS TOTANUS BECHSTEIN. Totatnis BECH. Orn. Tasch. Deutschl. 1803, 282. Type, Scolopax totanus LINN. ORDER LIMICOL^E. 155 SUBGENUS GLOTTIS KOCH. Glottis KOCH, Baier. Zool. 1816, 304. Type, Totanus glottis BECHST. = Scolopax nebular ins GUNNER. [253.] Totanus nebularius (GUNN.). Green-shank. Scolopax nebularius GUNNER, in LEEM, Lapp. Beskr. 1767, 251. Totanus nebularius STEJN. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. V. 1882, 37. [B 538, C 434, R 547, C 635.] HAB. Eastern Hemisphere ; accidental in Florida. 254. Totanus melanoleucus (GMEL.). Greater Yellow-legs. Scolopax melanoleuca GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 659. Totanus melanoleucus VIEILL. Nouv. Diet. VI. 1816, 398. [B 539, C 432, R 548, C 633.] HAB. America in general, breeding in the cold temperate and sub- arctic portions of North America, and migrating south to Chili and Buenos Ayres. 255. Totanus flavipes (GMEL.). Yellow-legs. Scolopax flavipes GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 659. Totanus flavipes VIEILL. Nouv. Diet. VI. 1816, 410. [B 540, C 433, R 549, C 634.] HAB. America in general, breeding in the cold temperate and sub- arctic districts, and migrating south in winter to Southern South America. Less common in the Western than in the Eastern Province of North America. SUBGENUS RHYACOPHILUS KAUP. RhyacopMlus KAUP, Sk. Ent. Eur. Thierw. 1829, 140. Type, Tringa glareola LINN. 156 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH-AMERICAN BIRDS. 256. Totanus solitarius (\VILS.). Solitary Sandpiper. Tringa solitaria WILS. Am. Orn. VII. 1813, 53, pi. 58, fig. 3. Totanus solitarius BONAP. Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. V. 1825, 86. [B 541, C 435i R 55°, C 637.] HAB. North America, breeding occasionally in the Northern United States, more commonly northward, and migrating southward as far as Brazil and Peru. [257.] Totanus ochropus (LINN.). Green Sandpiper. Tringa ochrophus (err. typ-) LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 149. Totanus ochropus TEMM. Man. 1815, 420. [B- C- R55i, C636.J HAB. Northern parts of the Old World. Accidental in Nova Scotia. GENUS SYMFHEMIA RAFINESQUE. Syntpliemia RAFINESQUE, Jour, de Phys. VII. 1819, 418. Type, Sco- lopax seniipalinata GMEL. 258. Symphemia semipalmata (GMEL.). Willet. Scolopax semipalmata GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 659. SyinpJieinia seinipalinata HARTL. Rev. Zool. 1845, 342. [B 537, C 431, R 552, ^632.] HAB. Temperate North America, south to the West Indies and Brazil. GENUS HETERACTITIS STEJNEGER. Heteractitis STEJN. Auk, I. July, 1884, 236. Type, Scolopax inca- nus GMEL. 259. Heteractitis incanus (GMEL.). Wandering Tatler. Scolopax incanus GMF.L. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 658. Heteractitis incanus STEJN. Auk, I. July, 1884, 236. ORDER LIMICOL/E. 157 [B 542, C 440, R 553, C 642.] HAB. Eastern islands and shores of the Pacific Ocean ; frequent during migrations on the coast of Alaska. GENUS PAVONCBLLA LEACH. Pavoncella LEACH, Syst. Cat. Brit. Mam. £ B. 1816, 29. Type, Tringa pugnax LINN. [260.] Pavoncella pugnax (LINN.). Ruff. Tringa pngnax LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 148. Pavoncella pugnax LEACH, Syst. Cat. Brit. Mam. & B. 1816, 29. [B 544, C 437, R 554, C 639.] HAB. Northern parts of the Old World, straying occasionally to Eastern North America. GENUS EARTRAMIA LESSON. Bartramia LESS. Traite, 1831, 553. Type, B. laticauda LESS. = Tringa longicauda BECHST. 261. Bartramia longicauda (BECHST.). Bartramian Sandpiper. Tringa longicauda BECHST. Uebers. Lath. Ind. Orn. II. 1812, 453. Bartramius longicaudus BONAP. Rev. et Mag. Zool. XX. 1857, 59. [B 545, C 438, R 555, C 640.] HAB. Eastern North America, north to Nova Scotia and Alaska, breeding throughout its North American range ; migrating in winter southward, as far even as Southern South America. Occasional in Europe. GENUS TRYNGITES CABANIS. Tryngites CAB. Jour, fiir Orn. 1856, 418. Type, Tringa riifescens VIEILL. = T. subruficollis VIEILL. 158 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 262. Tryngites subruficollis (VIEILL.). Buff-breasted Sandpiper. Tringa subruficollis VIEILL. Nouv. Diet. XXXIV. 1819, 465. Tryngites subruficollis RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 356. [B 546, C 439, R 556, C 641.] HAB. North America, especially in the interior ; breeds in the Yukon district and the interior of British America, northward to the Arctic coast ; South America in winter. Of frequent occurrence in Europe. GENUS ACTITIS ILLIGER. Actitis ILLIG. Prodr. 1811, 262. Type, Tringa hypoleucos LINN. 263. Actitis macularia (LINN.). Spotted Sandpiper. Tringa macularia LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 249. Actitis macularia NAUMANN, Vog. Deutschl. VIII. 1836, 34. [B 543, C 436, R 557, C 638.] HAB. North and South America, south to Brazil. Breeds through- out temperate North America. Occasional in Europe. GENUS NUMENIUS BRISSON. Numenius BRISS. Orn. VI. 1760, 311. Type, Scolopax arquata LINN. 264. Numenius longirostris WILS. Long-billed Curlew. Numenius longirostris WILS. Am. Orn. VIII. 1814, 24, pi. 64, fig. 4. [B 549, C 441, R 55S> C 643.] HAB. Temperate North America, migrating south to Guatemala and the West Indies. Breeds in the South Atlantic States, and in the interior through most of its North American range. ORDER LIMICOL^E. 159 2C5. Numenius hudsonicns LATH. Hudsoniau Curlew. Numenius hudsonicus LATH. Ind. Orn. II. 1790, 712. [B 550, C 442, R 559, C 645.] HAB. All of North and South America, including the West Indies ; breeds in the high north, and winters chiefly south of the United States. 266. Numenius borealis (FORST.). Eskimo Curlew. Scolopax borealis FORST. Phil. Trans. LXII. 1772, 411, 431. Numenius borealis LATH. Ind. Orn. II. 1790, 712. [B 551, C 443, R 560, C 646.] HAB. Eastern Province of North America, breeding in the Arctic regions, and migrating south to the southern extremity of South America. [267.] Numenius phaeopus (LINN.). "Whiinbrel. Scolopax pheBopus LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 146. Numenius phceopus LATH. Ind. Orn. II. 1790, 711. [B — C — , R 561, C 644.] HAB. Northern parts of the Old World ; occasional in Greenland. [268.] Numenius tahitiensis (GMEL.). Bristle-thighed Curlew. Scolopax tahitiensis GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 656. Numenius tahitiensis RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. III. Aug. 24, 1880, 2OI. [B— C 442 to, £562, €647-] HAB. Islands of the Pacific Ocean. Occasional on the coast of Alaska. 160 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. FAMILY CHARADRIID^l. PLOVERS. GENUS VANELLUS BRISSON. Vanelhis BKISS. Orn. V. 1760, 94. Type, Tringa vanellus LINN. [2G9.] Vanellus vanellus (LINN.). Lapwing. Tringa vanellus LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 148. Vanelhis vanellus LIGHT. Norn. Mus. Berol. 1854, 95. [B— C— , R5i2, C593.] HAB. Northern parts of Eastern Hemisphere. In North America, occasional in Greenland and the islands in Norton Sound, Alaska. GENUS CHARADRIUS SUBGENUS SQUATAROLA CUVIER. Squatarola Cuv. Reg. An. I. 1817,467. Type, Tringa squatarola LINN. 270. Charadrius squatarola (LINN.). Black-bellied Plover. Tringa squatarola LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 149. Charadrius squatarola NAUM. Vog. Deutschl. VII. 1834, 250. [B 510, C 395, R 513, C 580.] HAB. Nearly cosmopolitan, but chiefly in the Northern Hemi- sphere, breeding far north, and migrating south in winter ; in America, to the West Indies, Brazil, and New Grenada. SUBGENUS CHARADRIUS LINNAEUS. Charadrius LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 150. Type, C. apricarius LINN. [271.] Charadrius apricarius LINN. Golden Plover. Charadrius apricarius LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 150. ORDER LIMICOL^E. l6l [B— , C— , R5I4, C583.] HAB. Europe, south to Africa in winter; Greenland. 272. Charadrius dominicus MULL. American Golden Plover. Charadrius dominicus MULL. S. N. Suppl. 1776, 116. [B 503, C 396, R 515, C 581.] HAB. Arctic America, migrating southward throughout North and South America to Patagonia. 272 a. Charadrins dominicus fulvus (GMEL.). Pacific Golden Plover. Charadrius fnhnts GMFL. S N. I. ii. 1788, 687. Charadrius dominicus fulvus RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. III. 1880, 198. [B— ,C—,R 515 «, 0582.] * HAB. Asia, and islands of the Pacific Ocean ; in North America, Prybilof Islands and coast of Alaska. GENUS .SJGIALITIS BOIE. SUBGENUS OXYECHUS REICHENBACH. Oxyechus REICH. Syst. Av. 1853, p. xviii. Type, Charadrius vo- ciferus LINN. 273. .ffigialitis vocifera (LINN.). Killdeer. Charadrius vociferus LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 150. JEgialites vociferus BONAP. Geog. & Comp. List, 1838, 45. , [B 504, C 397, R 516, C 584.] HAB. Temperate North America, migrating in winter to the West Indies, and Central and Northern South America. ii l62 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. SUUGENUS .aEJGIALITIS BOIE. jEgialitis BOIE, Isis, 1822, 558. Type, by elimination, Charadrius hiaticula LINN. 274. .Slgialitis semipalmata BONAP. Semipalmated Plover. sEgialitcs scinipalinatus BONAP. Geog. & Comp. List, 1838, 45. [B 507, C 399, R 517, C 586.] HAB. Arctic and subarctic America, migrating south throughout tropical America, as far as Brazil and Peru. 275. .SJgialitis hiaticula (LINN.). Plover. Charadrius hiaticnla LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 150. sEgialitis hiaticiila BOIE, Isis, 1822, 558. [B— C— , R5i8, C589.] HAB. Northern parts of the Old World and portions of Arctic America, breeding on the west shore of Cumberland Gulf. [276.] .SJgialitis dubia (Scop.). Little Ring Plover. Charadrius dubius SCOPOLI, Delic. F. et Fl. Insubr. II. 1786, 93. sEgialites dubiiis WALDEN, Trans. Zool. Soc. VIII. ii. 1872, 89. [B — , C 4oo/;/>, R 519, C 590.] HAB. Most of the Eastern Hemisphere, breeding northward. Ac- cidental on the coast of California and in Alaska. 277. JEgialitis meloda (ORD). Piping Plover. Charadrius wclodiis ORD, ed. Wn,s. VII. 1824, 71. jEgialites melodits BONAP. Geo_c;. & Comp. List, 1838, 45. [15 508, C 400, R 520, C 587.] HAR. Eastern Province of North America, breeding from the roast of Virginia (at least formerly) northward ; in winter, West Indies. ORDER LIMICOL^:. 163 277 a. JEgialitis meloda circumcincta RIDGW. Belted Piping Plover. jEgialitis melodus var. circumcinctus RIDGW. Am. Nat. VIII. 1874, 109. [B — , C 400 a, R 520 #, C 588.] HAB. Missouri River region ; occasional eastward to Atlantic coast. 278. JEgialitis nivosa CASS. Snowy Plover. sEgialitis nivosa. CASS. in BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 696. [B 509, C 401, R 521, C 591.] HAB. Western Province of North America ; in winter, both coasts of Central America, and Western South America to Chili. [279.] .ffigialitis mongola (PALL.). Mongolian Plover. Charadrius moiigolus PALL. Reise Russ. Reich. III. 1776, 700. jEgialiies moiigolus SWINH. P. Z. S. 1870, 140. [B — , C — , R — C — .] HAB. Northern Asia, southward to Northeastern Africa, India, Malay Archipelago, and Australia. Choris Peninsula, Alaska ; acci- dental. SUBGENUS OCHTHODROMUS REICHENBACH. Ochthodromus REICH. Syst. Av. 1852, p. xviii. Type, Charadrius •wilsonius ORD. 280. JEgialitis wilsonia (ORD). Wilson's Plover. Charadrhts wilsonia ORD, WILS. Orn. IX. 1814, 77, pi. 73, fig. 5. jEgialites wilsonius BONAP. Geog. & Comp. List, 1838, 45. [B 506, C 398, R 522, C 585.] HAB. Coasts of North and South America, from Long Island and Lower California southward to Brazil and Peru, including the West Indies. Casual north to Nova Scotia. 164 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. SUEGENUS FODASOCYS COUES. Podasocys COUES, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1866, 96. Type, Chaia- drins niontanus TOWNS. 281. 2Egialitis montana (TOWNS.). Mountain Plover. Charadrius niontanus TOWNS. Jour. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. VII. 1837, 192. JEgialitis niontanus CASS. in BAIRD, 13. N. Am. 1858, 693. [B 505, C 402, R 523, C 592.] HAB. Temperate North America, from the Great Plains westward ; accidental in Florida. FAMILY APHRIZIDJE. SURF BIRDS AND TURNSTONES. SUBFAMILY APHRIZIN^E. SURF BIRDS. GENUS AFHRIZA AUDUCON. Aphrisa AUD. Orn. Biog. V. 1839, 249- Type, A. townsendii AUD. = Tringa virgata GMEL. 282. Aphriza virgata (GMEL.). Surf Bird. Tringa virgata GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 674. Aplirisa virgata GRAY, Gen. B. III. 1847, pi cxlvii. [B 511, C 403, R 511, C 594.] HAH. Pacific coast of America, from Alaska to Chili ; Sandwich Islands. SUBFAMILY ARENARIIN-5C. TURNSTONES. GENUS ARENARIA P.RISSON. Arcnaria BRISS. Orn. V. (760, 132. Type, Tringa interpret LINN, ORDER LIMICOI^E. 165 283. Arenaria interpres (LINN.). Turnstone. Tringa interpres LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 148. Arenaria interpres VIEILL. Gal. Ois. II. 1834, 102. [B 515, C 406, R5o9, C 598.] HAB. Nearly cosmopolitan. In America from Greenland and Alaska to the Straits of Magellan ; more or less common in the interior of North America, on the shores of the Great Lakes and the larger rivers. Breeds in high northern latitudes. 284. Arenaria melanocepliala (Vic.). Black Turnstone. Strepsilas melanocephalus ViG. Zool. Jour. IV. Jan. 1829, 356. Arenaria melauocephala STEJN. Auk, I. July, 1884, 229. [B 516, C 406^, R 510, C 599.] HAB. Pacific coast of North America, from Alaska to Monterey, California ; breeding in Alaska. FAMILY HJEMATOPODID.ZB. OYSTER CATCHERS. GENUS ELS3MATOFUS LINN/EUS. Hamatopus LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 152. Type, H. ostralegus LINN. [285.] Haematopus ostralegus LINN. Oyster-catcher. Hcematopus ostralegus LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 152. [B — C — , R 506, C 595.] HAB. Sea-coasts of the Eastern Hemisphere ; occasional in Green- land. 286. Hasmatopus palliatus TEMM. American Oyster-catcher. Hamatopus palliatus TEMM. Man. II. 1820, 532. 1 66 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [B 512, C 404, R 507, C 596.] HAB. Sea-coasts of temperate and tropical America, from New Jersey and Lower California to Patagonia ; occasional or accidental on the Atlantic coast north to Massachusetts and Grand Menan. 287. Heematopus bachmani AUD. Black Oyster-catcher. Hcematopus bachmani AUD. Orn. Biog. V. 1839, 245> pi- 427- [B 513, C 405, R 508, C 597.] HAB. Pacific coast of North America, from Alaska to Lower Cali- fornia. FAMILY JACANID^J. JACANAS. GENUS JACANA BRISSON. Jacana Buiss. Orn. V. 1760, 121. Type, by elimination, Fulica spi- nosa LINN. [288.] Jacana gymnostoma (\VAGL.). Mexican Jacaiia. Parra gvmnostoma WAGLER, Isis, 1831, 517. Jacana gymnostoma ZELEDON, Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 114. [B— , C— R 568, C 672.] HAB. Lower Rio Grande Valley, Texas, south to Central America ; Cuba. ORDER GALLING. l6/ ORDER GALLING. GALLINACEOUS BIRDS. SUBORDER PHASIANI. PHEASANTS, GROUSE, PAR- TRIDGES, QUAILS, ETC. FAMILY TETRAONID^E. GROUSE, PARTRIDGES, ETC. SUBFAMILY PERDICLN.ZE. PARTRIDGES. GENUS COLINUS LESSON. Colinus LESS. Man. d'Orn. II. 1828, 190. Type, Tetrao virginianus LINN. 289. Colinus virginianus (LINN.). Bob-white. Tetrao virginianus LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 161. Colinus 'virginianus STEJN. Auk, II. Jan. 1885, 45. [6471, C 389, R 480, C 571.] HAB. Eastern United States and Southern Canada, from South- ern Maine to the South Atlantic and Gulf States ; west to Dakota, Eastern Kansas, and Eastern Texas. 289 a. Colinus virginianus floridanus (Couss). Florida Bob-white. Ortyx: virginianus \-w. floridanus COUES, Key, 1872, 237. Colinus virginianus Jloridanus STEJN. Auk, II. Jan. 1885, 45. [B— C389tf, R 480^,0572.] HAB. Florida. 289 £. Colinus virginianus texanus (LAWR.). Texan Bob-white. Ortyx texanus LAWR. Ann. Lye. N. Y. VI. April, 1853, r. Colinus virginianus texanus STEJN. Auk, II. Jan. 1885, 45. 1 68 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [6472, €389$, R4&oJ,C 573-] HAB. Southern and Western Texas, north to Western Kansas. 2'JO. Colinus graysoni (LAWK.). Grayson's Bob-white. Ortyx graysoni LAWK. Ann. Lye. N. Y. VIII. May, 1867, 476. Colinus graysoni STEJN. Auk, II. Jan. 1885, 45. [B -, C - R -, C -.] HAB. Mexico, north into Southern Arizona. 291. Colinus ridgwayi BREWST. Masked Bob-white. Colinus ridgwayi BREWST. Auk, II. April, 1885, T99- [B -, C -, R - C -.] HAB. Mexican border of Arizona and southward. GENUS OREORTYX BAIRD. Oreortyx BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 642. Type, Ortyx picta DOUGL. 292. Oreortyx pictus (DOUGL.). Mountain Partridge. Ortyx picta DOUGL. Trans. Linn. Soc. XVI. 1829, 143. Oreortyx pictus BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 642. [B 473, C 390, R 481, C 574.] HAB. Washington Territory, Oregon, arid northern coast region of California. 292 a. Oreortyx pictus plumiferus (GOULD). Plumed Partridge. Ortyx plumif era GOULD, P. Z. S. 1837, 42. Oreortyx pictus \xx.plumifcrus RIDGW. in Hist. N. Am. B. III. 1874, 476. [B— C— , R48irf, C— .] HAB. Sierra Nevada, and southern coast ranges of California to Cape St. Lucas. ORDER GALLING. 169 GENUS CALLIPEPLA WAGLER. SUBGENUS CALLIPEPLA. Callipepla WAGLER, Isis, 1832, 277. Type, C. streima WAGL. = Ortyx squamatus VlG. 293. Callipepla squamata (Vic.). Sealed Partridge. Ortyx squamatus VlG. Zool. Jour. V. 1830, 275. Callipepla squamata GRAY, Gen. III. 1846, 514. [B 476, C 393, R 484, C 577.] HAB. Table-lands of Mexico, into Western Texas, New Mexico, and Arizona. 293 C 543-] HAB. Eastern North America, from Hudson's Bay southward, and west to the Great Plains , straggling westward to Nevada and Wash- ington Territory. GENUS ZENAIDURA BONAPARTE. Zenaidura BONAP. Consp. Av. II. Dec. 1854, 84. Type, Columba carolinensis LINN. = C- macroura LINN. I SO CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 31G. Zenaidura macroura ^LINN.). Mourning Dove. Columba macroura LINN. S. N. ed. 10, 1758, 164 (part). Zenaidura macroura RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 355. [B451. c 371, R 46o, C 544.] HAB. North America, from Southern Maine, Southern Canada, and Oregon, south to Panama and the West Indies. GENUS ZENAIDA BONAPARTE. Zcnaida BONAP. Geog. £ Comp. List, 1838, 41. Type, Columba zenaida BONAP. 317. Zenaida zenaida (BONAP.). Zenaida Dove. Columba zenaida BONAP. Jour. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. V. 1825, 30. Zenaida zenaida RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 355. [B 449, C 372, R 462, C 545-] HAB. Florida Keys, Greater Antilles, and coast of Yucatan. GENUS ENGYPTILA SUNDEVALL. Engyptila SUNDEV. Met. Nat. Av. Disp. 1872, 156. Type, Columba, ruf axilla RICH. & BERN. 318. Engyptila albifrons (BONAP.). White-fronted Dove. Leptoptila albifrons BONAP. Consp. Av. II. Dec. 1854, 74. Eng)'ptila albifrons COUES, Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, V. April, 1880, 100. [B — C — , R 463, C 542.] HAB. Valley of the Lower Rio Grande in Texas, and southward to Guatemala. GENUS MELOFELIA TONAPARTE. Melopelia BONAP. Consp. Av. II. Dec. 1854, 81. Type, Columba If it- copter a LINN. ORDER COLUMB^E. l8l 319. Melopelia leucoptera (LINN.). White-winged Dove. Columba leucoptera LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 164. Melopelia leucoptera BONAP. Consp. Av. II. Dec. 1854, 81. [B 45°, C 373, R 464, C 546-] HAB. Southern border of the United States, from Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, and Lower California, southward to Costa Rica and the West Indies. GENUS COLUMBIGALLINA BOIE. Columbigallina BOIE, Isis, 1826, 977. Type, Columba passerina LINN. 320. Columbigallina passerina (LINN.). Ground Dove. Columba passerina LINN. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, I. 1758, 165. Columbigallina passerina ZELEDON, Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 112. [B 453, C 374, R 465, C 547.] HAB. South Atlantic and Gulf States, Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, and California, south to the West Indies and Northern South America. GENUS SCARDAFELLA BONAPARTE. Scardafella BONAP. Consp. Av. II. Dec. 1854, 85. Type, Columba squamosa TEMM. 321. Scardafella inca (LESS.). Inca Dove. Chamczpelia inca LESSON, Descr. Quadr. etc. Buff on, 1850, 211. Scardafella inca BONAP. Consp. Av. II. Dec. 1854, 85. [B 452, C 375, R 466, C 549-] HAB. Rio Grande Valley, Arizona, and Lower California, south to Guatemala. GENUS G-EOTRYGON GOSSE. Geotrygon GOSSE, B. Jam. 1847, 316, foot-note. Type, G. sylvatica GOSSE = Columba cristata TEMM. 1 82 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [322.] Geotrygon martinica (GMEL.). Key West Quail-dove. Columba martinica GMEL. S N. I. ii. 1788. 781. Geotrygon martinica BONAP. Consp. Av. II. Dec. 1854, 74. [B 454, C 376, R 467, C 550.] HAB. Key West, Florida, and West Indies. GENUS STARNOBNAS BONAPARTE. Starncenas BONAP. Geog. & Comp. List, 1838, 41. Type, Columba cyanocephala LINN. [323.] Starncenas cyanocephala (LINN.). Blue-headed Quail-dove. Columba cyanocephala Lixx. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 163. Starncenas cyanocephala BONAP. Geog. & Comp. List, 1838, 41. [B 455, C 377, R 468, C 551.] HAB. Florida Keys and Cuba. ORDER RAPTORES. BIRDS OF PREY. SUBORDER SARCORIIAMPHI. AMERICAN VULTURES. FAMILY CATHARTID^]. AMERICAN VULTURES. GENUS PSETJDOGRYPHUS RIDGWAY. Pseudogryphus RIDGW. Hist. N. Am. B. III. Jan. 1874, 337, 338. Type, Vultur calif ornianus SHAW. ORDER RAPTORES. 183 324. Pseudogryphus californianus (SHAW). California Vulture. Vultur californianus SHAW, Nat. Misc. IV. 1797, pi. ccci. Pseudogryphus californianus RIDGW. Hist. N. Am. B. III. 1874, 338. [B 2, C 364, R 453, C 536.] HAB. Pacific coast region of the United States, from Oregon south- ward, and in the interior to Southern Utah. GENUS CATHARTES ILLIGER. Cathartes ILLIG. Prodr. iSu, 236. Type, by elimination, Vuliur aura LINN. 325. Cathartes aura (LINN,). Turkey Vulture. Vultur aura LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 86. Cathartes aura SPIX, Aves Bras. I. 1825, 2. [B i, C 365, R 454, C 537.] HAB. Temperate North America, from New Jersey, Ohio Valley, Saskatchewan region, and Washington Territory southward to Pata- gonia. Casual northward on the Atlantic coast to Maine. GENUS CATHARISTA VIEILLOT. Catharista VIEILL. Analyse, 1816, 21. Type, by elimination, Vultur atratus BARTR. 326. Catharista atrata (BARTR.). Black Vulture. Vultur atratus BARTR. Trav. Car. 1792, 285. Catharista atrata GRAY, Hancll. I. 1869, 3. [B 3, C 366, R 455, C 538.] HAB. South Atlantic and Gulf States, north to North Carolina and the Lower Ohio Valley, west to the Great Plains, and south through Mexico and Central America, the West Indies, and most of South America. Straggling north to New York and Maine. 184 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. SUBORDER FALCONES. VULTURES, FALCONS, HAWKS, BUZZARDS, EAGLES, KITES, HARRIERS, ETC. FAMILY FAL.CONID.5i3. VULTURES, FALCONS, HAWKS, EAGLES, ETC. SUBFAMILY ACCIPITRIN^. KITES, BUZZARDS, HAWKS, GOSHAWKS, EAGLES, ETC. GENUS ELANOIDES YIEILLOT. s. Nouv. Diet. XXIV. 1818, 101. Type,fa!cofurca- tus = F. forficatus LINN. 327. Elanoides forficatus (LINN.). Kite. Falco forficatus LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 89. Elanoides forficatus COUES, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1875, 345- [B 34, C 337, R 426, C 493.] HAS. Southern United States, especially in the interior, from Penn- sylvania and Minnesota southward, throughout Central and South America ; westward to the Great Plains. Casual eastward to Southern New England. Accidental in England. GKNUS ELANUS SAVIGNY. Elanus SAVIG. Descr. de 1'Egypte, 1809, 97. Type, E. casius = Falco mclanoplcnis DAUD. 328. Elanus leucurus ( VIEILL.). Kite. Afilvus leucurus VIEILL. Nouv. Diet. XX. iSiS, 563 (errore 556). Elanus leucurus BOXAP. Geog. & Comp. List, 1838, 4. [B 35> C 336, R 427, C 492-] HAB. Southern United States, from South Carolina, Southern Illi- nois, and California, southward to Chili and Buenos Ayres. ORDER RAPTORES. 185 GENUS ICTINIA VIEILLOT. Ictinia VIEILL. Analyse, 1 8 1 6, 24. Type, Falco mississippiensis WILS. 329. Ictinia mississippiensis (WILS.). Mississippi Kite. Falco mississippiensis WILS. Am. Orn. III. 1811, 80, pi. 25, fig. I. Ictinia mississippiensis GRAY, Gen. B. I. 1845, 26. [B 36, C 335, R 428, C 491-] HAB. Southern United States, southward from South Carolina on the coast, and Wisconsin and Iowa in the interior, to Mexico. GENUS ROSTRHAMUS LESSON. Rostrhamus LESS. Traite, 1831, 55. Type, Falco hamalus ILLIG. 330. Rostrhamus sociabilis (VIEILL.). Everglade Kite. Herpetotheres sociabilis VIEILL. Nouv. Diet. XVIII. 1818, 318. Rostrhamus sociabilis D'ORB. Voy. Ois. II. 1847, 73. [B 37> C 334, R 429> C 490.] HAB. Florida, Cuba, Eastern Mexico, Central America, and East- ern South America, to the Argentine Republic. GENUS CIRCUS LACEPEDE. Circus LACEP. Mem. de 1'Inst. III. 1801, 506. Type, Falco cyaneus LINN. 331. Circus hudsonius (LINN.). Marsh Hawk. Falco hudsonius LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 128. CircTts hudsonius VIEILL. Ois. Am. Sept. I. 1807, pi. 9. [B 38, C 333, R 430, C 489.] HAB. North America in general, south to Panama. 1 86 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. GENUS ACCIPITER BRISSON. SUUGENUS ACCIPITER. Accipiter BRISS. Orn. I. 1760, 310. Type, by elimination, Falco nisus LINN. 332. Accipiter velox (WILS.). Sharp-shiuued Hawk. Falco velox WILS. Am. Orn. V. 1812, 116, pi. 45, fig. I. Accipiler velox VIGORS, Zool. Journ. I. 1824, 338. [Bi7, C338, R 432, C 494.] HAD. North America in general, south to Panama. 333. Accipiter cooperi (BONAP.). Cooper's Hawk. Falco cooperi BONAP. Am. Orn. II. 1828, I, pi. x. fig. I. Accipiter cooperi GRAY, List B. Brit. Mus. Accipitres, 1844, 38. [B 15, 16, C 339, R 431, C 495.] HAB. North America in general, south to Southern Mexico. SUBCENUS ASTUR LACEPEDE. Astur LAC£P. Mem. de 1'Inst. III. 1801, 505. Type, Falco palumba- rius LINN. 334. Accipiter atricapillus (WILS.). American Gosha\vk. Falco atricapillus WILS. Am. Orn. VI. 1812, 80, pi. 52, fig. 3. Accipiter atricapillus SEEBOHM, Brit. Birds, I. 1883, iv. [B 14, €340, R433, C 496.] HAB. Northern and Eastern North America, breeding mostly north of the United States, south in winter to the Middle States. Acciden- tal in England. 334 a. Accipiter atricapillus striatulus RIDGVV. Western Goshawk. Astnr atricapillus var. strintnhis RII>G\V. in Hist. N. Am. B. III. 1874, 240. Accipiicr atricapillus stiialulus RIDGVV. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 355- ORDER RAPTORES. 1 87 [B— , C— , R433«, C497-] HAB. Western North America. GENUS PARABUTEO RIDGWAY. Parabutto RIDGW! in Hist. N. Am. B. III. Jan. 1874, 250. Type, Falco harrisi AUD. 335. Parabuteo unicinctus harrisi (Auo.). Harris's Hawk. Falco harrisi AUD. B. Am. V. 1839, 30, pi. 392. Parabuic-o unicinctus var. harrisi RIDGW. in Hist. N. Am. B. III. Jan. 1874, 254. [B46, C348, R434, C 512.] HAB. Mississippi, Texas, and Arizona, southward to Panama. GENUS BUTEO CUVIER. Buteo Cuv. Le<;. Anat. Comp. I. tabl. ii. Ois. 1779-1800. Type, Falco buteo LINN. [336.] Buteo buteo (LINN.). European Buzzard. Falco buteo LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 90. Buteo buteo LIGHT. Nomencl. Mus. Berol. 1854, 3. [B - C -, R 435, C -.] HAB. Europe and Western Asia. Accidental in North America (Michigan ?). 337. Buteo borealis (GMEL.). Red-tailed Hawk. Falco borealis GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 266. Buteo borealis VIEILL. Nouv. Diet. IV. 1816, 478. [623, C 351, R 436, C 516.] HAB. Eastern North America, west to the Great Plains. 1 88 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 337 a. Buteo borealis kriderii HOOPES. Krider's Hawk. Buteo borealis var. kriderii HOOPES, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1873, 238, pi. 5. [B— , Casir, R436tf, C 519.] HAB. Plains of the United States, from Minnesota to Texas. 337 £. Buteo borealis calums (CASS.). Western Red-tail. Bittco calums CASS. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. VII. 1855, 281. Buteo borealis var. calurus RIDGW. Bull. Essex Inst. V. Nov. 1873, 1 86. [B 20, 24, C 3510, R 436 £, C 517.] HAB. Western North America, from the Rocky Mountains to the Pacific, south into Mexico ; casual east to Illinois. 337 c. Buteo borealis lucasanus RIDGW. Saint Lucas Red-tail. Buteo borealis var. lucasanus RIDGW. in COUES'S Key, 1872, 216 (under B. borealis). [B — , C 35 1 J, R 436^,0518.] HAB. Peninsula of Lower California. 338. Buteo harlani (Auo.). Harlan's Hawk. Falco harlani Aun. B. Am. I. 1830, 441, pi. 86. Buteo harlani BONAP. Geog. & Comp. List, 1838, 3. [B22, C3So, R438, C5r5.] HAB. Kansas, Louisiana, and Texas, south to Central America. Casual in Southern Illinois and Pennsylvania. .",;;'.). Buteo lineatus (GMEL.). Red-shouldered Hawk. Falco lineatus GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 268. Buteo linealus JARD. ed. WILS. Am. Orn. II. 1832, 290. ORDER RAPTORES. 189 [B 25, C 352, R 439, C 520.] HAD. Eastern North America, west to Texas and the Plains, south to the Gulf coast and Mexico. 339 a. Buteo lineatus alleni RIDGW. Florida Red-shouldered Hawk. Buteo lineatus alleni RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VII. Jan. ig, 1884, 514- [B -, C -, R -, C -.] HAB. Florida. 339 £. Buteo lineatus elegans (CASS.)- Ked-bellied Hawk. Buteo elegans CASS. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1855, 281. Buteo lineatus var. elegans RIDGW. in Hist. N. Am. B. III. Jan. 1874, 257, 277. [626, C 3520, R439«, C 521.] HAB. Western United States, from Western Texas to California, and south into Mexico. 340. Buteo abbreviatus CABAN. Zone-tailed Hawk. Buteo abbreviatus CAB. in SCHOMB. Reise Brit. Guian. III. 1848, 739. [B — , C 353, R 440, C 522.] HAB. Texas, Arizona, and Southern California, south to Northern South America. 341. Buteo albicaudatus VIEILL. White-tailed Hawk. Buteo albicaudatus VIEILL. Nouv. Diet. IV. 1816,477. [B_,C- R44i, C5i3.] HAB. Rio Grande Valley, Texas, and southward through Mexico and Central America, and most of South America. 342. Buteo swainsoni BONAP. Swainson's Hawk. Buteo swainsoni BONAP. Geog. & Comp. List, 1838, 3. 190 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [B rS, 19, 21, 28, C 354, R 442, C 523.] HAB. Western North America, from Wisconsin, Illinois, Arkansas, and Texas to the Pacific coast ; north to the arctic regions, and south to Buenos Ayres. Casual east to Massachusetts. 343. Buteo latissimus (WILS.). Broad-winged Hawk. Falco latissimus WILS. Am. Orn. VI. 1812, 92, pi. 54, fig. i. Buteo latissimus SHARPE, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. I. Accip. 1874, 193. [B 27, €355, R443, C 524.] HAB. Eastern North America, from New Brunswick and the Sas- katchewan region to Texas and Mexico, and thence southward to Cen- tral America, Northern South America, and the West Indies. SUBGENUS BUTEOLA BONAPARTE. Buteola BONAP. Compt. Rend. XLI. 1855, 651. Type, Buteo bra- chyurus VIEILL. [344.] Buteo brachyurus VIEILL. Short-tailed Hawk. Buteo brachyurus VIEILL. Nouv. Diet. IV. 1816, 477. [B — , C -, R -, C -.] HAB. Mexico, Central America, and most of South America. Florida (accidental?). GENUS URUBITINGA LESSON. Urubitin«a LESS. Rev. Zool. 1839, 132. (Cf. Compl. Buff. VII. 1837, 64) Type, Falco urubitinga GMEL. 345. Urubitinga anthracina (LIGHT.). Mexican Black Hawk. Falco anthracinus LICIIT. Preis-Verz 1830, 3. Urubitinga anthracina LAFR. Rev. Zool. 1848, 241. [B — , C — , R 444, C 528.] HAB. Arizona, southward to Northern South America. ORDER RAPTORES. GENUS ASTURINA VIEILLOT. Asturina VIEILL. Analyse, 1816, 24. Type, Falco nitidus GMEL. 346. Asturina plagiata SCHLEGEL. Mexican Goshawk. Asturina plagiata u LIGHT." SCHLEGEL, Mus. P. B. Asturinae, 1862, i. [B 33, C 358, R 445. C 527.] HAB. Southwestern border of the United States, southward to Panama. Southern Illinois (accidental?). GENUS ARCHIBUTEO BREHM. Archibiiteo BREHM, Isis, 1828, 1269. Type, Falco lagopus GMEL. [347.] Archibuteo lagopus (BRUNN.). Rough-legged Hawk. Falco lagopus BRUNN. On. Bor. 1764, 4. Archibuteo lagopus GRAY, List Gen. B. ed. 2, 1841, 3. [B-C-, R— , C— .] HAB. Northern parts of the Old World ; Alaska. 347 a. Archibuteo lagopus sancti-johannis (GMEL.). American Rough-legged Hawk. Falco sancti-johannis GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 273 Archibuteo lagopus var. sancti-johannis RIDGW. in COUES'S Key, 1872, 218. [B3o, 31, €356, R447, C 525.] HAB. Whole of North America north of Mexico, breeding chiefly north of the United States. 348. Archibuteo ferrugineus (LIGHT.). Ferruginous Rough-leg. Falco ferrugineus LIGHT. Abh. K. Akad. Berl. 1838, 428. Archibuteo ferrugineus GRAY, Gen. B. fol. ed. 1849, 12. [B 32, C 357, R 448, C 526.] IQ2 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. HAB. Western North America, from the Plains (Iowa to Texas) westward to the Pacific, and from the Saskatchewan region south into Mexico. GENUS AQUILA BRISSON. Aquila BRISS. Orn. I. 1760, 419. Type, Falco chrysaetos LINN. 349. Aquila chrysaetos (LINN.). Golden Eagle. Falco chrysaetos LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 88. Aquila chrysaetus DUMONT, Diet. Sci. Nat. I. 1816, 339. [B 39, C 361, R 449, C 532.] HAB. North America south to Mexico, and northern parts of the Old World. GENUS THRASAETUS GRAY. Thrasaetus GRAY, P. Z. S. 1837, 108. Type, Vultur harpyia LINN. [350.] Thrasaetus harpyia (LINN.). Harpy Eagle. Vultur harpyia LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 86. Thrasaetus harpyia GRAY, P. Z. S. 1837, 108. [B — , C — , R 45°, C63i.] HAB. Lower Rio Grande Valley, casual, south to Paraguay. GENUS HALLffiETUS SAVIGNY. Haliffctns SAVIGNY, Descr. de 1'figypte, 1809, 35. Type, Falco albi- cilla LINN. [351.] Haliseetus albicilla (LINN.). Gray Sea Eagle. Falco albicilla LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 89. Haliaetiis albicilla LEACH, Syst. Cat. M. B. Br. Mus. 1816, 9. [B42, C— , R 452.0533.] HAB. Northern Europe and Asia ; Greenland. ORDER RAPTORES. 193 352. Haliaeetus leucocephalus (LINN.). Bald Eagle. Falco leucocephalus LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 124. Halitztus leucocephalus BOIE, I sis, 1822, 548. [B 41, 43, C 362, R 451, C 534.] HAB. North America at large, south to Mexico. SUBFAMILY FALCONING. FALCONS. GENUS FALCO LINNAEUS. Falco LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 88. Type, by elimination, F. subbu- teo LINN. SUBGENUS HIEROFALCO CUVIER. Hierofalco Cuv. Reg. An. I. 1817, 312. Type, Falco candicans GMEL. = F. islandus BRUNN. 353. Falco islandus BRUNN. White Gyrfalcon. Falco islandus BRUNN. Orn. Bor. 1764, 2. [B n, C 341 0, R4I2, C 501.] HAB. Arctic regions, including Arctic America and Greenland. 354. Falco rusticolus LINN. Gray Gyrfalcon. Falco rusticolus LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 88. [B 12, C — , R 4120, C 500.] HAB. Iceland, Southern Greenland, and Northeastern North Amer- ica, straggling southward in winter to Southern New England. 354 a. Falco rusticolus gyrfalco (LINN.). Gyrfalcon. Falco gyrfalco LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 91. Falco rusticolus gyrfalco STEJN. Auk, II. 1885, 187. 13 194 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [B— , C34l, R 412 £,C49S-] HAB. Interior of Arctic America, from Hudson's Bay to Alaska. .354/5. Falco rusticolus obsoletus (GMEL.). Black Gyrfalcon. Falco obsoletus GMEL. S. N. I. i. 1788, 268. Falco rusticolus obsoletus STEJN. Auk, II. 1885, 187. [B — , C — , R 41 2 t, C 499.] HAB. Labrador, south in winter to Maine and New York. 355. Falco mexicanus SCHLEG. Prairie Falcon. Falco mexicanus SCHLEG. Abh. Geb. Zool. 1841, 15. [B 10, C 342, R 413, C 502.] HAB. United States, from the eastern border of the Plains to the Pacific, south into Mexico ; casual eastward to Illinois. SUBGENUS RHYNCHODON NITZSCH. Rhynchodon NITZSCH, Pterylog. 1840, 78. Type, by elimination, Falco peregrinus LATH. 356. Falco peregrinus anatum (BONAP.). Duck Hawk. Falco anatum BONAP. Geog. & Comp. List, 1838, 4. Falco peregrinus /3. anatum BLASIUS, List B. Eur. 1862, 3. [B 5, 6, C 343, R 4i4, C 503.] HAB. North America at large. 356 a. Falco peregrinus pealei RIDGW. Peale's Falcon. Falco comtnunis var. pealei RIDGW. Bull. Essex Inst.V. Dec. 1873, 201. Falco peregrinus pealei RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. III. Aug. 24, 1880, 192. [B — , C 343 a, R 414 a, C 504.] HAB. Pacific coast region of North America, from Oregon to the Aleutian and Commander Islands. ORDER RAPTORES. 195 SUBGENUS 2ESALON KAUP. jEsalon KAUP, Sk. Ent. Eur. Thierw. 1829, 40. Type, Falco eesalon GMEL. = F. reguhts PALL. 357. Falco columbarius LINN. Pigeon Hawk. Falco columbarius LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 90. [B 7, C 344, R 417, C 505.] HAB. The whole of North America, south to the West Indies and Northern South America. 357 a. Falco columbarius suckleyi RIDGW. Black Merlin. Falco columbarius var. suckleyi RIDGW. Bull. Essex Inst. V. Dec. 1873, 201. [B — , C 344 a, R 417 «, C 506.] HAB. Northwest coast region of North America, from California to Sitka. 358. Falco richardsonii RIDGW. Richardson's Merlin. Falco (Hypotriorchis) richardsonii RIDGW. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. Dec. 1870, 145. [B — C 345, R 418, C 507.] HAB. Interior and western plains of North America, from the Mis- sissippi River to the Pacific coast, and from the Arctic regions to Texas. SUBGENUS RHYNCHOPALCO RIDGWAY. Rhynchofalco RIDGW. Pr. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 1873, 46. Type, Falco femoralis TEMM. = F. fusco-ccerulescens VIEILL. 359. Falco fusco-ccerulescens VIEILL. Aplomado Falcon. Falco fusco-ccerulescens VIEILL. Nouv. Diet. XI. 1817, 90. 196 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [89, 0347, R4I9> C S11-] HAD. Texas and New Mexico, south to Patagonia. SUBGENUS TINNUNCULUS VIEILLOT. Tinmtnculus VIEILL. Ois. Am. Sept. I. 1807, 39. 3GO. Falco sparverius LINN. American Sparrow Hawk. Falco sparverius LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 90. [B 13, C 346, 346*7, R 420, 420 a, C 508, 509.] HAH. Whole of North America, south to Northern South America. [3d.] Falco sparverioides VIG. Cuban Sparrow Hawk. Falco sparverioides VIG. Zool. Jour. III. Aug.-Nov. 1827, 436. [B— , C— , R 421, C 510.] HAD. Cuba. Accidental in Florida. GENUS POLYBORUS VIEILLOT. Polyborns VIEILL. Analyse, 1816, 22. Type, Falco tharus MOL. 3G2. Polyborus cheriway (JACQ.). Auduboii's Caracara. Falco clieriivay JACQ. Beitr. 1784, 17, tab. 4. Polyborns cheriway CAB. in SCHOMB. Guiana. III. 1848, 741. [B 45, C 363, R 423, C 535.] HAB. Southern border of the United States (Florida, Texas, Ari- zona), and Lower California, south to Ecuador and Guiana. 3C3. Polyborus lutosus RIDGW. Guadalupo Caracara. Polyborns IntosHS RIDGW. Bull. U. S. Geog. & Geol. Surv. Terr. No. 6, 2d ser. Feb. 8, 1876, 459. ORDER RAPTORES. 197 [B — , C — R 424, C — .] HAB. Guadalupe Island, Lower California. SUBFAMILY PANDIONIN-33. OSPREYS. GENUS FANDION SAVIGNY. Pandion SAVIGN. Descr. de l'£gypte, Ois. 1809, 95. Type, Falco haliaetus LINN. 364. Pandion haliaetus carolinensis (GMEL.). American Osprey. Falco carolinensis GMEL. S. N. I. i. 1788, 263. Pandion haliaetus var. carolinensis RIDGW. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. Dec. 1870, 143. [B 44, C 360, R 425, C 530.] HAB. North America, from Hudson's Bay and Alaska south to the West Indies and Northern South America. SUBORDER STRIGES. OWLS. FAMILY STRIGID^E3. BARN OWLS. GENUS STRIX LINNAEUS. Strix LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 92. Type, S. aluco LINN. ed. 10. 365. Strix pratincola BONAP. American Barn Owl. Strix pratincola BONAP. Geog. & Comp. List, 1838, 7. [B 47, C 316, R 394, C 461.] 198 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. HAB. Warmer parts of North America, from the Middle States, Ohio Valley, and California southward through Mexico. FAMILY BUBONID^]. HORNED OWLS, ETC. GENUS ASIO BRISSON. Asia BRISS. Orn. I. 1760, 28. Type, Strix otus LINN. 366. Asio wilsonianus (LESS.). American Long-eared Owl. Otus 'wilsonianus LESS. Traitd, 1831, no. Asio wilsonianus COUES, Check List, ed. 2, 1882, 81, No. 472. [B5i, C 320, R 395, C 472.] HAB. Temperate North America. 367. Asio accipitrinus (PALL.). Short-eared Owl. Strix accipitrina PALL. Reise Russ. Reichs. I. 1771, 455. Asio accipitrinus NEWT. YARR. Brit. B. ed. 4, I. 1872, 163. [B 52,.C 321, R 396, C 473.] HAB. Throughout North America ; nearly cosmopolitan. GENUS SYRNIUM SAVIGNY. Syrnium SAVIGN. Descr. de l'£gypte, Ois. 1809, 298. Type, Strix stridula LINN. 368. Syrnium nebulosum (FORST.). Barred Owl. Strix nebulosa FORST. Philos. Trans. XXII. 1772, 386. Syrnium nebulosum BOIE, I sis, 1828, 315. [654, C 323, R 397, C 476.] ORDER RAPTORES. 199 HAB. Eastern United States, west to Minnesota and Texas, north to Nova Scotia and Quebec. 368,a. Syrnmm nebulosum alleni RIDGW. Florida Barred Owl. Strix nebulosa alleni RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. III. March 27, 1880, 8. [B-, C— , R 397 a, C 47 7-] HAB. Florida. 369. Syrnium occidentale XANTUS. Spotted Owl. Syrnium occidentale XANTUS, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1859, 193. [B— , C 324, R 398, C478-] HAB. Southwestern United States (New Mexico, Arizona, Cali- fornia), and Lower California and Mexico. GENUS ULULA CUVIER. So71. Megascops flammeolus (KAUP). Flammulated Screech Owl. Scops flammeola KAUP, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. IV. 1862, 226. Megascops flammeolus STEJN. Auk, II. April, 1885, 184. [B— , C 319, R 404, C 471.] HAB. Guatemala and Central Mexico, north to Colorado and California. GENUS BUBO CUVIER. Bubo Cuv. Reg. An. 1817, 351. Type, Strix bubo LINN. 375. Bubo virginianus (G.MEL.). Great Horned Owl. Strix virginiana GMEL. S. N. I. i. 1788, 287. Bubo virginianus BOXAP. Geog. & Comp. List, 1838, 6. [B48, C3i7, R4o5, C462.] HAB. Eastern North America, west to the Mississippi Valley, and from Labrador south to Costa Rica. 375 a. Bubo virginianus subarcticus (Hov). Western Horned Owl. Bubo subarcticus HOY, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Pliila. VI. 1852, 211. Bubo virginianus /3. subarcticus RIDGW. Orn. 4oth Par. 1877, 572. [B 48, part, C 317 a, part, R 405 a, part, C 463, fart.] HAB. Western United States from the Great Plains westward; southward to the Mexican table-lands. East, casually, to Wisconsin and Illinois. ORDER RAPTORES. 203 375 b. Bubo virginianus arcticus (SWAINS.). Arctic Horned Owl. i Strix (Bubo) arctica SWAINS. Fauna Bor. Am. ii. 1831, 86, pi. 30. Bubo virginianus var. arcticus CASS. Illust. B. Cal. etc. 1854, 178. [B A$,part, C 317 «, part, R 405 £, C 463, part.~\ HAB. Interior of Arctic America (Fur Countries), south, in winter, to Dakota, Montana, and Wyoming. 375 c. Bubo virginianus saturatus RIDGW. Dusky Horned Owl. Bubo virginianus saturatus RIDGW. Orn. 4oth Par. 1877, 572, foot-note. [B 48, part, C 317 b, R 405 c, C 464.] HAB. Northwest coast region, from the Columbia River northward ; Labrador. GENUS NYCTEA STEPHENS. Nyctea STEPH. Gen. Zool. XIII. ii. 1826, 63. Type, Strix nyctea LINN. 376. Nyctea nyctea (LINN.). Snowy Owl. Strix nyctea LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 93. Nyctea nyctea LIGHT. Nomen. Mus. Berol. 1854, 7. [B 61, C 325, R 406, C 479.] HAB. Northern portions of the Northern Hemisphere. In North America breeding mostly north of the United States ; in winter mi- grating south to the Middle States, straggling to South Carolina, Texas, and the Bermudas. GENUS SURNIA DUMERIL. Surnia DUMER. Zool. Anal. 1806, 34. Type, Strix ulula LINN. [377.] Surnia ulula (LINN.). Hawk Owl. Strix ulula LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 93. Surnia ulula BONAP. Cat. Met. Ucc. Eur. 1842, 22. 204 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [B — , C — , R 407 rt, C 481.] HAB. Arctic portions of the Old World. Casual in Alaska. 377 a. Surnia ulula caparoch (MULL.). American Hawk Owl. Strix caparoch MULL. S. N. Suppl. 1776, 69. Surnia ulula caparoch STEJX. Auk, I. Oct. 1884, 363. [B 62, C 326, R 407, C 480.] HAB. Arctic America, migrating in winter to the northern border of the United States. Occasional in England. GENUS SPEOTYTO GLOGER. Speotyto GLOG. Handb. Naturg. 1842, 226. Type, Strix cunicu- laria MOL. 378. Speotyto cunicularia hypogaea (BONAP.). Burrowing Owl. Strix hypogcea BONAP. Am. Orn. I. 1825, 72. Spheotyto cunicularia var. hypogaa RIDGW. in COUES'S Key, 1872, 208. [B 58, 59, C 332, R 408, C 487-] HAB. United States, from the Pacific coast to the Great Plains, south to Central America. Accidental in Massachusetts. 378 Dryobates villosus harrisii RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 355- [B75, C29Stf, R36o£, C439-1 HAB. Western United States, from the Rocky Mountains to the Pacific coast, south into Mexico and Central America. 394. Dryobates pubescens (LINN.). Downy Woodpecker. Picus pubescens LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 175. D\ry abates} pubescens CABANIS, Mus. Hein. IV. June 15, 1863, 62. [B 76, C 299, R 361, C 440.] HAB. Northern and Eastern North America, from British Columbia and the eastern edge of the Plains northward and eastward. 394 #. Dryobates pubescens gairdnerii (AUD.). Gairdner's Woodpecker. Picus gairdnerii AUD. Orn. Biog. V. 1839, 317. Dryobates p^{bescens gairdnerii RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 355. 212 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [B 77, C 299 a, R 361 a, C 441.] HAB. Western United States, from the Rocky Mountains westward. 395 Dryobates borealis (VIEILL.). Red-cockaded Woodpecker. Picus borealis VIEILL. Ois. Am. Sept. II. 1807, 66. Dryobates borealis RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 355. [B So, C 296, R 362, C 4330 HAB. Southeastern United States, from New Jersey (at least for- merly), Tennessee, and Indian Territory south to Eastern Texas and the Gulf coast. 396. Dryobates scalaris (WAGL.). JB.xu^/oAJo/ Cynanthus latirostris SWAINS. 441. lache latirostris (SWAINS.). Broad-billed Hummingbird. Cynanthus latirostris SWAINS. Phil. Mag. 1827, 441. lache latirostris ELLIOT, Class. & Synop. Troch. March, 1879, 235- [B— , C— , R 348, C 421.] HAB. Southern Arizona and Western Mexico. 228 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. ORDER PASSERES. PERCHING BIRDS. SUBORDER CLAMATORES. SONGLESS PERCHING BIRDS. FAMILY TYRANNID-33. TYRANT FLYCATCHERS, GENUS MILVULUS SWAINSON. Mihmlus SWAINSON, Zool. Journ. III. July, 1827, 165. Type, Tyran- nus savanna VIEILL. = Muscieapa tyrannus LlNN. [442.] Milvulus tyrannus (LINN.). Fork-tailed Flycatcher. Muscieapa tyrannus LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 325. Milvulus tyrannus BONAP. Geogr. & Comp. List, 1838, 25. [B 122, C 240, R 302, C 366.] HAB. Mexico and southward throughout Central and most of South America. Accidental in the United States (Mississippi, Kentucky, New Jersey). 443. Milvulus forficatus (GMEL.). Scissor-tailed Flycatcher. Muscieapa forficata GMEL. S. N. I. i. 1788, 931. Milvulus forficatus SWAINS. Classif. B. II. 1827, 225. [B !23, C 24I, R 301, C 367.] HAB. Texas and Indian Territory, casually north to Kansas and Missouri ; south to Central America. Accidental in Virginia, New Jersey, New England, Manitoba, and at York Factory, Hudson's Bay. GENUS TYRANNUS CUVIER. Tyrannus CUVIER, Lee.. d'An. Comp. I. 1799, tabl. ii. (C/. Tabl. Elem. 1797, p. 201.) Type, Lanius tyrannus LINN. ORDER PASSERES. 229 444. Tyrannus tyrannus (LINN.). Kingbird. Lanius tyrannus LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 94. Tyranmts tyrannus JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 4, 1884, 96. [B 124, C 242, R 304, C 368.] HAB. Eastern North America, from the British Provinces south to Central and South America. Rare west of the Rocky Mountains (Utah, Nevada, Washington Territory, etc.). 445. Tyrannus dominicensis (GMEL.). Gray Kingbird. • Lanius tyrannus /3. dominicensis GMEL. S. N. I. 1788, 302. Tyrannus dominicensis RICHARDSON, Rep. Sixth Meet. Brit. Ass. V. 1837, 170. [B 125, C 243, R 303, C 369.] HAB. South Atlantic States (South Carolina, Georgia, Florida), West Indies, Atlantic coast of Central America, and Northern South America. Accidental in Massachusetts. 446. Tyrannus melancholicus couchii (BAIRD). Couch's Kingbird. Tyrannus couchii BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 175. Tyrannus mclancholiciis var. coucJiii COUES, Checkl. ed. I, Dec. 1873, 51- [6128, 129, C 246, R 305, C 372.] HAB. Southern border of the United States (Texas, Arizona), south to Guatemala. 447. Tyrannus verticalis SAY. Arkansas Kingbird. Tyrannus verticalis SAY, LONG'S Exp. II. 1823, 60. [B 126, C 244, R 306, C 370.] HAB. Western United States, from the Plains to the Pacific, south to Guatemala. Accidental in Maryland, New Jersey, New York, and Maine. 230 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 448. Tyrannus vociferans SWAINS. Cassin's Kingbird. Tyrannus 'vociferans SWAINS. Quart. Jour. Sci. XX. 1826, 273. [B 127, C 245, RSO;, €371.] HAB. Western United States, from the western border of the Plains to Southern California, south to Guatemala. GENUS FITANG-US SWAINSON. Pitangus SWAINSON, Zool. Journ. III. July, 1827, 165. Type, Tyran- nus sulphuratus VIEILL. 449. Pitangus derbianus (KAUP). Derby Flycatcher. Saurophagus derbianus KAUP, P. Z. S. 1851, 44, pi. xxxvi. Pitangus derbianus SCLATER, P. Z. S. 1856, 297. [B — , C — , R 308, C 364.] HAB. Valley of the Lower Rio Grande in Texas, south to Northern South America. GENUS MYIOZETETES SCLATER. Myiozetetes SCL. P. Z. S. 1859, 46. Type, Muscicapa cayennensis LINN. [450.] Myiozetetes texensis (GIRAUD). Giraud's Flycatcher. Muscicapa tex-ensis GIRAUD, Sixteen Texas B. 1841, pi. I. Myiozetetes texensis SCL. P. Z. S. 1859, 56. [B — C — , R 309, C — .] HAB. "Texas" (GIRAUD), south to Central America and Northern South America. GENUS MYIODYNASTES BONAPARTE. Myiodynastes BONAP. Bull. Soc. Linn. Normancle'e, II. 1857, 35. Type, Muscicapa andax GMEL. ORDER PASSERES. 23 I 451. Myiodynastes luteiventris SCL. Sulpliur-bellied Flycatcher. Myiodynastes luteiventris SCL. P. Z. S. 1859, 42 (ex BONAP. Compte Rend. XXXVIII. 1854, 657, nomen nudum). [B-, C— , R3io, €365.] HAB. Southern Arizona, south to Costa Rica. GENUS MYIARCHUS CABANIS. Myiarchus CAB. Faun. Per. Aves, 1844-46, 152. Type, Muscicapa ferox GMEL. 452. Myiarchus crinitus (LINN.). Crested Flycatcher. Muscicapa crinita LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 325. Myiarchus crinitus LIGHT. Nomencl. Mus. Berol. 1854, 16. [B. 130, C 247, R3i2, C 373.] HAB. Eastern United States and Southern Canada, west to the Plains, south through Eastern Mexico to Costa Rica. 453. Myiarchus mexicanus (KAUP). Mexican Crested Flycatcher. Tyr\_annula^\ mexicana KAUP, P. Z. S. 1851, 51. Myiarchus mexicanus LAWR. Ann. Lye. N. Y. IX. May, [869, 202. [8132, C— , R3n, C374.] HAB. Valley of the Lower Rio Grande in Texas, southward to Guatemala. 453 a. Myiarchus mexicanus magister RIDGW. Arizona Crested Flycatcher. Myiarchus mexicanus magister RIDGW. Pr. Biol. Soc. Wash. II. April 10, 1884, 90. [B -, C -, R -, C — .] HAB. Southern Arizona, south into Western Mexico. 232 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 454. Myiarchus cinerascens LAWR. Ash-throated Flycatcher. Tyranmila cinerascens LAWR. Ann. Lye. N. Y. V. 1851, 121. M\_yiarchus~\ cincrasctns LAWR. Ann. Lye. N. Y. VII. May, 1860, 285. [B 131, C 248, R 313, C 375.] HAB. Western United States, north to Oregon, Nevada, Utah, and Colorado, south to Guatemala. [455.] Myiarchus lawrenceii (GiR.). Lawrence's Flycatcher. Mnscicapa laivrenceii GIRAUD, Sixteen Sp. Texas B. 1841, 9 (by actual counting, the text not being paged). Myiarchus lawrcncii BAIKD, B. N. Am. 1858, 181. [B 133, C 248, R 3 14, C376.] HAB. "Texas" (GIRAUD) and Eastern Mexico. 455 a. Myiarchus lawrencei olivascens RIDGW. Olivaceous Flycatcher. Myiarchus lawrencei olivascens RIDGW. Pr. Biol. Soc. Wash. II. April 10, 1884, 91. [B - C — , R - C -.] HAB. Arizona and Western Mexico. GENUS SAYORNIS BONAPARTE. Sayornis BONAP. Coll. Delattre, 1854, 87. Type, Tyrannula nigri- SWAINS. 450. Sayornis phoebe (LATH.). Phoebe. Muscicapa phasbe LATHAM, Ind. Orn. II. 1790, 489. Sayornis phabe STKJX. Auk, II. Jan. 1885, 51. [15i3S, C 252, R 315, C 379.] HAB. Eastern North America, from the British Provinces south to Eastern Mexico and Cuba, wintering from the South Atlantic and Gulf States southward. ORDER PASSERES. 233 457. Sayornis saya (BONAP.). Say's Phoebe. Muscicapa saya BONAP. Am. Orn. I. 1825, 20. Sayornis sayus BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 185. [B 136, €250, R 316, €377.] HAB. Western United States, from the Plains to the Pacific, south into Mexico. 458. Sayornis nigricans (SWAINS.). Black Phoebe. Tyrannula nigricans SWAINS. Philos. Mag. I. May, 1827, 367. Sayornis nigricans BONAP. Coll. Delattre, 1854, 87. [B 134, C 251, R 317, C 378.] HAB. Southwestern United States, from Texas through Southern New Mexico and Arizona to California, and northward along the coast to Oregon ; south to Southern Mexico. GENUS CONTOPUS CABANIS. • Contopus CAB. J. f. O. III. Nov. 1855, 479. Type, Muscicapa wrens LINN. 459. Contopus borealis (SWAINS.). Olive-sided Flycatcher. Tyrannus borealis SWAINS. F. B. A. II. 1831, 141, pi. 35. Contopus borealis BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 188. [B 137, C 253, R 318, C 380.] HAB. North America, breeding from the northern and the higher mountainous parts of the United States northward. In winter, south to Central America and Colombia. 460. Contopus pertinax CAB. Coues's Flycatcher. Myiarchus pertinax LIGHT. Nomen. Mus. Berol. 1854, 16 (nomen nudum). Contopus pertinax CAB. Mus. Hein. II. Sept. 30, 1859, 72. J34 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [B- C254, R 319, C 381.] HAB. Southern Arizona, Mexico, and Guatemala. 4G1. Contopus virens (Lixx.). Wood Pewee. Muscicapa virens LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 327. Contopus virens CAB. J. f. O. III. Nov. 1855, 479. [B 139,0255, R 320, C 382.] HAB. Eastern North America to the Plains, and from Southern Canada southward. 4G2. Contopus richardsonii (SWAINS.). Western Wood Pewee. Tyrannula richardsonii SWAINS. F. B. A. II. 1831, 146, pi. 46, lower fig. Contopus richardsonii BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 189. [B 138, C 255 rt, R 321, C3S3.] HAB. Western United States, from the Plains to the Pacific, south through Central America to Colombia. GENUS EMPIDONAX CABANIS. Empidonax CAB. J. f. O. 1855, 480. Type, Tyrannula pit silla SWAINS. 1 <;.">. Empidonax flaviventris BAIRD. Yellow-bellied Flycatcher. Tyrannula flaviventris BAIRD (W. M. & S. F.), Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. July, 1843, 283. Empidonax flaviventris BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 198. [B 144, C 259, R 322, C 388.] HAB. Eastern North America to the Plains, and from Southern Labrador south through Eastern Mexico to Panama, breeding from the Northern States northward. 404. Empidonax difficilis BAIRD. Baird's Flycatcher. iY l:.»ipido>ia.\ dijjlcilis BAIRU, B. N. Am. 1858, 198 (in text). ORDER PASSERES. 235 [B 144 Alauda alpes- tris LINN. 474. Otocoris alpestris (LINN.). Horned Lark. Alauda alpestris LINN. S. N. ed. 10, 1758, 166. Otocoris alpestris BONAP. Fauna Ital Uccelli, Introd. 1839 (not paged). [B 302, C 53, R 300, C 82.] HAB. Northeastern North America, Greenland, and northern parts of the Old World ; in winter south in the Eastern United States to the Carolinas, Illinois, etc. 474 a. Otocoris alpestris leucolsema (COUES). Pallid Horned Lark. ihi alpcslris b. leucolvma COUES, B. N. W. 1875. 38 (part). Otocoris aJpestris leucol&ma STKJN. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. V. June 5, 1882, 34. ORDER PASSERES. 239 [B— ,C 53£, R3oortr, C83.] HAD. Interior of British America, and Alaska, south in winter into Western United States. 474 £. Otocoris alpestris praticola HENSH. Prairie Horned Lark. O[tocorys} alpestris praticola HENSH. Auk, I. July, 1884, 264. [B — C — R — C — .] HAB. Upper Mississippi Valley and the region of the Great Lakes. 474 c. Otocoris alpestris arenicola HENSH. Desert Horned Lark. O\tocorys~\ alpestris arenicola HENSH. Auk, I. July, 1884, 265. [B _ C - R - C -.] HAB. Rocky Mountain region and Great Basin of the United States. 474 d. Otocoris alpestris giraudi HENSH. Texan Horned Lark. Otocorys alpestris giraiidi HENSH. Auk, I. July, 1884, 266. [B— , C- R-, C— .] HAB. Eastern and Southeastern Texas. 474 Coruus cristatus LINN*. 477. Cyanocitta cristata (LINN.). Blue Jay. Corpus cristatus LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 106. Cyanocitta cristata STRICKL. Ann. Nat. Hist. XV. 1845, 26i- [B 434, C 234, R 289, C 349.] HAB. Eastern North America to the Plains, and from the Fur Countries south to Florida and Eastern Texas. 477 a. Cyanocitta cristata florincola COUES. Florida Blue Jay. Cyanocitta cristata florincola COUES, Key, ed. 2, 1884, 421- [B — , C — , R — , C — .] HAB. Florida. 478. Cyanocitta stelleri (GMEL.). Steller's Jay. Cormis stelleri GMEL. S. N. I. 1788, 370. Cyanocitta stelleri STRICKL. Ann. N. Hist. XV. 1845, 261. [B 435, C 235, R 290, C 350.] HAB. Pacific coast of North America, from the Columbia River to Sitka, and northern Coast Range in California. 478 a. Cyanocitta stelleri frontalis (Rmow.). Blue-fronted Jay. Cyaunra stelleri var. frontalis RIDGW. Am. Journ. Sc. & Arts, 3d ser. V. Jan. 1873, 4i- Cyanocitta stelleri vxt . frontalis BOUCARD, Qat. Av. 1876, 279. [B — , C 235 b, R 290 a, C 353.] 16 242 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. HAE. Sierra Nevada of California and Western Nevada, from Fort Crook to Fort Tejon. 478 £. Cyanocitta stelleri macrolopha (BAIRD). Loiig-cresterl Jay. Cyanocitta macrolopha BAIRD, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. June, 1854, 118. Cyanocitta stelleri macrolopha COUES, Bull. Nutt. Orn. Cl. V. April, iSSo, 98. [B 436, C 235 a, R 290 £, 290 f, C 352.] HAB. Central Rocky Mountains, from British America to New Mexico and Southern Arizona. GENUS APHELOCOMA CABANIS. Aphelocoma CABANIS, ]\Ius. Hein. I. Oct. 15, 1851, 221. Type, Gar- rulus calijornicus VIG. 479. Aphelocoma floridana (BARTR.). Florida Jay. Corvus floridanus BARTR. Trav. Carol. 1791, 291. Aphelocoma floridana CAB. Mus. Hein. I. 1851, 221. [B 439, C 236, R 291, C 354.] HAB. Florida. 480. Aphelocoma woodhousei (BAIRD). Woodhouse's Jay. Cyanocitta -woodhonsri BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, pi. 59. Aphelocoma "woodhousii RIDGW. Field and Forest, June, 1877, 208. [B438, C 236 a, R 292, C355-] HAB. Middle Province of the United States, north to Eastern Oregon, Idaho, Montana, and Wyoming, east to Colorado and New Mexico, west to Nevada and Arizona. 481. Aphelocoma californica (Vic.). California Jay. Garrulus californicus VIG. Zool. Beech. Voy. 1839, 2Ii P'- v- A\_phclocoma'] californica CAB. Mus. Hein. I. Oct. 15, 1851, 221. ORDER PASSERES. 243 [B 437, C 2364 R 293, C 356.] HAB. Pacific coast region, including both slopes of the Sierra Ne- vada, from the Columbia River to Cape St. Lucas. 482. Aphelocoma sieberii arizonee RIDGW. Arizona Jay. Cyanocitta ultramarina var. arizoncz RIDGW. Bull. Essex Inst. V. Dec. 1873, 199. Aphelocoma sieberii arizonce RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 355- [B 440, C 237, R 295, C 357.] HAB. Southern New Mexico and Arizona. GENUS XANTHOURA BONAPARTE. Xanthoura BONAP. Consp. Av. I. May 6, 1850, 380. Type, Corvus yncas BODD. 483. Xanthoura luxuosa (LESS.). Green Jay. Garrulns luxuosiis LESS. Rev. Zool. 1839, Io°- Xanthoura luxtiosa BONAP. Consp. Av. I. 1850, 380. [B 442, C 238, R 296, C 358.] HAB. Valley of the Lower Rio Grande in Texas, and southward into Eastern Mexico. GENUS PERISOREUS BONAPARTE. Perisoreus BONAP. Saggio, 1831, 43. Type, Corvus infaustus LINN. 484. Perisoreus canadensis (LINN.). Canada Jay. Corvus canadensis LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 158. Perisoreus canadensis BONAP. Geog. & Comp. List, 1838, 27. [B 443, C 239, R 297, C 359.] 244- CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. HAB. Northern New England, Michigan, and Canada, northward to Aiclic America. 484 a. Perisoreus canadensis capitalis BAIRD. Rocky Mountain Jay. Pcrisonus canad^nsis var. capitalis " BAIRD MS." RIDGW. Bull. Essex Inst. V. Nov. 1873, 193- [B — , C 239 6, R 297 a, C 362.] HAP,. Rocky Mountain region of the United States, south to New Mexico and Arizona. 484 £. Perisoreus canadensis fumifrons RIDGW. Alaskan Jay. Perisoreus canadensis fumifrons RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. III. March 27, 1880, 5. [B — , C — R 297 b, C 360.] HAD. Alaska. 484 f. Perisoreus canadensis nigricapillus RIDGW. Labrador Jay. Perisorens canadensis nigricapillus RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. V. June 5, 1882, 15. [B - C - R - C -.] HAB. Coast district of Labrador, north to Ungava Bay. 485. Perisoreus obscurus (RIDGW.). Oregon Jay. Pcrisorcm canadensis var. obscurus RIDGW. Bull. Essex Inst. Nov. 1873, 194. Perisoreus obscurus SHARPE, Brit. Mus. Cat. B. III. 1877, 105. [B- C 239^298, C36i.] HAP,. Northwest Coast, from the Sierra Nevada, in California, to British Columbia. ORDER PASSERES. 245 SUBFAMILY CORVINJE. CROWS. GENUS CORVUS LINNAEUS. Corvus LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 105. Type, by elimination, C. corax LINN. 486. Corvus corax sinuatus (WAGL.). American Raven. Corvus sinuatus WAGLER, Isis, 1829, 748. Corvus corax sinuatus RJDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 355. [B 423, 424, C 226, R 280, C 338.] HAB. Continent of North America, from the Arctic regions to Guatemala, but local and not common in the United States east of the Mississippi River. 487. Corvus cryptoleucus COUCH. White-necked Raven. Corvus cryptoleucus COUCH, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. April, 1854, 66. [6425, C 227, R 281, C 339.] HAB. Southern border of the United States, from Texas to South- ern California, north to Colorado, and south into Mexico. 488. Corvus americanus ADD. American Crow. Corvus americanus AUD. Orn. Biog. II. 1834, 317. [B 426, C 228, R 282, C 340.] HAB. North America, from the Fur Countries to Mexico. 488 a. Corvus americanus floridanus BAIRD. Florida Crow. Corvus americanus var. floridanus BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 568. [B 427, C 228 a, R 282 «, C 341.] HAB. Florida. 246 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 489. Corvus caurinus BAIRD. Northwest Crow. Corvus caurinus BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 569. [B 428, C 228 b, R 282 b, C 342.] HAB. Northwest coast, from California to Sitka. 490. Corvus ossifragus WILS. Fish Crow. Corvus ossifragus WILS. Am. Orn. V. 1812, 27, pi. 37, fig. 2. [B 429, C 229, R 283, C 343.] HAB. Atlantic coast, from Long Island to Florida. GENUS PICICORVUS BONAPARTE. Picicorvus BONAP. Consp. Av. I. 1850, 384. Type, Corvus calumbia- nus WILS. 491. Picicorvus columbianus (WILS.). Clarke's Nutcracker. Corvus columbianus WILS. Am. Orn. III. 1811, 29, pi. 20, fig. 3. Picicorvus columbianus BONAP. Consp. Av. I. 1850, 384. [B 430, C 230, R 284, C 344.] HAB. Western North America, from Arizona to Sitka, and east to the Plains. GENUS CYANOCEPHALUS BONAPARTE. Cyanocephalus BONAP. Oss. Stat. Zool. Eur. Vertebr. 1842, 17. Type, Gymnorhinus cyanocephalus WIED. 492. Cyanocephalus cyanocephalus (WIED). Pinon Jay. Gymnorhinus cyanocephalus WIED, Reise N. Amer. II. 1841, 21. Cyanocephalus cyanocephalus STEJN. Auk. I. 1884, 230. [B43i, C 231, R 285, C 345-] ORDER PASSERES. 247 HAB. Rocky Mountain region, westward to the Cascade range and Sierra Nevada, and from Mexico north into British America. FAMILY STURNID^]. STARLINGS. GENUS STURNUS LINNAEUS. Sturnus LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 167. Type, by elimination, S. vulgaris LINN. [493.] Sturnus vulgaris LINN. Starling. Sturnus vulgaris LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 167. [B— C— , R 279, C 363.] HAB. Europe and Northern Asia ; accidental in Greenland. FAMILY ICTERIDJ3. BLACKBIRDS, ORIOLES, ETC. GENUS DOLICHONYX SWAINSON. Dolichonyx SWAINS. Phil. Mag. I. June, 1827, 435. Type, Fringilla oryzivora LINN. 494. Dolichonyx oryzivorus (LINN.). Bobolink. Fringilla oryzivora LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 179. Dolichonyx oryzivorus SWAINS. Zool. Jour. III. 1827, 351. [B 399, C 210, R 257, C 312.] HAB. Eastern North America to the Great Plains ; north to South- ern Canada ; south, in winter, to the West Indies and South America. Breeds from the Middle States northward, and winters south of the United States. 494 a. Dolichonyx oryzivorus albirmcha RIDGW. Western Bobolink. Dolichonyx oryzivorus var. albinucha RIDGW. Bull. Essex Inst. V. Nov. 1873, I9l- 248 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [B - C -, R - C -.] HAD. Dakota, westward to Utah and Nevada, north to Manitoba. GENUS MOLOTHRITS SWAINSON. Molothrus SWAINS. F. B. A. II. 1831, 277. Type, Fringilla pecbris GMEL. = Oriolus ater BODD. 495. Molothrus ater (BODD.). Cowbird. Oriolus at.-r BODD. Tabl. PI. Enlum. 1783, 37. Molothrus aler GRAY, Handl. B. II. 1870, 36. [B 400, C 211, R 258, C 313.] HAB. United States, from the Atlantic to the Pacific, north into Southern British America, south, in winter, into Mexico. 495 a. Molothrus ater obscurus (GMEL.). Dwarf Cowbird. Sturnus obscurus GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 804. M[olothrus\ aterva.\:. obscurus COUES, B. N. W. 1874, 180, in text. [B — , C 211 a, R 258 a, C 314-] HAB. Southern United States, from Texas to Arizona and Lower California, south into Mexico. 496. Molothrus seneus (WAGL.). L^tlXwi) /wj^ 6AB- Bronzed Cowbird. Psarocolius atneus WAGL. I sis, 1829, 758. Molothrus aneus CAB. Mus. Hein. I. 1851, 192. [B — , C — , R 259, C 315.] HAB. Valley of the Lower Rio Grande in Texas, and southward. GENUS XANTHOCEPHALUS BONAPARTE. Xanthoccphalns BONAP. Consp. Av. I. 1850, 431. Type, Icterus icte- rocephalus BONAP. = I. xanthoccphalus BONAP. ORDER PASSERES. 249 497. Xanthocephalus xanthocephalus (BONAP.). Yellow-headed Blackbird. Icterus xanthocephalus BONAP. Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. V. 1826, 223. Xanthocephahis xanthocephalus JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 4, 1884, 92. [B 404, C 213, R 260, C 319.] HAB. Western North America, from Wisconsin, Illinois, and Texa,s to the Pacific coast. Accidental in the Atlantic States (Massachu- setts, South Carolina, Florida). GENUS AG-ELAIUS VIEILLOT. Agelaius VIEILL. Analyse, 1816, 33. Type, Qriolus phoeniceus LINN. 498. Agelaius phoeniceus (LINN.). Red-winged Blackbird. Oriolus phceniceus LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 161. Agelaius phceniceus S WAINS. F. B. A. II. 1831, 280. [B 401, C 212, R 261, C 316.] HAB. North America in general, from Great Slave Lake south to Costa Rica. 499. Agelaius gubernator (WAGL.). Bicolored Blackbird. Psarocolius gubernator WAGL. Isis, IV. 1832, 281. Agelaius gubernator BONAP. Geog. & Comp. List, 1838, 29. [B 402, C 212 #, R 261 a, C 317.] HAB. Pacific Province of the United States, south into Western Mexico. 500. Agelaius tricolor (Nuir.). Tricolored Blackbird. Icterus tricolor " NUTT." AUD. Orn. Biog. V. 1839, pi. 388, fig. I. Agelaius tricolor BONAP. Geog. &-Comp. List, 1838, 29. [6403, C 212 £, R 262, C 318.] 250 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. HAB. Pacific Province of the United States, from the Columbia River southward. GENUS STURNELLA VIEILLOT. Sturnella VIEILL. Analyse, 1816, 34. Type, Alauda magna LINN. 501. Sturnella magna (LINN.). Meadowlark. Alauda magna LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 167. Sturnella magna SWAINS. Phil. Mag. I. 1827, 436. [B 406, C 214, R 263, C 320.] HAB. Eastern United States and Southern Canada to the Plains. 501 a. Sturnella magna mexicana (SCL.). Mexican Meadowlark. Sturnella mexicana SCL. Ibis, 1861, 179. Sturnella magna var. mexicana B. B. & R. Hist. N. Am. B. II. 1874, 172. [B— , C— , R 263 a, €321.] HAB. Valley of the Lower Rio Grande, and Arizona, southward. 501 £. Sturnella magna neglecta (Aim). Western Meadowlark. Sturnella neglecta AUD. B. Am. VII. 1843, 339, pi. 487. Sturnella magna var. neglecta ALLEN, Bull. M. C. Z. III. No. 2, July, 1872, 178. [B 407, C 2T4<7, R 264, C 322.] HAB. Western United States, from Wisconsin, Illinois, Iowa, Texas, etc., west to the Pacific coast. GENUS ICTERUS BRISSON. SUBGENUS ICTERUS. Icterus BRISS. Orn. II. 1760, 85. Type, by elimination, Oriolus icte- rus LINN. ORDER PASSERES. 251 [502.] Icterus icterus (LINN.). Troupial. 1 Oriolus icterus LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 161. Icterus icterus RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 355. [B 408, C — R 265, C 323.] HAB. West Indies (introduced) and Northern South America. Accidental at Charleston, S. C. (AUDUBON). 503. Icterus audubonii GIRAUD. Audubon's Oriole. Icterus aiidubonii GIRAUD, Sixteen Texas B. 1841, 3. [B 409, C 220, R 266, C 330.] HAB. Valley of the Lower Rio Grande in Texas, and southward. 504. Icterus parisorum BONAP. Scott's Oriole. Icterus parisorum BONAP. P. Z. S. 1837, 109. [6411, C 219, R 268, 0329.] HAB. Southern border of the United States, from Texas to Lower California, and southward. SUBGENUS PENDULINUS VIEILLOT. Pendulinus VIEILL. Analyse, 1816, 33. Type, Oriolus spurius LINN. 505. Icterus cucullatus SWAINS. Hooded Oriole. Icterus cucullatus SWAINS. Phil. Mag. I. 1827, 436. [B4i3, C 218, R269, C328.] HAB. Valley of the Lower Rio Grande in Texas, and southward through Eastern and Southern Mexico. 505 a. Icterus cucullatus nelsoni RIDGW. Arizona Hooded Oriole. Icterus cucullatus nelsoni RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. VIII. No. 2, April 20, 1885, 19. 252 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [B - C — , R - C -.] HAD. Southern Arizona, west to San Diego, and south to Mazatlan and Cape St. Lucas. 500. Icterus spurius (LINN.). Orchard Oriole. Oriolus spurius LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 162. Icterus spurius BONAP. Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. III. 1823, 363. [B4i4, C 215, R 270, C 324.] HAB. United States, west to the Plains, south, in winter, to Panama. SUBGENUS YPHANTES VIEILLOT. Yphantes VIEILL. Analyse, 1816, 33. Type, Coracias galbula LINN. 507. Icterus galbula (LINN.). Baltimore Oriole. Coracias galbula LINN. S. N. ed. 10, 1758, 108. Icterus galbula COUES, Bull. Nutt. Orn. Cl. V. 1880, 98. [B 415, C 216, R 271, C 326.] HAB. Eastern United States, west nearly to the RocTfy Mountains. 508. Icterus bullocki (SWAINS.). Bullock's Oriole. Xanthornus bullocki SWAINS. Phil. Mag. I. 1827, 436. Icterus bullocki BONAP. Geog. & Com p. List, 1838, 29. [8416, C 217, R 272, 0327.] HAB. Western United States, from the eastern base of the Rocky Mountains west to the Pacific coast. GENUS SCOLECOPHAGUS SWAINSON. Scoleeophagus SWAINS. F. B. A. II. 1831, 286. Type, Oriolus ferru- gincus GMKL. = Turdus carolinus MULL. ORDER PASSERES. 253 509. Scolecophagns carolinus (MULL.). Rusty Blackbird. Turdus carolinus MULLER, Syst. Nat. Suppl. 1776, 140. Scolecophagus carolinus RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 356. [6417, C 221, R 273, C 331.] HAB. Eastern North America, west to Alaska and the Plains. Breeds from Northern New England northward. 510. Scolecophagus cyanocephalus (WAGL.). Brewer's Blackbird. Psarocolius cyanocephalus WAGL. Isis, 1829, 758. Scolecophagus cyanocephalus CAB. Mus. Hein. I. 1851, 193. [B 418, C 222, R 274, C 332.] HAB. Western North America, from the Plains to the Pacific, and from the Saskatchewan region south to the highlands of Mexico. GENUS QUISCALUS VIEILLOT. SUBGENUS QUISCALUS. Quiscalus VIEILL. Anal. 1816, 36. Type, Gracula quiscula LINN. 511. Quiscalus quiscula (LINN.). Purple Grackle. Gracula quiscrila LINN. S. N. ed. 10, 1758, 109. Quiscalus quiscula JORDAN, Man. Vert. ed. 4, 1884, 93. [B42i, C 225, R 278, €335.] HAB. Atlantic States, from Florida to Long Island. 511 a. Quiscalus quiscula aglaeus (BAIRD). Florida Grackle. Quiscalus aglceus BAIRD, Am. Jour. Sci. & Arts, 1866, 84. Quiscalus quiscula agl/zus STEJN. Auk, II. Jan. 1885, 43, foot-note. [6422, C— R27824rf. Leucosticte tephrocotis littoralis (BAIRD). Hepburn's Lrucosticte. Leucosticte littoralis BAIRD, Trans. Chicago Ac. Sci. I. i. 1869, 318, pi. 28, fig. I. Lcucosticte tephrocotis v.ir. littoralis COUES, Key, 1872, 130. ORDER PASSERES. 259 [B — , C — , R 175 rt, C 204.] HAB. In summer, probably the interior mountainous regions of British Columbia ; in winter, northwest coast, from Kadiak southward, and eastward in the Rocky Mountain region to Colorado. 525. Leucosticte atrata RIDGW. Black Leucosticte. Leucoslicte atrata RIDGW. American Sportsman, July 18, 1874, 241 ; Bull. U. S. Geol. & Geog. Surv. Terr. 2d ser. No. 2, May u, 1875, 69. [B— , C — , R 176, C 201.] HAB. In winter, mountains of Colorado and Utah ; summer range not known. 526. Leucosticte australis (ALLEN). BroAvn-capped Leucosticte. Leucosticte tephrocotis var. australis '• ALLEN, MS." RIDGW. Bull. Essex Inst. V. Dec. 1873, 197. Leucosticte australis RIDGW. Bull. U. S. Geol. & Geog. Surv. Terr. 2d ser. No. 2, May u, 1875, 79. [B— , C— , R 177, C 203.] HAB. Mountains of Colorado, breeding above timber-line, descend- ing into the valleys in winter; New Mexico. GENUS ACANTHIS BECHSTEIN. Acanthis BECHST. Orn. Tasch. Deutschl. 1803, 125. Type, Fringilla linaria LINN. 527. Acanthis hornemannii (HOLE.). Greenland Redpoll. Linota hornemannii HOLBOLL, Naturh. Tidskr. IV. 1843, 398. Acanthis hornemannii STEJN. Auk, I. April, 1884, 152. [6321, C— , R 178, C 209.] HAB. Greenland and Eastern Arctic America. 260 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 527 a. Acanthis hornemannii ezilipes (COUES). Hoary Redpoll. sEgiothus cxilipes COUES, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1861, 385. Acanthis hornemannii exilipes STEJN. Auk, I. April, 1884, r52- [B— , C 146 /;, R 1780, C 210.] HAB. Arctic America and Northeastern Asia. 528. Acanthis linaria (LINN.). Redpoll. Fringilla linaria LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 182. Acanthis linaria BONAP. & SCHLEG. Mon. Lox. 1850, 48. [B 320, C 146, 146 #, R 179, C 207.] HAB. Northern portions of Northern Hemisphere, south irregularly in winter, in North America, to the Middle United States (Washing- ton, D. C., Kansas, Southeastern Oregon). 528 a. Acanthis linaria holbcellii (BREHM). Holbcell's Redpoll. Linaria holbcellii BREHM, Handb. Vog. Deutschl. 1831, 280. Acanthis linaria /3. holbcellii DUBOIS, Consp. Av. Europ. 1871, 18. [B — , C — , R \i<)a,part, C 2 08, /#/-/.] HAB. Northern portions of Northern Hemisphere, near the sea- coast. 528 £. Acanthis linaria rostrata (COUES). Greater Redpoll. JEgiothns restrains COUES, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1861, 378. Acanthis linaria rostrata STEJN. Auk, I. April, 1884, 153. [B — , C — , R i^ a, part, C 208, part.'] HAB. Greenland and Northeastern North America, south irregu- larly in winter to New England, New York, and Northern Illinois. GENUS SFINTTS KOCH. Spinus KOCH, Bayr. Zool. 1816, 233. Type, Fringilla spinus LINN. ORDER PASSERES. 26l 529. Spinus tristis (LINN.). American Goldfinch. Fringilla tristis LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 181. Spinus tristis STEJX. Auk, 1. Oct. 1884, 362. [6313, C 149, R 181, C 213.] HAD. North America generally, breeding southward to the middle districts of the United States (to about the Potomac and Ohio Rivers, Kansas, and California), and wintering mostly south of the northern boundary of the United States. 530. Spinus psaltria (SAY). Arkansas Goldfinch. Fringilla psaltria SAY, LONG'S Exp. II. 1823, 40. Spinus psaltria, STEJN. Auk, II. Oct. 1884, 362. [B3i4,C 151, R 182, C 215.] HAB. Western United States, from the Plains to the Pacific, and from Colorado and Utah southward to Sonora. 530 a. Spinus psaltria arizonaa (COTJES). Arizona Goldfinch. Chrysomitris mcxicana var. arisonce COUES, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1866, 82. Spinus psaltria arisonce STEJN. Auk, I. Oct. 1884, 362. [B — , C 151 a, R 182 «, C 216.] HAB. Southern New Mexico and Southern Arizona, southward into Northern Mexico. 530 £. Spinus psaltria mexicanus (SWAINS.). Mexican Goldfinch. Carditelis mexicanus SWAINS. Phil. Mag. I. 1827, 435. Spinus psaltria mexicanus STEJN. Auk. I. Oct. 1884, 362. [6315, C 159 £, R 182 <*, €217.] HAB. Valley of the Lower Rio Grande in Texas, southward through Mexico and Central America to Panama. 262 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 531. Spinus lawrencei (CASS.). Lawrence's Goldfinch. Cardiiclis lawrencei CASS. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1851, 105, pi. v. Spinus lawrencei STKJN. Auk, II. Oct. 1884, 362. [B 316, C 150, R 183, C 214.] HAB. California ; Arizona, in winter. [532.] Spinus notatus (DuBus). Black-headed Goldfinch. Carduelis notata DuBus, Bull. Ac. Brux. XIV. pt. 2, 1847, 106. Spimis notatus STEJN. Auk, I. Oct. 1884, 362. [13310, C— , R 184, C 218.] HAB. Mexico ; accidental in Kentucky (AUDUBON). 533. Spinus pinus (WILS.). Pine Siskin. Friiigilla pinus WILS Am. Orn. II. 1810, 133, pi. 17, fig. I. Spinus pinus STEJN. Auk, I. Oct. 1884, 362. [B 317, C 148, R 185, C 212.] HAB. North America generally, breeding mostly north of the United States and in the Rocky Mountain region ; in winter south to the Gulf States and Mexico. RPUE.LIS t GENUS PLECTROPHENAX STEJNEGER. Plectrophenax STKJN. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. V. June 5, 1882, 33. Type, Ember iza nival is LINN. 534. Plectrophenax nivalis (LINN.). Snowflake. Emberiza nivalis LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 176. Plectrophenax nivalis STEJN. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. V. June 5, 1882, 33. [B325, C 152, R 1 86, C2i9.] I)OMESTI6US (MONTANUS. ( LINN."\ • f- , / ORDER PASSERES. 263 HAB. Northern parts of the Northern Hemisphere, breeding in the arctic regions; in North America south in winter into the Northern United States, irregularly to Georgia, Southern Illinois, and Kansas. 535. Flectrophenax hyperboreus RIDGW. McKay's Suowflake. Plectrophenax hyperboreus RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VII. June u, 1884, 68. [B — C -, R — C -.] HAB. Alaska. GENUS CALCARIUS BECHSTEIN. Calcarius BECHST. Taschb. Vog. Deutschl. 1803, 130. Type, Fringilla lappomca LINN. 536. Calcarius lapponicus (LINN.). Lapland Longspur. Fringilla lapponica LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 180. Calcarius lapponicus STEJN. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. V. June 5, 1882, 33.. [B 326, C 153, R 187, C 220.] HAB. Northern portions of the Northern Hemisphere, breeding far north ; in North America south in winter to the Northern United States, irregularly to the Middle States, accidentally to South Carolina, and abundantly in the interior to Kansas and Colorado. 537. Calcarius pictus (SWAINS.). Smith's Longspur. Emberiza (Plectropkanes) picta SWAINS. F. B. A. II 1831, 250, pi. 49. Calcarius pictus STEJN. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. V. June 5, 1882, 33. [B327, Ci54, RiSS, C22i.] HAB. Interior of North America, from the Arctic coast to Illinois and Texas, breeding far north. 538. Calcarius ornatus (TOWNS.). Chestnut-collared Lougspur. Plectrophanes ornatus Towxs. Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. VII. 1837, 189. Calcarius ornatus STEJN. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. V. June 5, 1882, 33. 264 ' HECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [B32S,329, C 155, R 189, C 222.] HAB. Interior of North America, from the Saskatchewan Plains south to Texas. Rare west of the Rocky Mountains. Accidental in Massachusetts. GEXUS RHYNCHOPHANES BAIRD. Rhynchophaties BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858,432 (in text). Type, Plcctio- pliaacs inccownii LAWK. 539. Rhynchophanes inccownii (LAWR.). McCown's Longspur. Plectrophancs mccoivnii LAWR. Ann. Lye. N. Y. V. 1851, 122. Rhynchophanes maccoicni KIDGW. Field & Forest, 11. May, 1877, 197. [B33o, C 156, R 190, €223.] HAB. Interior of North America, from the Saskatchewan Plains south to Texas and Mexico ; breeds from about the northern border of Western Kansas northward. GEXUS FOOOffiTES BAIRD. Pooccetes BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 447. Type, Fringilla graminea GMEL. 540. Poocaetes gramineus (GMEL.). Vesper Sparrow. Fringilla graminea GMF.L. S- N. I. ii. 1788, 992. Pooccctcs gramineus BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 447. 337- /<"'A ^ l()l< K- J97> c 232-] HAB. Eastern North America to the Plains, from Nova Scotia and Ontario southward ; breeds from Virginia, Kentucky, and Missouri northward. 0. Poocaetes gramineus confinis BAIRD. Western Vesper Sparrow. Pooccrtes gramineus v.ir. conjinis BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 448 (in text). ORDER PASSERES. 265 [B 337>fa>'f> C i6ia, R 197 rf, C 232.] HAB. Western United States, from the Plains to the Pacific, south into Mexico. GENUS AMMODRAMUS SWAINSON. Ammodramus SWAINS. Zool. Journ. III. 1827, 348. Type, Fringilla caudacuta WILSON. SUBGENUS PASSERCULUS BONAPARTE. Passerculus BONAP. Geog. & Comp. List, 1838, 33. Type, Fringilla savanna WILS. 541. Aminodramus princeps (MAYN.). Ipswich. Sparrow. Passerculus princeps MAYN. Am. Nat. VI. 1872, 637. Aminodramus princeps RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 354. [B— C 158, R 192,0225.] HAB. Atlantic coast, from Nova Scotia south, in winter, to Vir- ginia. 542. Ammodramus sandwichsnsis (GMEL.). Sandwich Sparrow. Emberiza sandwickensis GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 875. Ammodramus sandwichensis RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 354- [B333, C 159 /;, R 193, C 226.] HAB. Northwest coast, from the Columbia River to Unalashka. 5i-2<2. Ammodraimis sandwichensis savanna (WILS.). Savanna Sparrow. Fringilla savanna WILS. Am. Orn III. iSn, 55, pi. 22, fig. 2. Ammodramus sandwichensis savanna RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 354. [B332, C 159, R 193 «, C 227.] 266 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. HAB. Eastern Province of North America, breeding from the North- ern United States to Labrador and Hudson's Bay Territory. 542^. Ammodramus sandwichensis alaudinus (BONAP.). Western Savanna Sparrow. Passerculus alaudimts BOXAP. Compt. Rend. XXXVII. 1853, 918. Aiiunodranius sandwichensis alaudinus RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885,354. [B335)C— R 195 £,€229.] HAB. Western North America, from the Plains to the Pacific coast region, north to the Arctic coast. ;>!2r. Ammodramus sandwichensis bryaiiti RIDGW. Bryant's Marsh Sparrow. Passerculus sxjidiuichensis bryanti RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VII. Jan. 19, 1885, 517. Anunodrainus sandwichensis bryanti RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885,354. [B 334, 2 a>'t-> C itfa, part, R 194, fart, C 228, part.} HAB. Salt marshes about San Francisco Bay, probably south along the coast in winter. ol.'!. Ammodramus beldingi RIDGW. Belding's Marsh Sparrow. Passerculus bcJdingi RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VII. Jan. 19, 1885, 516. Aminodramits bcldinp RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885,354. [B 334,/tf>V, C 159 a, part, R 194, fart, C 228,/w/.] HAH. Salt marshes of the Pacific coast, from Santa Barbara south to Todos Santos Island, Lower California. 514. Ammodramus rostratus CASS. I.,argc-billed Sparrow. n-: ••.' r CASS. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Pliila. 1852, 348. Arunodroinus restrains CASS. Illustr. B. Cal. Tex. etc. 1855, 226, pl. 33. ORDER PASSERES. 267 [B 336, C 160, R 196, C 230.] HAD. Coast of California, south in winter to Cnpe St. Lucas and Northwestern Mexico. 544 a, Ammodrarnus rostratus guttatus (LAWR.). St. Lucas Sparrow. Passat culus guttatus LAWR. Ann. Lye. N. Y. VIII. 1867, 473. Ammodramus rostratus guttatus RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. iS8s, 355- [B — , C i6oa, R 195, C 231.] HAB. Lower California. SUBGENUS CENTRONYX BAIRD. Centronyx BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1 858, 440. Type, Emberiza bairdii AUD. 545. Ammodramus bairdii (AUD.). Baircl's Sparrow. Emberiza bairdii AUD. B. Am. VII. 1843, 359, pi. 500. Ammodromus bairdi GIEBEL, Thes. Orn. I. 1872, 328. [B 331, C 157, 157 bis, R 191, C 224.] HAB. Interior of North America, from the plains of the Red River and Saskatchewan south to Texas, New Mexico, and Arizona. SUBGENUS COTTJRNICULUS BONAPARTE. Coturniculus BONAP. Geog. & Comp. List, 1838, 32. Type, Fringilla passerina WILS. 54G. Ammodramus savannarum passerinus (WILS.). Grasshopper Sparrow. Fringilla passerina WILS. Am. Orn. III. 1811, 76, pi. 26, fig. 5. Ammodramus savannarum passerinus RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885,355. [B 338, C 162, R 198, C 234.] HAB. Eastern United States and Southern Canada to the Plains, south to Florida, Cuba, Porto Rico, and coast of Central America. CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 546 a. Ammodramus savannarum perpallidus RIDGW. Western Grasshopper Sparrow. Coturniculus passerinus var. perpallidus " RIDGW. MS." COUES, Key, 1872, 137. Ammodramus savannarum perpallidus RID;;W. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885,355- /, C 162 *, R 198.7, C 255.] HAB. Western United States, from the Plains to the Pacific coast, and the table lands of Mexico. 547. Ammodramus henslowii (AUD.). Henslow's Sparrow. l-'.nibcriza hcnslo^ii AID. Orn. Biog. I. 1831. 360. pi. 77. Ammodromus hcnslowi GRAY, Gen. B. II. June, 1849, 374. [B339, C 163, R 199, C 236.] HAB. Eastern United States, west to the Plains, north to Southern New England and Ontario. -is. Ammodramus leconteii (AUD.). Leconte's Sparrow. Kinberiza leconteii AUD. B Am. VII. 1843, 338, pi. 488. Ammoiiromus leconteii GRAY, Gen. B. II. June, 1849, 374- [B 540, C 164, R 200, C 237.] HAB. From the Plains eastward to Illinois, South Carolina, and Florida, and from Manitoba south to Texas. SUBGENUS AMMODRAMUS. Ammodramns SWAINS. Zool. Jour. III. 1827. 348. Type, Oriolus candacittus G.MI.L. fill). Ammodramus caudacutus (GMEL.). Sharp-tailed Sparrow. Origins ,-iiit(t,icitt!i<; GMEL. S. N. I. i. 1788, 304. A inmodra;;: :i s cainlicittits SWAINS. Classif. !!. II. 1837,289. ORDER PASSERES. 269 [B 341, C 166, R 201, C 240.] HAB. Salt marshes of the Atlantic coast, from Prince Edward Island and Nova Scotia to the Gulf States. 5-1'Jtf. Ammodramus caTidacutus nelson! ALLEN. Nelson's Sparrow. Ammodromus candacutits var. nelsoni ALLEN, Pr. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. XVII. March, 1875, 93 [B— , C— R 201 tf, C 241.] HAB. Fresh marshes of the Mississippi Valley region (Illinois, Kansas, etc.), and the Atlantic coast in its migrations (Lower Hudson Valley to Charleston, S. C.). 550. Ammodramus maritimus (WILS.). Seaside Sparrow. Fringilla maritima WILS. Am Orn. VII. iSir, 68, pi. 24, fig. 2. Ammodramus maritima SWAINS. Classif. B. II. 1837, 289. [6342, C 165, R 202, C 238.] HAB. Salt marshes of the Atlantic coast, from Massachusetts south- ward, and along the Gulf coast to the Rio Grande. 551. Ammodraxnns nigrescens RIDGW. Dusky Seaside Sparrow. Ammodromus maritimus var. nigrescens RIDGW Bull. Essex Tnst. V. o Dec. 1873, 198. Ammodramus nigrescens RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. III. Aug. 24, 1880, 178. [B — , C 165 «, R 203, C 239.] HAB. Salt Lake, Southern Florida. GENUS CHONDESTES SWAINSON. Chondestes SWAINS. Phil. Mag. I. 1827, 435. Type, C. strigatus SWAINS. 270 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 552. Chondestes grammacus (SAY). Lark Sparrow. Fringilla grammaca SAY, LOXG'S Exp II. 1823, 139. Chondestes grammaca BONAP. Geog. & Comp. List, 1838, 32. [B 344, part, C \S6, part, R 204, C 281, part."] HAB. Mississippi Valley region, from Ohio, Illinois, and Michigan to the Plains, south to Eastern Texas. Accidental near the Atlantic coast (Massachusetts, Long Island, New Jersey, and Washington, D. C.). 552 a. Chondestes grammacns strigatus (SWAINS.). Western Lark Sparrow. Chondestes strigatus SWAINS. Phil. Ma£. I. 1827, 435. Chondestes grammaca stri«ata RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. III. Aug. 24, 1880, 179. [B 344, part, C 186, / /<"•>> C '78, R 211, C 260.] HAH. Eastern North America, west to the Rocky Mountains, north to Great Slave Lake, and south to Eastern Mexico. ORDER PASSERES. 273 560 #. Spizella socialis arizonae COUES. Western Chipping Sparrow. Spizella socialis var. arizonce COUES, Key, 1872, 143. [B 359, part, C 178 a, R 211 a, C 270.] HAB. Western United States, from the Rocky Mountains to the Pacific, south in winter to Middle and Western Mexico. 561. Spizella pallida (SWAINS.). Clay-colored Sparrow. Emberiza pallida SWAINS. F. B. A. II. 1831, 251. Spizella pallida BONAP. Geog. & Comp. List, 1838, 33. [B 360, C 180, R 212, C 272.] HAB. Interior of North America, from Illinois and Iowa west to the Rocky Mountains, Arizona, and Cape St. Lucas, and from Texas north to the Saskatchewan Plains. 562. Spizella breweri CASS. Brewer's Sparrow. Spizella breweri CASS. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. Feb. 1856, 40. [B36i, C iSort, R 2i3,C 273.] HAB. Western United States, from the eastern base of the Rocky Mountains to the Pacific coast. Accidental in Massachusetts. 563. Spizella pusilla (WILS.). Field Sparrow. Fring ilia pusilla WILS. Am. Orn. II. 1810, 121, pi. 16, fig. 2. Spizella pusilla BONAP. Geog. & Comp. List, 1838, 33. [B358, C 179, R 214, C 271.] HAB. Eastern United States and Southern Canada, west to the Plains. « 564. Spizella wortheni RIDGW. Worthen's Sparrow. Spizella wortheni RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VII. Aug. 22, 1884, 259. 18 2/4 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [B -, C - R - C -.] HAB. New Mexico and Western Texas. 565. Spizella atrigularis (CAB.). Black-chin iu .1 Sparrow. Spiniles atrigularis CAB. Mus. Hein. I. 1851, 133. Spizdla atrigularis BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 476. [B362, C 181, R2i5, C 274.] HAB. Southern border of the United States, from Texas to Cali- fornia, south into Mexico. GENUS JTJNCO WAGLER. Junco WAGLER, Isis, 1831, 526. Type, /. phceonotus WAGL. = Fringilla cinerea SWAINS. 586. Junco aikeni RIDGW. White-winged Junco. Junco hyemalis var. aikeni RIDGW. Am. Nat. VII. Oct. 1873, 612, 614. Junco aikeni RIDGW. Field & Forest, May, 1877, 198. [B— , C 174 a, R 216, C 262.] HAB. Colorado, north to the Black Hills, where it breeds. 567. Junco hyemalis (Lixx.). Slate-colored Junco. Fringilla //;•<• v/.?//c LINN S. N. eel. 10, I. 1758, 183. Junco hyemalis SCL. P. Z. S. 1857, 7. [B 354, C 174, R 217. C 261.] HAB. North America at large, but chiefly east of the Rocky Moun- tains, breeding from the higher parts of the Alleghanies and Northern New York and Northern New England northward. South in winter to the Gulf States. 567 a. Junco hyemalis oregonus (TOWNS.). Oregon Junco. Fringilla oregona TOWNS. Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. VII. 1837, 188. Junco hyemalis var. oregonus RIDGW. Am. Nat. VII. Oct. 1873, 612. ORDER PASSERES. 2/5 [B352, C. 175, R2i8, €263.] HAB. Western United States, northward to Alaska, east to the Plains, south, in winter, to New Mexico, Arizona, and Southern Cali- fornia. Accidental in Michigan and Massachusetts. 568. Junco annectens BAIRD. Pink-sided Junco. Junco annectens BAIRD, Orn. Cal. I. 1870, 564. [B— , C— , R 219, C 264.] HAB. Rocky Mountain region, from Arizona and New Mexico (in winter) north to Idaho and Montana. 569. Junco caniceps (WOODH.). Gray-headed Junco. Strut/tits caniceps WOODH. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. Dec. 1852, 202. Junco caniceps BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 468. - [P'353, C 176, R 220, C265.] HAB. Rocky Mountain region, from the Black Hills to the Wah- salch and Uintah Mountains, south to New Mexico and Arizona. 570. Junco cinereus palliatus RIDGW. Arizona Junco. Junco cinereus palliatus RIDGW. Auk, II. Oct. 1885, 364. [B 350, /#;'/, C — , R 222, part, C 267, part^\ HAB. Mountains of Southern Arizona, and probably southward into Western Mexico, 570 rt. Junco cinereus dorsalis HENRY. Red-backed Junco. Junco dorsalis HENRY, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1858, 117. Junco cinereus dorsalis RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mas. VIII. 1885, 355. [B3Si, C— R22i, C 266.] HAB. Mountains of New Mexico and Eastern Arizona. 276 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 571. Junco bairdi BELDING. Baird's Junco. Junco bairdi BELDING, Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VI. Oct. 5, 1883, 155. [B — C— , R— ,C-.] HAB. Lower California. 672. Junco insularis RIDGW. Guadalupe Junco. Junco insularis RIDGW. Bull. U. S. Geol. & Geog. Surv. Terr. II. No. 2, April i, 1876, 188. [B— , C— R223, C— .] HAB. Guadalupe Island, Lower California. GENUS AMFHISPIZA COUES. Amphispiza COUES, B. Northwest, 1875, 234- Type, Emberiza bilineata CASS. 573. Amphispiza bilineata (CASS.). Black-throated Sparrow. Emberiza bilineata CASSIN, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. Oct. 1850, 104, pl- 3- Amphispiza bilineata COUES, B. Northwest, 1875, 234. [B355, C 172, R 224, C 258.] HAB. Western United States, from Western Texas and the Indian Territory west to California, north throughout the Great Basin, and south into Mexico. 574. Amphispiza belli (CASS.). Bell's Sparrow. Emberiza belli CASSIX, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. Oct. 1850, 104, pl. 4. Amphispiza bellii COUES, B. Northwest, 1875, 234. [8356, C 173, R 225, C 259.] HAB. California. ORDER PASSERES. 2/7 5740. Amphispiza belli nevadensis (RIDGW.). Sage Sparrow. Poospiza belli var. nevadensis RIDGW. Bull. Essex Inst. V. Nov. 1873, 191. Amphispiza belliivur. nevadensis COUES, B. Northwest, 1875, 234. [B — , C 173 a, R 225 0, C 260.] HAB. Southeastern Wyoming, Utah, and Nevada, south to Arizona and Mexico, and east to Colorado and New Mexico. GENUS PEUC-SIA AUDUBON. Peuccsa AUD. Synop. 1839, 112. Type, Fringilla bachmani AUD. 575. Feucaea aestivalis (LIGHT.). Pine-woods Sparrow. Fringilla csstivalis LIGHT. Verz. Doubl. 1823, 25. Peuccza cestivalis CAB. Mus. Hein. I. 1850, 132. [B 370, part, C 170, part, R 226, C 251.] HAB. Florida and Southern Georgia. 575 a. Peucsea aestivalis bachmanii (AUD.). Bachman's Sparrow. Fringilla bachmanii AUD. Orn. Biog. II. 1834, 366, pi. 165. Peuceea csstivalis bachmani BREWST. Auk, II. Jan. 1885, 106. [B $70, part, C ijo^art, R 226 a, C 252.] HAB. South Carolina and Alabama, west to Texas, and north to Southern Illinois and Southern Indiana. 576. Feucaea arizonae RIDGW. Arizona Sparrow. Peuccsa cestivalis var. arisonoe RIDGW. Am. Nat. VII. Oct. 1873, 615. Peuccea arizoncs RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. I. Aug. 15, 1878, 127. [B— , C 170 tf, R 227, C 253.] HAB. Southern Arizona and Sonora. 278 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 577. Peuceea mexicana (LAWR.). Mexican Sparrow. Coturniculus mexicanus LAWR. Ann. Lye. N. Y. VIII. May, 1867, 474. (Mts. of Colima.) Peuceea mexicana RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. No. 7, May 23, 1885, 99. [B _ C -, R -, C -.] HAB. Valley of the Lower Rio Grande in Texas south into Central and Western Mexico. 578. Peuczea cassini (WOODH.). Cassia's Sparrow. Zonotrichia cassini WOODH. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. April, 1852, 60. Pencaa cassini BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 458. [B37i, C 170 to, R 228, C 254.] HAB. Plains of Kansas southward and westward, through Texas, New Mexico, and Arizona, into Mexico. 579. PeuCcea carpalis COUES. Rufous-winged Sparrow7. Peucaa carpalis COUES, Arn. Nat. VII. June, 1873, 322- [B — , C 171 l>is, R 229, C 257.] HAB. Arizona. 580. Feuccea ruficeps (CASS.). Rufous-crowned Sparrow. A mmodromiis ruficcps CASS. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. Oct. 1852, 184. PcuccEa ruficeps BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 486. [B372, C 171, R 230, C 255.] HAB. Coast of California, south to Cape St. Lucas. 580 a. Peucsea ruficeps boucardi (SCL.). Boucard's Sparrow. Zonotrichia boucardi SCLATER, P. Z. S. 1867, I, pi. i. Pcjiccsa ruficeps boucardi RIDGW. Hist. N. Am. B. II. 1874, 38. ORDER PASSERES. 2/0 [B—,C—,R 2300,0 256.] HAB. Southern New Mexico and Southern Arizona, south into i Mexico. 580^. Peuccea ruficeps eremoeca BROWN. Rock Sparrow. Peuccea ruficeps eremosca BROWN, Bull. Nutt. Orn. Cl. VII. Jan. 1882, 26. [B _ C — , R — , C — .] HAB. Southwestern Texas, south into Eastern Mexico. GENUS MELOSPIZA BAIRD. * Melospiza BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 478. Type, Fringilla melodia WILS. = F. fasciata GMEL. 581. Melospiza fasciata (GMEL.). Song Sparrow. Fringilla fasciata GMEL. S. N. I. 1788, 922. Melospiza fasciata SCOTT, Am. Nat. X. 1876, 18. [B 363, C 169, R 231, C 244.] HAB. Eastern United States to the Plains, breeding from Virginia and the northern portion of the Lake States northward. 581 a. Melospiza fasciata fallax (BAIRD). Desert Song Sparrow. Zonotrichia fallax BAIRD, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. June, 1854, 119 (nee Melospiza fallax auctorum plurimorum !). Melospiza fasciata fallax HEXSH. Auk, I. July, 1884, 224. [B 367, C 169 a, par/, R 231 a, part, C 245, part.~\ HAB. New Mexico and Arizona. 581 £. Melospiza fasciata montana HENSH. Mountain Song Sparrow. Melcspiza fasciata montana HENSH AW, Auk, I. July, 1884, 224. 280 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [B — , C i^ a, part, R 23 i a, part, C 2^, part.~\ HAB. Colorado, Utah, Nevada, and northward. 581 c. Melospiza fasciata heermanni (BAIRD). Hen-maim s Song Sparrow. Mclospisa heermanni BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 478. Melospiza fasciata '(>. iucrmanni RiDGW. Bull. Nutt. Orn. Cl. III. April, iS/y, 66. [B364, C 1 69 ^ R 231^, C 248.] HAB. Interior of Southern California, east into Western Nevada. 581 d. Melospiza fasciata samnelis (BAIRD). Samuels's Song Sparrow. % Atnmodromus samuelis BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 455. Melospiza fasciata samuelis RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. III. Aug. 24, 1880, I So. > 365> c l69^ R 231 r, C 249.] HAB. Coast region of California. 581 e. Melospiza fasciata guttata (NUTT.). Rusty Song SparroWo Fringilla guttata NUTT ALL, Man. Orn. I. ed. 2, 1840, 581. Melospiza fasciata ft. guttata RIDGW. Bull. Nutt. Orn. Cl. III. April, 1878, 66. [B — , C 169 b, R 231 d, C 246.] HAB. Coast region of Oregon and Washington Territory, south in winter to San Francisco, California. 581/. Melospiza fasciata rufina (BONAP.). Sooty Song Sparrow. Passcrclla rufina BOXAP. Consp. Av. I. July 15, 1850, 477. Melospiza fasciata rufina RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. III. Aug. 24, 1880, 180. [B366, C 169 c, R 231 c,C 247-] II.'.:: Coast region of British Columbia, north to Sitka. ORDER PASSERES. 28 1 582. Melospiza cinerea (GMEL.). Aleutian Song Sparrow. Fringilla cinerea GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 922. Melospiza cinerea RIDGVV. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. III. Aug. 24, 1880, 180. [B— , C i69/ R 232, C 250.] HAB. Aleutian and Prybilof Islands, and east to Fort Kenai, Alaska. 583. Melospiaa lincolni (Aui>.). Lincoln's Sparrow. Fringilla lincolni AUD. Orn. Biog. II. 1834, 539, pi. 193. Melospisa lincolni BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 482. [B 368, C 167, R 234, C 242.] HAB. North America at large, breeding chiefly north of the United States and in the higher parts of the Rocky Mountains; south, in win- ter, to Guatemala. 584. Melospiza georgiana (LATH.). Swamp Sparrow. Fringilla georgiana LATH. Ind. Orn I 1790, 460. Melospiza georgiana RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 355. [B 369, C 1 68, R 233, C 243.] HAB. Eastern North America to the Plains, accidentally to Utah, north to the British Provinces, including Newfoundland and Labrador. Breeds from the Northern States northward, and winters in the Mid- dle States and southward. GENUS PASSERELLA SWAINSON. Passerella SWAINS. Classif. B. II. 1837, 288. Type, Fringilla iliaca GMEL. 585. Passerella iliaca (MERR.). Fox Sparrow. Fringilla iliaca MEKREM, " Beitr. zur besond. Gesch. der Vogel, II. 1786-87, 40, pi. x." Passerella iliaca SWAINS. Classif. B. II. 1837, 288. 282 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [B374, C 1 88, R235, C 282.] HAB. Eastern North America, west to the Plains and Alaska (val- ley of the Yukon to the Pacific), and from the Arctic coast south to the Gulf States. Breeds north of the United States ; winters chiefly south of the Potomac and Ohio Rivers. A 585(7. Passerella iliaca unalaschcensis (GMEL.). Towusend's Sparrow. Emberisa unalaschcensis GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788. 875. Passerella iliaca unalascensis RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. III. Aug. 24, iSSo, 181. [B375. C 189, R235rt, C283.] HAB. Pacific co.ibt region, from Kadiak south, in winter, to South- ern California. Breeds north of the United States. 585 £. Passerella iliaca megarhyncha (BAIRD). Thick-billed Sparrow. Passerella megarhyncha BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 925. Pc.sserella iliaca megarhyncha RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. III. Aug. 24, iSSo, 181. k [B376rt, C— , R235£, C 285.] HAB. Sierra Nevada and Coast Range, California. 585 c. Passerella iliaca schistacea (BAIRD). Slate-colored Sparrow. Passerella schistacea BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 490. Passerella iliaca var. schis/acca ALLEN, Bull. M. C. Z. III. 1872, 168. [B376, C 189 *, R235r, C 284.] HAB. Rocky Mountain region of the United States, east, in win- ter, to the Plains (Kansas), west to Nevada and California. GENUS EMBERNAGRA LESSON. Embcrnazra LESS. Trnite, 1831, 465. Type, E. duinciornm LESS. = Ember iza platen sis G.MI.L. ORDER PASSERES. 283 586. Embernagra rufivirgata LAWR. Texas Sparrow. Embernagra rufivirgata LAWR. Ann. Lye. N. Y. V. May, 1851, 112, pi. 5, fig. 2. [B 373, C 209, R 236, C 311.] HAB. Valley of the Lower Rio Grande in Texas and Eastern Mexico. GENUS PIPILO VIEILLOT. Pipilo VIEILL. Analyse, 1816, 32. Type, Fringilla erythrophlhalma LINN. 587. Pipilo erythrophthalmus (LINN.). Towhee. Fringilla erythrophthal&a LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 180. Pipilo erythrophthalmus VIEILL. Gal. Ois. I. 1824, 109, pi. go. [6391, C 204, R 237, 0301.] HAB. Eastern United States and Southern Canada, west to the Plains. 587 a. Pipilo erythrophthalmus alleiii COUES. White-eyed Towhee. Pipilo erythrophthalmus var. allcni COUES, Am. Nat. V. Aug. 1871, 366. [B — , C 204^7, R 237^7, C 302.] HAB. Florida. 588. Pipilo maculatus arcticus (SWAINS.). Arctic Towhee. Pyrgita (Pipilo) arctica SWAINS. F. B. A. II. 1831, 260, pis. 51, 52. Pipilo maculatus var. arcticus COUES, Key, 1872, 152. CB 393, C 205 a, R 238, C 304.] HAB. Plains of the Platte, Upper Missouri, Yellowstone, and Sas- katchewan Rivers, west to the eastern slope of the Rocky Mountains, south in winter to Kansas, Colorado, and Texas. 284 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 538 a. Pipilo maculatus megalonyx (BAIRD). Spurred Towliee. Pipilo megalonyx BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 515. Pipilo iHuculiitus var. megalonyx Couiis, Key, 1872. 152. [B 394, C 205 b, R 238 a, C 305.] HAB. Rocky Mountain region of the United States, west to the Sierra Nevada and Southern California. 588 1. Pipilo maculatus oregonus (BELL). Oregon Towliee. Pipilo oregonus BELL, Ann. Lye. N. Y. V. 1852, 6. Pipilo ma.nlattts var. oregonus COUES, Key, 1872, 152. [B 392, C 205, R 238^303.] HAB. Pacific coast region, from Washington Territory south to San Francisco, California. 589. Pipilo consobrinus RIDGW. Guadalupe Towliee. Pipilo macnlains consobrinus RIDGW. Bull. U. S. Geol. & Geog. Surv. Terr. II. No. 2, April i. 1876, 189. Pipilo consobrinus RIDGW. Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, II. July, 1877, 60. [B— C— , R238r, C— .] HAB. Guadalupe Island, Lower California. 590. Pipilo chlomrus (TOWNS.). Green-tailed Towhee. Fringilla chlomra " TOWNS." AUD. Orn. Biog. V. 1839, 336. Pipilo cltlorurus BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 519. [B 398, C 208, R239, C3io.] HAB. Interior Plateau region of the United States, from the west- ern border of the Plains to the Sierra Nevada, from about lat. 40° south into Mexico. ORDER PASSERES. 285 591. Pipilo fuscus mesoleucus (BAIRD). Cauon Towhee. Pipilo mesoleucus BAIRD, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. June, 1854, 119. Pipilo fuscus var. mesoleucus RIDGVV. Bull. Essex Inst. V. Nov. 1873. 183. [B 397, C 206, R 240, C 306.] HAB. Southern border of the United States, from the valley of the Upper Rio Grande west to the valley of the Gila, south into Western Mexico. 591 a. Pipilo fuscus albigula (BAIRD). Saint Lucas Towhee. Pipilo albigiila BAIRD, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. Nov. 1859, 3° 5- Pipilo fuscus var. albigula COUES, Key, 1872, 152. [B — , C 206 a, R 240 a, C 307.] HAB. Lower California. 591 £. Pipilo fuscus crissalis (Vic.). Calif ornian Towhee. Fringilla crissalis VIG. Zool. Bios. 1839, 19. Pipilo fuscus var. crissalis COUES, Key. 1872, 153. [B 396, C 206 £, R 240 £, C 308.] HAB. California. 592. Pipilo aberti BAIRD. Abert's Towhee. Pipilo aberti BAIRD, STANSBURY'S Rep. Exped. Utah, 1852, 325. [B 395, C 207, R 241, C 309.] HAB. New Mexico and Arizona, north into Southern Colorado and Utah. GENUS CARDINALIS BONAPARTE. Cardinalis BONAP. P. Z. S. 1837, ill. Type, C. virginianus BoNAP. = Loxia cardinalis LINN. 286 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 593. Cardinalis cardinalis (LINN.). Cardinal. Loxia cardinalis LINN. S. N. ed. 10, 1758, 172. Cardinalis cardinalis LIGHT. Nomencl. Mus. Berol. 1854,44. [B 390, C 203, R 242, C 299.] HAB. Eastern United States, north to New Jersey and the Ohio Valley (casually farther), west to the Plains. 593 a. Cardinalis cardinalis superbiis RIDGW. Arizona Cardinal. Cardinalis cardinalis superbiis RIDGW. Auk, II. Oct. 1883, 344. [B — , C 2030, part, R 242 a, part, C 300, part.'] HAB. Arizona and Western Mexico. 593 b. Cardinalis cardinalis igneus (BAIRD). Saint Lucas Cardinal. Cardinalis igneus BAIRD, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1859, 305. Cardinalis cardinalis igneus STEJN. Auk, I. 1884, 171. [B — , C 203^7, part, R 242 a, part, C 300, pctrt.~\ HAB. Lower California. GENUS PYRRHULOXIA BONAPARTE. Pyrrhuloxia BONAP. Consp. Av. I. 1850, 500. Type, Cardinalis sinuatus BONAP. 594. Pyrrhuloxia sinuata BONAP. Texan Cardinal. Cardinalis sinuatus BONAP. P. Z. S. 1837, in. Pyrrhuloxia sinuata BONAP. Consp. Av. I. 1850, 500. [B 389, C 202, R 243, C 298.] HAB. Southern border of the United States, from the valley of the I . >\ver Rio Grande westward and southward. ORDER PASSERES. 287 GENUS HABIA REICHENBACH. Habia REICH. Syst. Av. June i, 1850, pi. Ixxviii. Type, Guiraca melanocephala SWAINS. 595. Habia ludoviciana (LINN.). Rose-breasted Grosbeak. Loxia ludoviciana LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 306. Habia ludoviciana STEJN. Auk, 1. Oct. 1884, 367. [B 380, C 193, R 244, C 289.] HAB. Eastern United States and Southern Canada, west to the eastern border of the Plains, south, in winter, to Cuba, Central Amer- ica, and Northern South America. 590. Habia melanocephala (SWAINS.). Black-headed Grosbeak. Guiraca melanocephala SWAINS. Philos. Mag. I. 1827, 438. Habia melanocephala STEJN. Auk, I. Oct. 1884, 367. [B 381, C 194, R 245, C 290.] HAB. Western United States, from Middle Kansas to the Pacific coast, and south into Mexico. GENUS GUIRACA SWAINSON. Guiraca SWAINS. Zool. Jour. III. Nov. 1827, 350. Type, Loxia ccerulea LINN. 597. Guiraca cserulea (LINN.). Blue Grosbeak. Loxia ccerulea LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 175. Guiraca ccerulea SWAINS. Phil. Mag. I. 1827, 438. [6382, C 195, R 246, C 291.] HAB. Southern half of the United States, from the Atlantic to the Pacific, south into Mexico. 288 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. GENUS PASSERINA VIEILLOT. Passerina VIEILL. Analyse, 1816, 30. Type, by elimination, Tanagra cyanea LINN. 598. Passerina cyanea (LINN.). Indigo Bunting. Tanagra cyanea LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 315. Passerina cyanea VIEILL. Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. XXV. 1817, 7. [B 387, C 199, R 248, C 295.] HAD. Eastern United States, south in winter to Veragua. 599. Passerina amoena (SAY). Lazuli Bunting. Emberiza amcena SAY, LONG'S Exp. II. 1823, 47. Passerina amcena GRAY, Handl. II. 1870, 97. [B 386, C 200, R 249, C 296.] HAD. Western United States, from the Plains to the Pacific, south into Mexico. 600. Passerina versicolor (BONAP.). Varied Bunting. Spiza versicolor BONAP. P. Z. S. 1837, 120. Passerina versicolor GRAY, Handl. II. 1870, 97. [B 38S,C 197, R 250, C 293.] HAB. From the valley of the Lower Rio Grande in Texas and Lower California southward to Guatemala. Accidental in Southern Michigan. . Passerina ciris (LINN.). Painted Bunting. Emberiza ciris LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 179. Passerina ciris VIEILL. Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. XXV. 1817, 17. [1*384,0 196, R 251; €292.] HAB. South Atlantic and Gulf States, north to North Carolina and Southern Illinois, and south to Panama. ORDER PASSERES. 289 GENUS SPOROPHILA CABANIS. Sporophila CABANIS, Fauna Peruana, 1844, 211. 602. Sporophila morelleti (BONAP.). Morellet's Seed-eater. Spermophila morelleti " PUCHERAN," BONAP. Consp. Av. I, 1850,497. Sporophila morelleti CABANIS, Mus. Hein. I. 1851, 150. [B 388, C 200, R 252, C 296.] HAB. Valley of the Lower Rio Grande in Texas, south through Mexico to Costa Rica. GENUS EITETHEIA REICHENBACH. Etietheia REICH. Av. Syst. Nat. Knacker, "June i, 1850," pi. Ixxix. Type, Einberiza lepida LINN. 603. Euetheia bicolor (LINN.). Grassqviit. Frin^illa bicolor LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 324. Euethia bicolor GUNDLACH, J. f. O. XXII. 1874, 312. [B— , C 201, R 253, C 297.] HAB. West Indies. Accidental or casual in Southern Florida. GENUS SPIZA BONAPARTE. Spiza BONAP. Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. IV. i. Aug. 1824, 45. Type, Emberiza americana GMEL. 604. Spiza americana (GMEL.). Dickcissel. Emberiza americana GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 872. Spiza americana RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. III. March 27, 1880, 3. [B378, C 191, R 254, C 287.] HAB. Eastern United States to the Rocky Mountains, north to Massachusetts, New York, Wisconsin, and Minnesota, and south in winter through Central America to Northern South America. 19 290 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. GENUS CALAMOSPIZA BONAPARTE. Calamospiza BONAP. Geog. & Comp. List, 1838, 30. Type, Fringilla bicolor Towxs. = Calamospiza melanocorys STEJN. G05. Calamospiza melanocorys STEJN. Lark Bunting. Calamospiza melanocorys STEJN. Auk, II. Jan. 1885, 49. [B377, C 190, R 256, C 286.] HAB. From the Plains of Dakota and Middle Kansas west to the Rocky Mountains, less commonly thence to the Pacific, and south to Northern Mexico and Lower California. Accidental in Massa- chusetts. FAMILY TANAGRID^B. TANAGERS. GENUS EUPHONIA DESMAREST. Euphonia DESM. Hist. Nat. Tang. 1805, — . Type, Pipra musica GMEL. ? COG. Euphonia elegantissima (BONAP.). Blue-headed Euphoiiia. Pipra elegantissima BONAP. P. Z. S. 1837, 112. Euphonia elegantissima GRAY, Gen. 13. App. 1849, 17. [B 224, C— , R 1 60, C— .] HAB. Eastern Mexico, and south to Vcragua. Texas (GiRAUD). GENUS PIRANGA VIEILLOT. Piranha VIEILL. Ois. Am. Sept. I. 1807, p. iv. Type, Muscicapa rubra LINN. (107. Piranga ludoviciana (W'ILS.). Louisiana Tanager. Tanagra ludoviciana WILS. Am. Orn. III. iSn, 27, pi. 20, fig. I. Pyranga ludoviciana RICHARDSON, Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sci. V. 1837, 175- ORDER PASSERES. 291 [B 223, C no, R 162, C 158.] HAB. Western United States, from the Great Plains to the Pacific. In winter south to Guatemala. 608. Piranga erythromelas VIEILL. Scarlet Tanager. Pyranga erylhromelas VIEILL. Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. XXVIII. 1819, 293 (= Pyranga rubra Aucx., nee Fringilla rubra LINN.). [B 220, C 107, R 161, C 154.] HAB. Eastern United States, west to the Plains, and north to Southern Canada. In winter the West Indies, Central America, and Northern South America. 609. Piranga hepatica SWAINS. Hepatic Tanager. Pyranga hepatica SWAINS. Phil. Mag. I. 1827, 438. [B 222, C 109, R 163, C 157.] HAB. Southern New Mexico and Southern Arizona southward. 610. Piranga rubra (LINN.). Summer Tanager. Fringilla rubra LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 181. Piranga rubra VIEILL. Ois. Am. Sept. I. 1807, p. iv. [B 221, C 1 08, R 164, C 155.] HAB. Eastern United States, to the Plains, north to Southern New Jersey and Southern Illinois, casually north to Connecticut and Ontario, and accidentally to Nova Scotia. In winter, Cuba, Central America, and Northern South America. 610 a. Piranga rubra cooperi RIDGW. Cooper's Tanager. Pyranga cooperi RIDGW. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1869, 130. Piranga rubra cooperi RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 354. 292 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [B — , C 1 08 a, R 164 a, C 156.] HAB. New Mexico and Arizona, south into Western Mexico. FAMILY HIRUNDINID^J. SWALLOWS. GENUS PROGNE BOIE. Progne BOIE, I sis, 1826, 971. Type, Hirnndo subis LINX. 611. Progne subis (LINN.). Purple Martin. Hirundo subis LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 192. Progne subis BAIRD, Rev. Am. B. I. May, 1865, 274. [B23i, C 117, R 152, C 165.] HAB. Temperate North America, south to Mexico. GENUS PETROCHELIDON CABANIS. Petrochelidon CAB. Mus. Hein. I. 1850, 47. Type, Hirundo melano- gastra SWAINS. 612. Petrochelidon lunifrons (SAY). Cliff Swallow. Hirundo lunifrons SAY, LONG'S Exp. II. 1823. 47. Petrochelidon lunifrons BAIKD, Rev. Am. B. I. May, 1865, 288. . [B 226, C 114, R 153, C 162.] HAB. North America at large, and south to Brazil and Paraguay. GENUS CHELIDON FORSTER. Chelidon FORST. Synop. Cat. Brit. B. 1817, 55. Type, Hirundo rustica LINN. 613. Chelidon erythrogaster (BODD.). Barn Swallow. Hit-undo erythrogaster Bonn. Tabl. P. E. 1783,45. Chelidon erythrogastra STEJN. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. V. June 5, 1882, 31. ORDER PASSERES. 293 [B225, C in, R 154, C 159.] HAB. North America in general, from the Fur Countries southward to the West Indies, Central America, and South America. GENUS TACHYCINETA CABANIS. Tachycineta CAB. Mus. Hein. I. 1850, 48. Type, Hirundo thalassina SWAINS. 614. Tachycineta bicolor (VIEILL.). Tree Swallow. Hirundo bicolor VIEILL. Ois. Am. Sept. I. 1807, 61, pi. 31. Tachycineta bicolor CAB. Mus. Hein. I. 1850, 48. [B 227, C 112, R 155, C 160.] HAB. North America at large, from the Fur Countries southward, in winter, to the West Indies and Central America. 615. Tachycineta thalassina (SWAINS.). Violet-green Swallow. Hirundo thalassinus SWAINS. Phil. Mag. I. 1827, 366. Tachycineta thalassina CAB. Mus. Hein. I. 1850, 48. [B 228, C 113, R 156, C 161.] HAB. Western United States, from the eastern base of the Rocky Mountains to the Pacific, south to Guatemala. GENUS CLIVICOLA FORSTER. Clivicola FORST. Synop. Cat. Brit. B. 1817, 55. Type, Hirundo riparia LINN. 616. Clivicola riparia (LINN.). Bank Swallow. Hirundo riparia LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 192. Clivicola riparia STEJN. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. V. 1882, 32. [B 229, C 115, R 157, C 163.] HAB. Northern Hemisphere ; in America, south to the West Indies, Central America, and Northern South America. 294 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. GENUS STELGIDOPTERYX BAIRD. Stelgidopteryx BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 312. Type, Hinuido serri- pennis AUD. 617. Stelgidopteryx serripennis (AUD.). Rough-winged Swallow. Hirundo serripennis AUD. Orn. Biog. IV. 1838, 593. Stelgidopteryx serripennis BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 312. [6230, C 116, R 158, C 164.] HAB. United States at large (in the Eastern States north to Con- necticut), south to Guatemala. FAMILY AMPELIDJE. WAXWINGS, ETC. SUBFAMILY AMPELIN^E. WAXWINGS. GENUS AMFELIS LINNAEUS. Ampelis LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 297. Type, by elimination, A. garrulus LINN. 618. Ampelis garrulus LINN. Bohemian Waxwing. Lanius garrulus LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 95. Ampelis garrulus LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 297. [B 232, C 1 18, R 150, C 166.] HAB. Northern parts of the Northern Hemisphere. In North America, south in winter, irregularly, to the Northern United States. 619. Ampelis cedrorum (VIEILL.). Cedar Waxwing. Bombycilla cedrorum VIEILL. Ois. Am. Sept. I. 1807, 88, pi. 57. Ampelis cedrorum GRAY, Gen. B. I. 1846, 278. ORDER PASSERES. 295 [B 233, C 119, R 151, C 167.] HAB. North America at large, from the Fur Countries southward. In winter south to Guatemala and the West Indies. SUBFAMILY PTILIOGONATIN^J. GENUS PHAINOPEPLA SCLATER. Phainopepla SCL. P. Z. S. 1858, 543. Type, Ptiliogonys nitens SWAINS. 620. Phainopepla nitens (SWAINS.). Phainopepla. Ptiliogonys nitens SWAINS. Anitn. in Menag. 1838, 285. Phainopepla nitens SCL. P. Z. S. 1858, 543. [B 234, C 120, R26, C 168.] HAB. Southwestern United States, from Southwestern Texas west- ward to California, north to Southern Utah and Nevada, and south into Mexico. FAMILY LANIID-33. SHRIKES. GENUS LANIUS LINNAEUS. Lanius LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 93. Type, by elimination, L. e.vcubitor LINN. 621. Lanius borealis VIEILL. Northern Shrike. Lanius borealis VIEILL. Ois. Am. Sept. I. 1807, 90, pi. 50. [B 236, C 134, R 148, C 186.] HAB. Northern North America, south in winter to the middle por- tions of the United States (Washington, D. C., Kentucky, Kansas, Colorado, Arizona, Northern California). 296 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 622. Lanius ludovicianus LINN. Loggerhead Shrike. Lanius ludovicianus LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 134. [6237, C 135, R 149, C 187. HAB. Florida, the Carolinas, and the Gulf States east of Texas. 6220. Lanius ludovicianus excubitorid.es (SWAINS.). White-rumped Shrike. Lanius excubitorides SWAINS. Fauna Bor. Am. II. 1831, 115, pi. 34. Lanius ludovicianus var. excubitoroides COUES, Key, 1872, 125. [B238, C 135 a, R 149 a,C 188.] HAB. Western United States, east to the Middle and New England States, breeding as far north as Northern New York and Northern New England. Rare or local east of the Alleghanies. FAMILY VIREONID2E. VIREOS. GENUS VIREO VIEILLOT. SUBGENUS VIREOSYLVA BONAPARTE. Vierosylva BONAP. Geog. & Comp. List, 1838, 26. Type, Muscicapa olivacea LINN. [623.] Vireo altiloquus barbatulus (CAB.). Black-whiskered Vireo. Phyllomanes barbatulus CAB. J. f. O. 1855, 467. Vireo altiloquus var. barbatulus COUES, Key, 1872, 120. [B 243, C 123, R 137, C 172.] HAB. Bahamas, Cuba, and Southern Florida. 624. Vireo olivaceus (LINN.). Kcd-cyed Vireo. Muscica/)a olivacea LINX. S. N. ed. 12. I. 1766, 327. I'irco olivaceus BONAP. Ann. Lye. N. Y. II. 1826, 71. ORDER PASSERES. 297 [B 240, C 122, R 135, C 170.] HAB. Eastern North America, to the Rocky Mountains, north to the arctic regions. 625. Vireo flavoviridis (CASS.). Yellow-green Vireo. Vireosylvia flavoviridis CASS. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. V. Feb. 1851, 152. Vireo flavoviridis BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 332. [B24i, C— , R 136, C 171.] HAB. Valley of the Lower Rio Grande in Texas, southward to Panama. Accidental at Godbout, Province of Quebec. 628. Vireo philadelphicus (CASS.). Philadelphia Vireo. Vireosylvia philadelphica CASS. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. V. Feb. 1851, 153, pi. 10, fig. 2. Vireo philadelphicus BAIRD, B. N. Am. -1858, 335. [B 244, C 124, R 138, C 173.] HAB. Eastern North America, north to Hudson's Bay ; south, in winter, to Costa Rica. 627. Vireo gilvus (VIEILL.). Warbling Vireo. Muscicapa gilva VIEILL. Ois. Am. Sept. I. 1807, 65, pi. 34. Vireo gilvus BONAP. Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci Phila IV. 1824, 176. [B 245, C 125, 1250, R 139, 1390, C 174, 175.] HAB. North America in general, from the Fur Countries to Mexico. SUBGENUS LANIVIREO BAIRD. Lanivireo BAIRD, Rev. Am. B. I May, 1866, 345. Type, Vireo fla- vifrons VIEILL. 628. Vireo flavifrons VIEILL. Yellow-throated Vireo. Vireo flavifrons VIEILL. Ois. Am. Sepl. I. 1807, 85, pi. 54. 298 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [B 252, C 126, R 140, C 176.] HAB. Eastern United States ; south, in winter, to Costa Rica. G29. Vireo solitarius (WILS.). Blue-headed Vireo. Muscicapa solitaria WILS. Am. Orn. II. iSio, 43, pi. 17, fig. 6. Vireo solitarius VIEILL. Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. XXXVI. 1819, 103. [6250, C 127, R 141, C 177.] HAB. Eastern United States to the Plains. In winter, south to Mexico and Guatemala. 629 a. Vireo solitarius cassinii (XANTUS). Cassin's Vireo. Vireo cassinii XANT. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1858, 117. Vireo solilarins var. cassini HEXSH. Rep. Orn. Spec. (Wheeler's Exp.), 1874, 105. [6251, C— , R 141 a, C 178.] HAB. Western United States ; confined to the Pacific slope during the breeding season. G29£. Vireo solitarius plumbeus (COUES). Plumbeous Vireo. Vireo plumbeus COUES, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1866, 74. Vireo solitarius var. plumbeus ALLEX, Bull. M. C. Z. III. 1872, 176. [B — , C 127 a, R 141 b, C 179.] HAB. Western United States, from the eastern base of the Rocky Mountains westward, south into Mexico in winter. SUBGENUS VIREO VlEILLOT. Vireo VIEILL. Ois. Am. Sept. I. 1807, 83. Type, V. musicus VIEILL. = Muscicapa novcboraccnsis GMEL. 630. Vireo atricapillus WOODH. Black-capped Vireo. Vireo atricapillus WOODH. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1852, 60. [B427, C 133, R H2, C 185.] HAB. Mexico and Texas, and north to Kansas. ORDER PASSERES. 299 631. Vireo noveboracensis (GMEL.). White-eyed Vireo. Mtiscicapa noveboracensis GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 947. Vireo noveboracensis BONAP. Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. IV. 1824, 176. [B 248, C 129, R 143, C 181.] HAB. Eastern United States, west to the Rocky Mountains ; south, in winter, to Guatemala. Resident in the Bermudas. 632. Vireo huttoni CASS. Button's Vireo. Vireo huttoni CASS. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1851, 150, pi. 10, fig. r. [B 249, C 130, R 144, C 182.] HAB. California. 632 #. Vireo huttoni stephensi BREWST. Stephens's Vireo. Vireo huttoni stephensi BREWST. Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, VII. July, 1882, 142. [B- C- R— C— .] HAB. Arizona, Western Mexico, and Lower California. 633. Vireo bellii AUD. Bell's Vireo. Vireo bellii AUD. B. Am. VII. 1844, 333, pi. 485. [B 246, C 131, R 145, C 183.] HAB. Middle portion of the United States, from Illinois and Iowa west to the eastern base of the Rocky Mountains, south into Mexico. 633 #. Vireo bellii pusillus (COUES). Least Vireo. Vireo pusillus COUES, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1866, 76. Vireo bellii pusillus RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 354. 300 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [B— , C 132, R 146, C 184.] HAB. Arizona and California, south to Cape St. Lucas, and through- out Western Mexico. Cut. Vireo vicinior COUES. Gray Vireo. Vireo vicinior COUES, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1866, 75. [B— , C 128, R 147, C 180.] HAB. Western Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, and Southern Call- »• fornia. FAMILY CCEREBID-53. HONEY CREEPERS. GENUS CERTHIOLA SUNDEVALL. Certhiola SUND. Vet. Ak. Handl. Stockh. 1835, 99. Type, Certhia flaveola LINN. G35. Certhiola bahamensis REICH. Bahama Honey Creeper. Certhiola bahamensis REICH. Handb. I. 1853, 253. [6301, C 106, R 159, C 153.] HAB. Bahamas, and the Keys of the southeastern coast of Florida. FAMILY MNIOTILTID^J. WOOD WARBLERS. GENUS MNIOTILTA VIEILLOT. Mniotilta VIEILL. Analyse, 1816, 45. Type. Motacilla varia LINN. G36. Mniotilta varia (LINN.). Black and White Warbler. Affltacilfa varia LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 333. Mniotilta varia VIEILL. Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. XXI. 1818, 230. [R 167, C 57, R 74, 74", C 91, 92.] ORDER PASSERES. 3OI HAB. Eastern United States to the Plains, north to Fort Simpson, south, in winter, to Central America and the West Indies. GENUS FROTONOTARIA BAIRD. Protonotaria BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 239. Type, Motacilla citrea BODD. 637. Protonotaria citrea (BODD.). Protlionotary Warbler. Mctacilla citrea BODD. Tabl. P. E. 1783. 44. Protonotaria citrea BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 239. [B 169, C 59, R 75, C 95.] HAB. Eastern United States, chiefly southward ; in winter, Cuba and Central America. GENUS HELINAIA AUDUBON. Helinaia AUD. Synop. 1839, 66. Type, Sylvia swainsonii AUD. 638. Helinaia swainsonii AUD. Swainson's Warbler. Sylvia swainsonii AUD. Orn. Biog. II. 1834, 563, pi. 198. Helinaia swainsonii Aw. Synop. 1839, 66. [B 179, C 61, R 76, C 97.] HAB. Southeastern United States (South Carolina, Georgia, Flor- ida, Louisiana, Texas) and Jamaica. GENUS HELMITHBRUS RAFINESQUE. Helmitherus RAFIN. Journ. de Phys. LXXXVIII. 1819, 417. Type, Motacilla vermivora GMEL. 639. Helmitherus vermivorus (GMEL.). Worm-eating Warbler. Motacilla vermivora GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 951. Hehnitheros vermivora BONAP. Consp. Av. I. April 20, 1850, 314. 302 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [B 178, C 60, R 77, C 96.] HAD. Eastern United States, north to Southern New York and Southern New England, south, in winter, to Cuba and Central America. GENUS HELMINTHOPHILA RIDGWAY. Helminthophila RIDGW. Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, VII. Jan. 1882, 53. Type, Sylvia mficapilla WILS. 640. Helminthophila bachmani (AUD.). Bachman's Warbler. i^J-^-t Sylvia bachmani AUD. Qrn. Biog. II. 1834, 483, pi. 183. Helminthophila bachmani RIDGW. Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, VII. Jan. 1882, 53. [B 182, C 64, R78, C 103.] HAS. South Carolina and Georgia; Cuba, in winter. No recent record of its occurrence. G41. Helminthophila pinus (LINN.). Blue-winged Warbler. Certhia pinus LIXN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 187. Helminthophila pinus RIDGW. Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, VII. Jan. 1882, 53. [B 180, C 62, R 79, C 98.] HAB. Eastern United States, from Southern New York and South- ern New England southward. In winter, Mexico and Guatemala. C42. Helminthophila chrysoptera (LINN.). Golden-winged Warbler. Motacilla chrysoptera LIXN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 333. Hclminthophila chrysoptera RIDGW. Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, VII. Jan. 1882, 53. [B 181, C 63, R Si, C 102.] HAT,. Eastern United States; Central America in winter. ORDER PASSERES. 303 643. Helminthophila luciae (COOPER). Lucy's Warbler. Helminthophaga lucics COOPER, Pr. Cal. Ac. Sci. July, 1862, 120. Helminthophila lucics RIDGW. Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, VII. Jan. 1882, 54. [B— , C65, R83? C 104.] HAB. Valleys of the Colorado and Gila Rivers in Arizona and California. 644. Helminthophila Virginias (BAIRD). Virginia's Warbler. Helminthophaga Virginia BAIRD, B. N. Am. ed. 1860, Atlas, p. xi. foot-note, pi. 79. fig. i. Helminthophila Virginia RIDGW. Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, VII. Jan. 1882, 54. [B— , C 66, R84, C 105.] HAB. Rocky Mountain region of the United States, from Colorado, Utah, and Nevada southward. 645. Helminthophila ruficapilla (WILS.). Nashville Warbler. Sylvia ruficapilla WILS. Am. Orn. III. 1811, 120, pi. 27, n>. 3. Helminthophila ruficapilla RIDGW. Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, VII. Jan. 1882, 54. [B impart, C 67, part, R 85, part, C 106, part.~] HAB. Eastern North America to the Plains, north to the Fur Coun- tries, breeding from the Northern United States northward. Mexico in winter. 645 dr. Helminthophila ruficapilla gutturalis RIDGW. Calaveras Warbler. Helminthophaga rnficapilla var. gutturalis RIDGW. in Hist. N. Am. B. I. Jan. 1874, 191. Helminthophila rnficapilla gutturalis RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885,354. [B 183, part, C 67, -part, R 85, /#;-/, C 1 06, part.] HAB. Western United States, from the Rocky Mountains to the Pacific. 304 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 646. Helminthophila celata (SAY). Orange-crowned Warbler. Sylvia celata SAY, LONG'S Exp. I. 1823, 169. Helminthophila celata RIDGW. Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, VII. Jan. 1882, 54. [B 184, fart, C 68, R 86, C 107.] HAB. Eastern North America (rare, however, in the Northeastern United States), breeding as far northward as the Yukon and Mac- kenzie River districts, and southward through the Rocky Mountains, and wintering in the South Atlantic and Gulf States and Mexico. 646 #. Helminthophila celata lutescens (RIDGW.). Lutescent Warbler. Helminthophaga celata var. lutescens RIDGW. Am. Jour. Sci. & Arts, 1872, 457. Helminthophila celata lutescens BREWST. Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, VII. April, 1882, 85. [B 184, part, C 68 a, R 86 a, C 108.] HAB. Pacific coast of North America, eastward, during migrations, to the Rocky Mountains, and northward to Kadiak, Alaska. 647. Helminthophila peregrina (WILS.). Tennessee Warbler. Sylvia peregrina WILS. Am. Orn. III. 1811, 83. pi. 25, fig. 2. Helminthophila peregrina RIDGW. Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, VII. Jan. 1882, 54. [B 185, C 69, R 87, C 109.] HAB. Eastern North America, breeding from Northern New York and Northern New England northward to Hudson's Bay Territory ; Central America in winter. GENUS COMPSOTHLYPIS CABANIS. Cotnpsothlypis CAB. Mus. Hein. I. 1850, 20. Type, Pants americanus LINN. ORDER PASSERES. 30$ 648. Compsothlypis americana (LINN.). Parula Warbler. Pants americamis LIXN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758. 190. Compsothlypis americana CAB. Mus. Hein. I. 1850, 20. [B 168, C 58, R 88, C 93.] HAD. Eastern United States, west to the Plains, north to Canada, and south in winter to the West Indies and Central America. 649. Compsothlypis nigrilora (COUES). Sennett's Warbler. Parula nigrilora COUES, Bull. U. S. Geol. & Geog. Surv. Terr. IV. 1878, u. Compsothlypis nigrilora STEJN. Auk, I. April, 1884, 170. [B— C— , RS9rt, C94.] HAB. Valley of the Lower Rio Grande in Texas. GENUS DENDROICA GRAY. SUBGENUS PERISSOGLOSSA BAIRD. Perissoglossa BAIRD, Rev. Am. B. I. April, 1865, 180. Type, Mota- cilla tigrina GMEL. 650. Dendroica tigrina (GMEL.). Cape May Warbler. Motacilla tigrina GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788. 985. Dendroica tigrina BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 286. [6206, C85, R9o, C 126.] HAB* Eastern North America, north to Hudson's Bay Territory, west to the Plains. Breeds from Northern New England northward, and also in Jamaica ; winters in the West Indies. SUBGENUS PEUCEDRAMUS COUES. Peucedramus COUES, in Zool. Wheeler's Exp. 1876, 202. Type, Sylvia olivacea GIRAUD. 20 306 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 651. Dendroica olivacea (GIRAUD). Olive Warbler. Sylvia olivacea GIRAUD, Sixteen Sp. Tex. B. 1841, 29, pi. 7, fig. 2. Dendroica olivacea BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 305. [B— , C— , RQ2, C no.] II AB. Southern New Mexico, Arizona, Mexico, and Guatemala. Texas (GIRAUD). SUEGENUS DENDROICA GRAY. Dendroica GRAY, List Gen. B. App. 1842, 8. Type, Motacilla coro- nata LINN. 652. Dendroica asstiva (GMEL.). Yellow Warbler. Motacilla astiva GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 996. Dendroica astiva BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 282. [B 203, C 70, R 93, C in.] HAB. North America at large, south in winter to Central America and Northern South America. 653. Dendroica bryanti castaneiceps RIDGW. Mangrove Warbler. Dendroica bryanti castaneiceps RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. Sept. 2, 1885, 350. (_Jj , C , ix , (^ .J HAB. Western Mexico, and Cape St. Lucas, Lower California. 65-1. Dendroica caenilescens (GMEL.). Black-throated Blue Warbler. Motaci'la cccrulcsccns GMEL. S. N. I. 1788, 960. Dendroica ccerulescens BAIRD, Rev. Am. B. 1865, 186. [6193, C76, R94, C 117.] HAB. Eastern North America to the Plains, breeding from North- ern New England and Northern New York northward, and in the Alli-ghanies to Northern Georgia; West Indies in winter. ORDER PASSERES. 307 655. Dendroica coronata (LINN.). Myrtle Warbler. Motacilla coronata LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 333. Dendroica coronata GRAY, List Gen. B. App. 1842, 8. [B 194, C 78, R 95, C 119.] HAB. Eastern North America, chiefly, straggling more or less com- monly westward to the Pacific ; breeds from the Northern United States northward, and winters from the Middle States and the Ohio Valley southward to the West Indies and Central America. 656. Dendroica auduboni (TOWNS.). Audubon's Warbler. Sylvia auduboni TOWNS. Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. VII. 1837, 191. Dendroica audubonii BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 273. [B 195, C 79, R 96, C 120.] HAB. Western United States, east to the western border of the Plains ; south in winter to Guatemala. Accidental in Massachusetts. 657. Dendroica maculosa (GMEL.). Magnolia Warbler. Motacilla maculosa GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 984. Dendroica maculosa BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 284. [B 204, C 84, R 97, C 125.] HAB. Eastern North America to the base of the Rocky Mountains, breeding from Northern New England. Northern New York, and Northern Michigan, to Hudson's Bay Territory. In winter, Bahamas, Cuba, and Central America. 658. Dendroica ceerulea (WiLS.). Cerulean Warbler. Sylvia carulea WILS. Am. Orn. II. 1810, 141, pi. 17, fig. 5. Dendroica ccerulea BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 280. [B 201, C 77, R 98, C 118.] HAB. Eastern United States and Southern Canada to the Plains. Rare or casual east of Central New York and the Alleghanies. Cuba (rare) and Central America in winter. 308 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 659. Dendroica pensylvanica (LINN.). Chestnut-sided Warbler. Motacilla pensylvanica LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766. 333. Dendroica pennsylvanica BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 279. [B 200, C 83, R 99, C 124.] HAB. Eastern United States and Southern Canada, west to the Plains, breeding southward to Central Illinois and in the Appala- chian highlands probably to Northern Georgia. Visits the Bahamas and Central America in winter. 660. Dendroica castanea (WiLs.). Bay-breasted Warbler. Sylvia castanea WILS. Am. Orn. II. 1810, 97, pi. 14, fig. 4. Dendroica castanea BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 276. [B 197, C 82, R 100, C 123.] HAB. Eastern North America, north to Hudson's Bny. Breeds from Northern New England and Northern Michigan northward ; win- ters in Central America. 661. Dendroica striata (FORST.). Black-poll Warbler. Muscicapa striata FORST. Philos. Trans. LXII. 1772, 406, 428. Dendroica striata BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 280. [B 202, C Si, R 101, C 122.] HAB. Eastern North America to the Rocky Mountains, north to Greenland, the Barren Grounds, and Alaska, breeding from North- ern New England northward. South in winter to Northern South America. 662. Dendroica blackburniae (G.MEL.). Blackburnian Warbler. Motacilla blackbio-iiiif GMET,. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 977. Dendroica blackbjtrnia: BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 274. [B 196, C 80, R 102, C i2i.] ORDER PASSERES. 3OQ HAB. Eastern North America to the Plains, breeding from the northern and more elevated parts of the Eastern United States north- ward ; in winter, south to the Bahamas, Central America, and North- ern South America. 663. Dendroica dominica (LINN.). Yellow-throated Warbler. Motacilla dominica LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 334. Dendroica dominica BAIRD, Rev. Am. B. I. 1865, 209. [B 209, /#>-/, C 88, R 103, C 129.] HAB. Southeastern United States, north to the Middle States, and rarely to Southern New England ; south to the West Indies. 663 ^. Dendroica dominica albilora BAIRD. Sycamore Warbler. Dendroica dcminica var. albilora " BAIRD," RIDGW. Am. Nat. VII. Oct. 1873, 606. [B 2og,parf, C 88 a, R 103 #, C 130.] HAB. Mississippi Valley, west to the Plains, and north to Lake Erie and Southern Michigan ; in winter south to Southern Mexico, Hondurus, and Guatemala. Accidental in South Carolina. 664. Dendroica gracias COUES. Grace's Warbler. Dendroica gratia " COUES MSS." BAIRD, Rev. Am. B. I. Apr. 1865, 210. [B— , C 87, R 104, C 128.] HAB. Southern New Mexico and Arizona, and southward. 685. Dendroica nigrescens (TOWNS.). Black-throated Gray Warbler. Sylvia nigrescens TOWNS. Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. VII, 1837, 191. Dendroica nigrescens BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 270. [B 192, C75, R 105, C 116.] HAB. Western United States, north to Colorado and Oregon, mi- grating into Mexico in winter. 310 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 666. Dendroica chrysoparia SOL. & SALV. Golden-cheeked Warbler. Dendraca chrysoparia SCL. & SALV. P. Z. S. 1860, 298. [B— , C 74, R 1 06, C 115.] HAB. Southwestern Texas, and southward to Guatemala. 667. Dendroica virens (GMEL.). Clack-throated Green Warbler. Motacilla virens GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 985. Dendroica virens BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 267. [B 189, C 71, R 107, C 112.] HAB. Eastern North America to the Plains, north to Hudson's Bay Territory, breeding from the Northern United States northward. In winter, south to Cuba and Panama. Accidental in Greenland and Europe. 668. Dendroica townsendi (Nuxx.). Townsend's Warbler. Sylvia townsendi "NuTT." TOWNS. Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. VII. 1837, 191. Dendroica townsendi BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 269. [Bi9i, C73, R 1 08, C 114.] HAB. Western North America, east to Western Colorado, north to Sitka, south into Mexico, and in winter to Guatemala. Accidental near Philadelphia. 669. Dendroica occidentalis (TOWNS.). Hermit Warbler. Sylvia occidentalis TOWNS. Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. VII. 1837, 190. Dendroica occidentalis BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 268. [B 190, C 72, R 109, C 113.] HAB. Western United States, from the Rocky Mountains to the Pacific coast, and from Washington Territory southward ; in winter, to Guatemala. ORDER PASSERES. 3H 670. Dendroica kirtlandi BAIRD. Kirtland's Warbler. Syhncola kirtlandi BAIRD, Ann. Lye. N. Y. V. 1852, 216, pi. 6. Dendroica kirtlandi BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 249. [6205, C 89, R no, C 131.] HAD. Eastern United States (Ohio, Missouri, Michigan, Wiscon- sin), and the Bahamas in winter. 671. Dendroica vigorsii (AUD.). Pine Warbler. Sylvia mgorsii AUD. Orn. Bio^. I. 1832, 153, pi. 30. Dendroica vigorsit ' STEJN. Auk, II. Oct. 1885, 343. [B 198, C 91, R in, C 134.] HAB. Eastern United States, to the Plains, north to Ontario and New Brunswick, wintering in the South Atlantic and Gulf States, and the Bahamas. 672. Dendroica palmarum (GMEL.). Palm Warbler. Motacilla palmarum GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 951. Dendroica palmarum BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 288. [B 208, part, C 90, part, R 113, C 132.] HAB. Northern interior to Great Slave Lake ; in winter and in migrations, Mississippi Valley and Gulf States, including Western and Southern Florida, and the West Indies. Casual in the Atlantic States. 672 #. Dendroica palmarum hypochrysea RIDGW. Yellow Palm Warbler. Dendrceca palmarum hypochrysea RIDGW. Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, I. Nov. 1876, 85. [B 208, part, C go, part, R 113^, C 133-] HAB. Atlantic States, north to Hudson's Bay. Breeds from New Brunswick and Nova Scotia northward ; winters in the South Atlantic and Gulf States. 312 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 673. Dendroica discolor (VIEILL.). Prairie Warbler. Sylvia discolor VIEILL. Ois. Am. Sept. I. 1807, 37, pi. 98. Dendroica discolor BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 290. [B 210, C 86, R 114, C 127.] HAD. Eastern United States to the Plains, north to Michigan and Southern New England. Winters in Southern Florida and the West Inoies. GENUS SEIURUS SWAINSON. Seiiirus SWAINS. Phil. Mag. I. May, 1827, 369. Type, Motacilla aurocapilla LINN. 674. Seiurus aurocapillus (LINN.). Oven-bird. Motacilla aurocapilla LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 334. Seiurus aurocapillus SWAIXS. Zool. Journ. III. 1827, 171. [Bi86, C92, Rn5, Ci35.] HAB. Eastern North America, north to Hudson's Bay Territory and Alaska, breeding from Kansas, the Ohio Valley, and Virginia northward. In winter, Southern Florida, the West Indies, and Cen- tral America. 675. Seiurus noveboracensis (GMEL.;. Water-Thrush. Motacilla noveboracensis GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 958. Seiurus noveboracensis BONAP. Geog. £ Comp. List, 1838, 21. [B 1 87, part, C 93, part, R 116, C 136.] HAB. Eastern United States to Illinois, and northward to Arctic America, breeding from the Northern United States northward. South in winter to the West Indies and Northern South America. 675 a. Seiurus noveboracensis notabilis (GRINN.). GrinnelPs Water -Thrush. Seiurus navius notabilis " GKINNELL," RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. II. 1880, 12. Seiurus noveboracensis notabili: RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 354. ORDER PASSERES. 313 [B 187, part, C 93,farf, R u6a, C 137.] HAB. United States from Illinois westward to California, and north into British America. Winters from the southern border of the United States southward to Northern South America. 670. Seiurus motacilla (VIEILL.). Louisiana Water-Thrush. Turdus motacilla VIEILL. Ois. Am. Sept. II. 1807, 9, pi. 65. Seiurus jnotacilla BONAP. Consp. Av. I. 1850, 306. [B 188, 094, R 117, C 138.] HAB. Eastern United States, north to Southern New England and Michigan, west to the Plains. In winter, West Indies, Southern Mex- ico, and Central America. GENUS G-EOTHLYPIS CABANIS. SUBGENUS OPORORNIS BAIRD. ^ofk^cLj Jo v v/i,S, c^l S.^^Jl^*^ AUD, Oporornis BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 246. ' Type, Sylvia agilis WILS. 677. Geothlypis formosa (WILS.). Kentucky Warbler. Sylvia formosa WILS. Am. Orn. III. 1811, 85, pi. 25, fig. 3. Geothlypis formosa RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 354. [B 175, C 96, R 119, C 140.] HAB. Eastern United States, west to the Plains, and north to Southern New England and Southern Michigan. In winter, West Indies and Central America. 678. Geothlypis agilis (WILS.). Connecticut Warbler. Sylvia agilis WILS. Am. Orn. V. 1812, 64, pi. 39, fig. 4. Geothlypis agilis GREGG, Pr. Elmira Acad. 1870, — (p. 7 of reprint). [Bi74, C95, R 118, C 139.] HAB. Eastern North America, breeding north of the United States. 314 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. SUBGENUS GEOTHLYPIS CABANIS. Gcothlypis CAB. Wiegm. Arcliiv, 1847, i- S1^, 349- Type, Turdus trichas LINN. 679. Geothlypis Philadelphia (WiLs.). Mourning Warbler. Sylvia Philadelphia WILS. Am. Orn. II. iSio, 101, pi. 14, fig. 6. Geothlypis Philadelphia BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 243. [B 172, C 98, R 120, C 142.] HAB. Eastern North America to the Plains, breeding from the mountainous portions of Pennsylvania, New England, and New York, and Northern Michigan northward. Central America and Northern South America in winter. 080. Geothlypis macgillivrayi (Aim). Macgillivray's \Varbler. Sylvia macgillivrayi Auo. Orn. Biog. V. 1839, 75> P^ 399> fig5- 4> 5- Geotfilypis macgillivrayi BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 244. [B 173, C 99, R 121, C 143.] HAB. Western United States, from the eastern foothills of the Rocky Mountains to the Pacific coast, north into British Columbia. Mexico and Central America in winter. C81. Geothlypis trichas (LTNN.). Maryland Yellow-throat. Turdns trichas LI.NX. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 293. Geothlypis tricJias CAB. Mus. Hein. I. 1850, 16. [B 170, part, C 97, part, R 122, part, C I4i,/rtr/.] HAB. Eastern United States, mainly east of the Alleghanies, north to Ontario and Nova Scotia, breeding from Georgia northward. In winter, South Atlantic and Gulf States, and the West Indies. 081 a. Geothlypis trichas occidentalis BREWST. Western Yellow-throat. Geotlilypis trichas occidental!* BKKWST. Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, VIII. July, 1883, 159 ORDER PASSERES. 315 [B 170, part, C 91, part, R 122, part, C 141, part.~\ HAB. United States, from the Mississippi Valley west to the Pacific coast, south, in winter, to Central America. 682. Geothlypis beldingi RIDGW. Belding's Yellow-throat. Geothlypis beldingi RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. V. Sept. 5, 1882, 344. [B - C - R - C -.] HAB. Lower California. GENUS ICTERIA VIEILLOT. Icteria VIEILL. Ois. Am. Sept. I. 1807, pp. iii., 85. Type, Muscicapa viridis GMEL. = Turdus virens LINN. 683. Icteria virens (LINN.). Yellow-breasted Chat. Turdus virens LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 171. Icteria virens BAIRD, Rev. Am. B. I. 1865, 228. [B 176, C too, R 123, C 144-] HAB. Eastern United States to the Plains, north to Ontario and Southern New England, south, in winter, to Eastern Mexico and Guatemala. 683 a. Icteria virens longicauda (LAWR.). Long-tailed Chat. Icteria longicauda LAWR. Ann. Lye. N. Y. VI. 1853, 4. Icteria virens var. longicauda COUES, Key, 1872, 108. [B 177, C 100 a, R 1230, C 145.] HAB. Western United States, from the Plains to the Pacific, south into Mexico. GENUS SYLVANIA NUTTALL. Sylvania NUTT. Man. Land Birds, I. 1832, 290. Type, by elimina- tion, Muscicapa selbii AUD. =. Motacilla initrata GMEL. 316 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 684. Sylvania mitrata (GMEL.). Hooded Warbler. Motacilla mitrata GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 977. Sylvania mitrata NUTT. Man. Land B. ed. 1840, 333. [B 211, C 101, R 124, C 146.] HAB. Eastern United States, west to the Plains, north and east to Michigan, Southern New York, and Southern New England. In win- ter, West Indies, Eastern Mexico, and Central America. G85. Sylvania pusilla (WiLs.). "Wilson's Warbler. Rftiscicapa pusilla WILS. Am. Orn. III. 1811, 103, pi. 26, fig. 4. Sylvania pusilla NUTT. Man. Land 15. ed. 1840, 335. [B 21$, part, C 102, R 125, C 147.] HAB. Eastern North America, west to and including the Rocky Mountains, north to Hudson's Day Territory and Alaska. Breeds chiefly north of the United States, migrating 'south to Eastern Mexico and Central America. 685 tf. Sylvania pusilla pileolata (PALL.). Pileolated Warbler. Molacilla pileolata PALL. Zoog. Rosso-As. I. 1826. 497. Sylvania pusilla pileolata KIIH;W. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 354- [B 213, part, C 102 rf, R 125^7, C 148.] HAB. Western North America, from the Great Basin to the Pacific, north to Alaska (Kadiak), and south, in winter, to Costa Rica. 686. Sylvania canadensis (LiNX.). Canadian Warblrr. Muscicapa canA^> C 39, part.~\ HAB. Coast region of California. 742 #. Chainsea fasciata henshawi RIDGW. Pallid Wren-Tit. Chamaa fasciata henshawi RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. V. June 5, 1882, 13. [B 2-1 4, part, C 26, part, R 35. /^ C 39>/^-] HAB. Interior of California, including the western slope of the Sierra Nevada. GENUS PSALTRIPARUS BONAPARTE. Psaltriparus BONAP. Compt. Rend. XXXI. 1850, 478. Type, Parus melanotis HARTL. ORDER PASSERES. 337 743. Psaltriparus minimus (TOWNS.). Busk-Tit. Parus minimus TOWNS. Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. VII. ii. 1837, 190. Psaltriparus mini/mis BONAP. Compt. Rend. XXXVIII. 1854, 62. [B 298, part, C 35, part, R W,part, C 53,j>ar/.~\ HAB. Pacific coast region, from Northern California to Washing- ton Territory. 743 tf. Psaltriparus minimus californicus RIDGW. Californian Bush-Tit. Psaltriparus miniums californicus RIDGW. Pr. Biol. Soc. Wash. II. April 10, 1884, 89. [B 298, part, C 35, part, R tf,part, C 53, part.] HAB. California, except the northern coast district. 743 £. Psaltriparus minimus grindae (BELDING). Grinda's Bush-Tit. Psaltriparus grindce BELD. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VI. Oct. 5, 1883, 155. Psaltriparus minimus grinds RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. VIII. 1885, 354- [B -, C — , R -, C — .] HAB. Lower California. 744. Psaltriparus plumbeus BAIRD. Lead-colored Bush-Tit. Psaltria plumbea BAIRD, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. June, 1854, 118. Psaltriparus plumbeus BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 398. [B 299, C 36, R 48, C 54.] HAB. New Mexico and Arizona, north to Eastern Oregon and Western Wyoming. [745.] Psaltriparus melanotis (HARTL.). Black-eared Bush-Tit. Parus melanotis HARTL. Rev. Zool. 1844, 216. Psaltriparus melanotis BONAP. Compt. Rend. XXXVIII. 1854, 62. 22 338 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [B 297, C -, R 49, C 55.] HAB. Eastern Mexico and Guatemala, north to the Rio Grande Valley ; East Humboldt Mountains, Nevada (?). GENUS AURIPARUS BAIRD. Auriparus BAIRD, Rev. Am. B. I. July, 1864, 85. Type, JEgithalus flaviceps SUND. 746. Auriparus flaviceps (SUND.). Verdin. ALgithalus flaviceps SUXD. 6fv. Vet. Ak. Fcirh. VII. 1850, 129. Auriparus flaviceps BAIRD, Rev. Am. B. I. July, 1864, 85. [B 300, C 37, R 50, C 56.] HAB. Southern border of the United States, from the Valley of the Rio Grande to Arizona, Mexico, and Lower California. FAMILY SYLVIID-33. WARBLERS, KINGLETS, GNATCATCHERS. SUBFAMILY SYLVIIN^iE. WARBLERS. GENUS PHYLLOPSEUSTES MEYER. Phyllopseustes MEYER, Vog. Lifl. Estl. 1815, 122. Type, Sylvia sibi- latrix BECHST. 747. Phyllopseustes borealis (BLAS.). Kennicott's Willow Warbler. Phyllopneuste borealis BLASIUS, Naumannia, 1858, 313. Phyllopseustes borealis MEVES, J. f. O. 1875, 429. [B — , C 20, R 34, C 32.] HAD. Northeastern Asia and Alaska. ORDER PASSERES. 339 SUBFAMILY REGULIN^E. KINGLETS. GENUS REGULUS CUVIER. Regulus Cuv. Leg. d'Anat. Comp. I. 1799-1800, tab. ii. Type, Mota- cilla regulus LINN. 748. Regulus satrapa LIGHT. Golden-crowned Kinglet. Regulus satrapa LIGHT. Verz. Doubl. 1823, 35. [B 162, part, C 22, part, R 33, C 34.] HAB. North America generally, breeding in the northern and ele- vated parts of the United States and northward, migrating south in winter to Guatemala. 748(2. Regulus satrapa olivaceus BAIRD. Western Golden-crowned Kinglet. Regulus satrapa var. olivaceus BAIRD, Rev. Am. B. I. July, 1864, 65 (in text under R. satrapa). [B 162, part, C 22, part, R 33 a, C 35.] HAB. Pacific coast region of North America, from California north- ward. 749. Regulus calendula (LINN.). Ruby-crowned Kinglet. Motacilla calendula LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 337. Regulus calendula LIGHT. Verz. Doubl. 1823, 35. [B 161, C 21, R3o, €33.] HAB. North America, south to Guatemala, north to the Arctic coast, breeding mostly north of the United States. 750. Regulus obscurus RIDGW. Dusky Kinglet. Regulus calendula obscurus RIDGW. Bull. U. S. Geol. & Geog. Surv. Terr. II. No. 2, April i, 1876, 184. Regulus obscurus RIDGW. Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, II. July, 1877, 59. 340 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [B-,C-, R3i, C-.] HAB. Guadalupe Island, Lower California. SUBFAMILY POLIOPTILIN^E. GNATCATCHERS. GENUS POLIOPTILA SCLATER. Polioptila SCL. P. Z. S. 1855, n. Type, Motacilla carulea 751. Polioptila ceerulea (LINN.). Blue-gray Gnatcatcher. Motacilla carulea LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 337. Polioptila carulea SCL. P. Z. S. 1855, II. [B 282, C 23, R 27, C 36.] HAB. Middle and southern portions of the United States, from the Atlantic to the Pacific, south, in winter, to Guatemala, Cuba, and the Bahamas ; rare north toward the Great Lakes, Southern New York, and Southern New England, straggling north to Massachu- setts and Maine. 752. Polioptila plumbea BAIRD. Plumbeous Gnatcatcher. Polioptila plumbea BAIRD, Pr. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. June, 1854, 118. [B 283, C 25, R 28, C 38.] HAB. Western Texas to Arizona and eastern coast of Lower Cali- fornia. 753. Polioptila californica BREWST. Black-tailed Gnatcatcher. Polioptila californica BREWST. Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, VI. April, 1881, 103. [B 284, C 24, R 29, C 37.] HAB. Southern California and Pacific coast of Lower California. ORDER PASSERES. 341 FAMILY TTJRDIDj33. THRUSHES, SOLITAIRES, STONECHATS, BLUEBIRDS, ETC. SUBFAMILY MYADESTINJE. SOLITAIRES. GENUS MYADESTES SWAINSON. Myadestes SWAINS. Nat. Libr. XIII. Flycatchers, 1838, 132. Type, M. genibarbis SWAINS. 754. Myadestes townsendii (Auo.). Townsend's Solitaire. Ptiliogonys townsendii AUD. Orn. Biog. V. 1839, 206, pi. 419, fig. 2. Myiadestes townsendi CAB. Wiegm. Archiv, 1847, i. 208. [B235, C 121, R25, C 169.] HAB. Western United States, from the Plains westward to the Pacific coast. SUBFAMILY TURDIN^. THRUSHES. GENUS TURDUS LINN^US. SUBGENUS HYLOCICHLA BAIRD. Hylocichla BAIRD, Rev. Am. B. I. June, 1864, 12. Type, Turdus mustelinus GMEL. 755. Turdus mustelinus GMEL. Wood Thrush. Turdus mustelinus GMEL. S. N. I. ii. 1788, 817. [B 148, C 3, R i, C 6.] HAB. Eastern United States to the Plains, north to Southern Michigan, Ontario, and Massachusetts, south, in winter, to Guatemala and Cuba. 342 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 756. Turdus fuscescens STEPH. Wilson's Thrush. Turdus fuscescens STEPH. Gen. Zool. X. i. 1817, 182. [B 151, C 6, R 2, C 7.] HAB. Eastern United States to the Plains, north to Manitoba, On- tario, Anticosti, and Newfoundland. 756 a. Turdus fuscescens salicicolus (RIDGW.). Willow Thrush. Hylocichla fuscescens salicicola RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. IV. April 6, 1882, 374. Turdus fuscescens salicicola COUES, Key, ed. 2, 1884, 246. [B -, C - R - C -.] HAB. Rocky Mountain region of the United States, east to Dakota. 757. Turdus aliciae BAIRD. Gray-cheeked Thrush. Turdus aliciee BAIRD, B. N. Am. 1858, 217. [6154,05*, R3, C 12.] HAB. Eastern North America, west to the Plains, Alaska, and East- ern Siberia, north to the Arctic coast, south, in winter, to Costa Rica. Breeds chiefly north of the United States. 757 a. Turdus aliciae bicknelli (RIDGW.). Bicknell's Thrush. • Hylocichla alicice bicknelli RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. IV. April 6, 1882, 377- Turdus alicice bicknelli COUES, Key, ed. 2, 1884, 248. [B impart, C 5 a, part, R 3, part, C 12, part.] HAB. In summer, mountainous parts of the Northeastern States (Catskills, White Mountains, etc.) and Nova Scotia, migrating south in winter. ORDER PASSERES. 343 758. Turdus ustulatus (Nun.). Russet-backed Thrush. Turdus ustulatus NUTT. Man. Orn. Land B. ed. 2, 1840, 830 (cestu- latus, err. typ. p. 400). [Bi52, C5£, R4, C ii.] HAB. Pacific coast region of North America, from Alaska to Cali- fornia, south in winter to Guatemala. 758 a. Turdus ustulatus swainsonii (CAB.). Olive-backed Thrush. Turdus swainsonii CAS. Fauna Per. 1845-46, 187. Turdus ustulatus /3. swainsoni RIDGW. Field & Forest, II. May, 1877, 195. [B 153,05, R4tf, C 13.] HAB. Eastern North America, and westward to the Upper Colum- bia River and East Humboldt Mountains, straggling to the Pacific coast. Breeds mostly north of the United States. 759. Turdus aonalaschkae GMEL. Dwarf Hermit Thrush. Turdus aonalaschkce GMEL. S N. I. ii. 1788, 808. [Bi5o, C40, RS,C8.] HAB. Pacific coast region, from Alaska to Lower California, east, during migrations, to Nevada and Arizona. Breeds from California northward. 759 #. Turdus aonalaschkse auduboni (BAIRD). Audubon's Hermit Thrush. Turdus auduboni BAIRD, Rev. Am. B. June, 1864, 16. Turdus aonalaschkce auduboni RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 3, March 27, 1880, i. [B 149 tf, C 4 a, R 50, C 9.] HAB. Rocky Mountain region, from near the northern border of the United States south into Mexico. 759 £. Turdus aonalaschkse pallasii (CAB.). Hermit Thrush. Turdus pallasii CAB. Wiegm. Archiv. 1847, i 205. Turdus aonalaschkce pallasi RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. III. March 27, 1880, I. 344 CHECK-LIST OF NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. [Bi49, C4, RS^,C 10.] HAB. Eastern North America, breeding from the Northern United States northward, and wintering from the Northern States south- ward. SUBGENUS TURDUS LINNAEUS. Turdus LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 168. Type, by elimination T. viscivorus LTNN. [7(50.] Turdus iliacus LINN. Red-winged Thrush. Turdus iliacus LINN. S. N. ed. 10, I. 1758, 168. [B — C - R 6, C 4.] HAB. Northern parts of the Old World ; accidental in Greenland. GENUS MERULA LEACH. Merula LEACH, Syst. Cat. Brit. Mam. & B. 1816, 20. Type, Turdus merula LINN. 761. Merula migratoria (LINN.). American Robin. Turdus migratorius LINN. S. N. ed. 12, I. 1766, 292. Merula migratoria SWAINS. Phil. Mag. I. 1827, 368. [B 155, farf,C i, part, R 7, C i.] HAB. Eastern North America to the Rocky Mountains, including Eastern Mexico and Alaska. Breeds from near the southern border of the United States northward to the Arctic coast ; winters from Southern Canada and the Northern States (irregularly) southward. 761 a. Merula migratoria propinqua RIDGW. "Western Robin. T[urdus] propinquus RIDGW. Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, II. Jan. 1877, 9. Merula migratoria propinqua RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. III. Aug. 24, 1880, 1 66. ORDER PASSERES. 345 [B i5S,/ar/, C i,/ar/, R 7 ar, C 2.] HAB. Western United States, from the eastern base of the Rocky Mountains westward. 762. Merula confinis (BAIRD). St. Lucas Robin. Turdus confinis BAIRD, Rev. Am. B. I. June, 1864, 29. Merula confinis RIDGW. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. III. Aug. 24, 1880, 166. [B — , C i a, R 8, C 3.] HAB. Lower California. GENUS HESPEROCICHLA BAIRD. Hesperocichla BAIRD, Rev. Am. B. I. June, 1864, 12. Type, Turdus GMEL. 763. Hesperocichla naevia (GMEL.). Varied Thrush. Turdus n, 167, 365. Gallinago, 147. delicata, 148. gallinago, 147. Gallinula, 144. galeata, 144. Gallinule, Florida, 144. Purple, 143. Gallinulinae, 143. Gannet, 108. Garrulinae, 240. Garzetta, 136. Gastornis giganteus, 362. Gavia, 86. alba, 86. Gelochelidon, 92. nilotica, 92. Geococcyx, 207. californianus, 207. Geothlypis, 313, 314. agilis, 313. beldingi, 315. formosa, 313. macgillivrayi. 314. Philadelphia, 314. trichas, 314. trichas occidentalis, 314. Gcotrygon, 181. martinica, 182. Glaucidium, 204. gnoma, 204. INDEX. 377 Glaucidium phalaenoides, 205. Glaucionetta, 119. clangula americana, 120. islandica, 120. Glottis, 155. Gnatcatcher, Black-tailed, 340. Blue-gray, 340. Plumbeous, 340. Godwit, Black-tailed, 154. Huclsonian, 154. Marbled, 153. Pacific, 154. Golden-eye, American, 120. Barrow's, 120. Goldfinch, American, 261. Arizona, 261. Arkansas, 261. Black-headed, 262. Lawrence's, 262. Mexican, 261. Goose, American White-fronted, 126. Barnacle, 128. Blue, 351. Cackling, 127. Canada, 126. Emperor, 128. Greater Snow, 125. Hutchins's, 127. Lesser Snow, 125. Ross's Snow, 126. White-cheeked, 127. White-fronted, 126. Goshawk, American, 186. Mexican, 191. Western, 186. Crackle, Boat-tailed, 254. Bronzed, 254. Florida, 253. Great-tailed, 254. Purple, 253. Graculavus pumilus, 360. velox, 360. Grassquit, 289. Grebe, American Eared, 74. Clark's, 349. HolboelPs, 73. Horned, 74. Pied-billed, 75. St. Domingo, 74. Western, 73. Green-shank, 155. Grosbeak, Black-headed, 287. Blue, 287. Evening, 255. Pine, 255. Grosbeak, Rose-breasted, 287, Grouse, Canada, 171. Canadian Ruffed, 172. Columbian Sharp-tailed, 176. Dusky, 170. Franklin's, 172. Gray Ruffed, 172. Oregon Ruffed, 173. Prairie Sharp-tailed, 176. Richardson's, 171. Ruffed, 172. Sage, 176. Sharp-tailed, 176. Sooty, 171. Grues, 138. Gruidae, 138. Grus, 138. americana, 139. canadensis, 139. haydeni, 364. mexicana, 139. proavus, 364. Guara, 131. alba, 131. rubra, 132. Guillemot, Black, 81. Black-winged, 349. Mandt's, 82. Pigeon, 82. Sooty, 350. Guiraca, 287. caerulea, 287. Gull, American Herring, 89. Bonaparte's, 91. California, 89. Franklin's, 91. Glaucous, 87. Glaucous-winged, 87. Great Black-backed, 88. Herring, 89. Heermann's, 90. Iceland, 87. Ivory, 86. Kumlien's, 88. Laughing. 90. Mew, 90. Nelson's, 88. Pallas's, 89. Ring-billed, 90. Ross's, 91. Sabine's, 91. Short-billed, 90. Siberian, 89. Slaty-backed, 88. Swallow-tailed, 350. 178 INDEX. Gull. Western, 88. Gypagus, 352. papa, 352. Gyrfalcon, 193. Black, 194. (;ray, 193. White, 193. HABIA, 287. ludoviciana, 287. melanocephala, 287. Hrematopodidae, 165. Haematopus, 165. bachmani, 166. ostralegus, 165. palliatus, 165. Haliplana, 95. Halocyptena, 103. microsoma, 104. Haliaeetus, 192. albicilla, 192. leucocephalus, 193. Harporhynchus, 322,324. bendirei. 323. cinereus, 324. crissalis, 324. curvirostris, 323. curvirostris palmeri, 323. lecontei, 324. longirostris. 323. redivivus, 324. rufus, 322. Hawk, American Rough-legged, 191. American Sparrow, 196. Broad-winged, 190. Cooper's, 186. Cuban Sparrow. 196. Duck, if).}. Florida Red shouldered, 189. Harlan's, 188. Harris's. 1X7. Krider's, 188. Little Black, 353. Marsh, 185. Mexican Black, 190. Pigeon. 195. Red-bellied, 189. Red-shouldered, 188. Red-tailed, 187. Rough-legged, 191 Sharp-shinned, 186. Short-tailed, IQO. Swain son's, 189. White-tailed, 189. Hawk, Zone-tailed, 189. Helinaia, 301. svvainsonii, 301. Helminthophila, 302. bachmani, 302. celata, 304. celata lutescens, 304. chrysoptera, 302. cincinnatiensis, 356. lawrencei, 355. leucobronchialis, 355. luciae, 303. peregrina, 304. pinus, 302. ruficapilla, 303. ruficapilla tiutturalis, 303. Virginias, 303. Helmitherus, 301. vermivorus, 301. Hen, Heath, 175. Lesser Prairie, 175. Prairie, 175. Henhawk, Cooper's, 353. Herodias, 136. Herodii, 134. Herodiones, 131. Heron, Black-crowned Night, 138. European Blue, 135. Great Blue, 135. Great White, 135. Green, 137. Little Blue, 137. Louisiana, 139. Snowy, 136. Ward's, 135. Wiirdemann's, 351. Yellow-crowned Night, 138. Hesperiphona, 254. Hesperocichla, 345. naevia, 345. Hesperornis cr.issipes, 360. gracilis, 360. regahs, 360. Heteractitis, 156. incana, 156. Hierofalco, 193. Himantopus, 146. mexicanus, 146. Hirundinidne, 292. Histrionirus, 121. liistrionicus, 121. Hummingbird, Allen's, 225. Anna's, 225. Black-chinned, 224. Blue-throated, 223. INDEX. 379 Hummingbird, Broad-billed, 227. Broad-tailed, 225. Buff-bellied, 227. Calliope. 226. Costa's, 224. Heloise's, 226. ,. Lucifer, 226. Rieffer's, 227. Rivoli, 223. Ruby-throated, 224. Rufous, 225. Xantus's, 227. Hydranassa, 136. Hydrochelidon, 95. leucoptera, 96. nigra surinamensis, 96. Hylocichla, 341. Hylophilus, 355. decurtatus, 355. Hylophilus, Short-winged, 355. IACHE, 227. latirostris, 227. Ibides, 131. Ibididae, 131. Ibis, Glossy, 132. Scarlet, 132. White, 131. White-faced Glossy, 132. Wood, 133. Ichthyornis agilis, 360. anceps, 361. clispar, 360. lentus, 361. tener, 361. validus, 361. victor, 361. Icteria, 3(5. virens, 315. virens longicauda, 315. Tcteridae, 247. Icterus, 250. audubonii, 251. bullocki, 252. cucullatus, 251. cucullatus nelsoni, 251. galbula, 252. icterus, 250. parisorum, 251. spurius, 252. Ictinia, 185. mississippiensis, 185. lonornis, 143. martinica, 143. JABIRU, 133. Jacana, 166. gymnostoma, 166. Ja^ana, Mexican, 166. Jacanidae, 166. Jaeger, Parasitic, 85. Pomarine, 85. Long-tailed, 85. Jay, Alaskan, 244. Arizona, 243. Blue, 241. Blue-fronted, 241. California, 242. Canada, 243. Florida, 242. Florida Blue, 241. Green, 243. Labrador, 244. Long-crested, 242. Oregon, 244. Pinon, 246. Rocky Mountain. 244. Steller's, 241. Wooclhouse's, 242. Junco, 274. aikeni, 274. annectens, 275. bairdi, 276. caniceps, 275. cinereus dorsalis, 275. cinereus palliatus, 275. hyemalis, 274. hyemalis oregonus, 274. insularis, 276. Junco, Arizona, 275. Baird's, 276. Gray-headed, 275. Guadalupe, 276. Oregon, 274. Pink-sided, 275. Red-backed, 275. Slate-colored, 274. White-winged, 274. KlLLDEER, l6l. Kingbird, 229. Arkansas, 229. Cassin's, 230. Couch's, 229. Gray, 229. Kingfisher, Belted, 209. Texan, 209. Kinglet, Cuvier's, 357. Dusky, 339. INDEX. Kinglet, Golden-crowned, 339. Ruby-crowned, 339. Western Golden-crowned, 339. Kite, Everglade, 185. .Mississippi, 185. Swallow-tailed, 184. White-tailed, 184. Kittiwake, 86. Pacific, 86. Red-legged, 87. Knot, 149. LAGOPUS, 173. lagopus, 173. lagopus alleni, 173. leucurus, 1/4. rupestris, 173. rupestris atkhensis, 174. rupestris nelsoni, 174. rupestris reinhardti, 174. welchi, 174. Laniiclae, 205. Lanius, 295. borealis, 295. ludovicianus, 296. ludovicianus excubitoricles, 296. Lanivireo, 297. Laopteryx priscus, 359. Laornis eclvardsianus, 361. Lapwing, 160. Lai-idae, 86, 350. I.arina?, 86. Lark, Desert Horned, 239. Horned, 238. Mexican Horned, 239. Pallid Horned, 238. Prairie Horned, 239. Ruddy Horned, 240. Streaked Horned, 240. Texan Horned, 239. Larus, 87. affinis, 89. argcntatus, 89. argcntatus smithsonianus, 89. atricilla, 90. brnrhyrhynclius, 90. cachinnans, 89. californicus, 89. can us, 90. clelawarensis, 90. franklinii, 91. glaucescens, 87. 'irus, £7. hcermanni, 90. Larus kumlieni, 88. leucopterus, 87. ivKirinus, 88. nel.-oni, 88. occidentalis, 88. Philadelphia, 91. schistisagus, 88. Leptopelicanus, 112. Leucosticte, 258. atrata, 259. australis, 259. griseonucha, 258. tephrocotis, 258. tephroco'.is littoralis, 258. Leucosticte, Aleutian, 258. Black, 259. Brown-capped, 259. Gray-crowned, 258. Hepburn's, 258. Limicoht, 145, 365. Limosa, 153. fedoa, 153. hasmastica, 154. lapponica baueri, 154. limosa, 154. Limpkin, 140. Linnet, Brewster's, 354. Longipennes, 84. Longspur, Chestnut-collared, 263. Lapland, 263. McCown's, 264. Smith's, 263. Loon, 75. Black-throated, 76. Pacific, 76. Red-throated, 76. Yellow-billed, 75. Lophodytes, 114. cucullatus, 1 14. I ophophanes, 332. Lophortyx, 169. Loxia, 257. curvirostra minor, 257. curvirostra stricklandi, 257. leucoptera, 258. Lunda, 76. cirrhata, 77. MACROCHIRES, 219. Macrorhamphus, 148. griseus, 148. scolopaceus, 148. -Magpie, Amrnnin. 240. Yellow-billed, 240. INDEX. 381 Mallard, 114 Man-o'-War Bird, rij. Mareca, 1 15. Martin, Purple, 292. Meadowlark, 250. Mexican, 250. Western, 250. Megalestris, 84. skua, 85. Megaquiscalus, 254. Megascops, 200. asio, 200. asio bendirei, 201. asio floridanus, 200. asio kennicottii, 201. asio maxwelliae, 201. asio mccallii, 201. asio trichopsis, 202. flammeolus, 202. Melanerpes, 216. aurifrons, 217. carolinus, 217. erythrocephalus, 216. formicivorus angustifrons, 216. formicivorus bairdi, 216. torquatus, 216. uropygialis, 217. MelanitM> 123. Meleagrinae, 177. Meleagris, 177. altus, 366. antiquus, 365. celer, 366. gallopavo, 177. gallopavo mexicana, 177. Melopelia, 180. leucoptera, 181 Melospiza, 279. cinerea, 281. fasciata, 279. fasciata fallax, 279. fasciata guttata, 280. fasciata heermanni, 280. fasciata montana, 279. fasciata rufina, 280. fasciata samuelis, 280. georgiana, 281. lincolni, 281. Merganser, 113. americanus, 113. serrator, 1 14. Merganser, American, 1 13. Hooded, 114. Red-breasted, 114. Merginae, 113. Merlin, Black, 195. Richardson's, 195. Merula, 344. confinis, 345. migratoria, 344. migratoria propinqua, 344. Methriopterus, 222. Micrathene, 205. whitneyi, 205. Micropalama, 148. himantopus, 149. Micropodidae, 221. Micropodinae, 222. Micropus, 222. melanoleucus, 223. Mifvulus, 228. forficatus, 228. tyrannus, 228. Miminae, 321. Mimus, 322. polyglottos, 322. Mniotilta, 300. varia, 300. Mniotiltidoe, 300, 355. Mockingbird, 322. Molothrus, 248. asneus, 248. ater, 248. ater obscurus, 248. Motacilla, 319. alba, 319. ocularis, 319. Motacillidae, 319. Miirre, 82. Briinnich's, 83. California, 82. Pallas's, 83. Murrelet, Ancient, 80. Craven's, 81. Kittlitz's, 81. Marbled, 80. Temminck's, 80. Xantus's, 81. Myadestes, 341. townsendii, 341. Myadestinae, 341. Mycteria, 133. americana, 133. Myiarchus, 231. cinerascens, 232. crinitus, 231. lawrenceii, 232. lawrenceii olivascens, 232. mexicanus, 231. mexicanus magister, 231. 332 INDEX. Myiozetetes, 2.30. texensis, 230. Myioclynastes, 230. luteiventris, 231. NEOCORYS, 320. Netta, 1 1 8. rufina, 118. Nettion, 116. Nigbthawk, 220. Cuban, 221. Texan, 221. Western, 221. Noddy, 96. Nomonyx, 125. dominicus, 125. Numenius, 158. borealis, 159. huclsonicus, 159. longirostris, 158. phaeopus, 159. tahitiensis, 159. Nutcracker, Clarke's, 246. Nuthatch, Brown-headed, 332. Pygmy, 332- Red-breasted, 331. Slender-billed, 331. White-breasted, 331. Nyctala, 200. acadica, 200. tengmalmi richardsoni, 200. Nyctea, 203. nyctea, 203. Nycthercdius, 138. Nycticorax, 137. nycticorax nasvius, 138. violaceus, 138. Nyctidromus, 220. albicollis, 220. OCEANITES, 105. oceanicus, 105. Oceanitinre, 105. Oceanoclroma, 104. furcata, 104. homochroa, 105. hornbyi. 350. leucorhoa, 104. melania, 105. Ochthodromus, 163. Odontoglossee, 130. Oidemia, 123. nmericana. 123. deglandi, 124. Oidemia fusca, 124. perspicillata, 124. O'd-squaw, 120. Olor, 129. buccinator. 130. columbianus, 129. cygnus, 129. Oporornis, 313. Oreortyx, 168. pictus, 168. pictus plumiferus, 168. Oriole, Audubon's, 251. Arizona Hooded, 251. Baltimore, 252. Bullock's, 252. Hooded, 251. Orchard, 252. Scott's, 251. Ornithion, 237. imberbe, 237. imberbe ridgvvayi, 237. O;oscoptes, 321. montanus, 321. Ortalis, 178. vetula maccali, 178. Oscines, 238. Osprey, American, 197. Ossifraga, 98. gigantea, 98. Otocoris, 238. alpestris, 238. alpestris arenicola, 239. alpestris chrysolasma, 239. alpestris giraudi, 239. alpestris leucolaema, 238. alpestris praticola, 239. alpestris rubea, 240. alpestris strigata, 246. Oven-bird, 312. Owl, American Barn, 197. American Hawk, 204. American Long-eared, 198. Arctic Horned, 203. Barred, 198. Burrowing, 204. California Screech, 201. Dusky Horned, 203. Klf, 205. Ferruginous Pygmy, 205. Flammulated Screech, 202. Florida Barred, 199. Florida Burrowing, 204. Florida Screech, 200. Great Gray, 199. Great Horned, 202. INDEX. 383 Owl, Hawk, 203. Kennicott's Screech, 201. Lapp, 199. Mexican Screech, 202. Pygmy, 204. Richardson's, 200. Rocky Mountain Screech, 201. Saw-whet, 200. Screech, 200. Short-eared, 198. Snowy, 203. Spotted, 199. Texan Screech, 201. Western Horned, 202. Oxyechus, 161. Oyster-catcher, 165. American, 165. Black, 1 66. PAL/EOBORUS umbrosus, 366. Palceospiza bella, 367. Palaeotringa littoralis, 362. vagans, 362. vetus, 362. Paluclicolce, 138. Pandion, 197. haliaetus carolinensis, 197. Pandioninae, 197. Parabuteo, 187. unicinctus harrisi, 187. Parauque, 220. Paridae, 331. 1'arinae, 332. Paroquet, Carolina, 206. Parrot, Thick-billed, 354. Partridge, California, 169. Chestnut-bellied Scaled, 165. Gambel's, 170. Massena, 170. Mountain, 170. Plumed, 168. Scaled, 169. Valley, 169. Parus, 332, 334. atricapillus, 334. atricapillus occiclentalis. 334. atricapillus septentrionalis, 334. atricristatus, 332. bicolor, 332. caronnensis, 334. cinctus obtectus, 335. gambeli, 335. hudsonicus, 335. inornatus, 333. Parus inornatus cineraceus, 333. inornatus griseus, 333. meridionalis, 335. rufescens, 335. rutescens neglectus, 336. wollweberi, 333. Passerculus, 265. Passerella, 281. iliaca, 281. iliaca megarhyncha, 282. iliaca schistacea, 282. iliaca unalaschensis, 282. Passeres, 228, 367. Fasserina, 288. amoana, 288. ciris, 288. cyanea, 288. versicolor, 288. Pavoncella. 157. pugnax, 157. Pediocaetes, 175. phasianellus, 176. phasianellus campestris, 176. phasianellus columbianus, 176. Pelagodroma, 106. marina, 106. Pelecanidae, 112. Pelecanus, 112. californicus, 112. erythrorhyn'chos, 112. fuscus, 112 Pelican, American White, 112. Brown, 1 12. California Brown, 112. Pelidna, 151. Pelionetta, 124. Pendulinus, 251. Penelopes, 178. Penelopinae, 178. Perdicinse, 167. Perisoreus, 243. canadensis, 243. canadensis capitalis, 244. canadensis fumifrons. 244. canadensis nigricapillus, 244. obscuruS, 244. Perissoglossa, 305, 356. Petrel, Ashy, 105. Black, 105. Black-capped, 102. Bulwer's, 103. Fisher's. 103. Fork-tailed, 104. Hornby's, 350. Leach's, 104. INDEX. Petrel, Least, 104. Peak's, 102. Pintado, 103. Stormy, 104. White-bellied, 106. White-faced, 106. Wilson's, 105. Petrocheliclon, 292. eucaea, 277. a?stivalis. 277. aestivalis bachmanii, 277. arizonae, 277. carpalis, 278. cassini, 278. mexicana, 278. ruficeps, 278. ruficeps boucardi, 278. ruficeps eremceca, 279. Peucedramus, 305. Pewee. Western Wood, 234. Wood, 234. Phaethon, 106. asthereus, 107. flavirostris, 106. Phaethontidae, 106. Phainopepla, 295. nitens, 295. Phalacrocoracidae, 109, 351. Phalacrocorax, 109. carbo, 109. dilopbus, 109. dilophus albociliatus, no. dilophus cincinatus, 110. dilophus floridanus, 109. idahensis, 363. mexicanus, 1 10. micropus, 364. pelagicus, in. pelagicus resplendens, in. pelagicus robustus, in. penicillatus, lio. perspicillatus, 351. urile, ill. Phalrenoptilus, 220. nuttalli, 220. Phalarope, Northern, 145. Red, 145. Wilson's. 146. Phalaropodidas, 145. Phalaropus, 145. lobatus. 145. tricolor. 146. ]'li:ilcTin;i'. 78. IMialeris, 79. Phasiani, 167. Phasianidae, 177. Philacte, 128. canagica, 128. Philohela, 147. minor, 147. Phoebe, 232. Black, 233. Say's, 233. Phcebetria, 98. fuliginosa, 98. Phcenicopterida?, 130. Phrenicopterus, 130. ruber, 130. Phyllopseustes, 338. borealis, 338. Pica, 240. nuttalli, 240. pica hudsonica, 240. Pici, 210. Picidae, 210. Picoides, 213. americanus, 214. americanus alascensis, 214. americanus dorsalis, 214. arcticus, 213. Picicorvus. 246. columbianus, 246. Pigeon, Band-tailed, 178. Passenger, 179. Red-billed, 179. White-crowned, 179. Pinicola, 255. enucleator, 255. Pintail, 117. Pipilo, 283. aberti, 285. chlorurus, 284. consobrinus, 284. erythrophthalmus, 283. erythrophthalmus alleni, 283. fuscus albigula, 285. fuscus crissalis, 285. fuscus mesoleucus, 285. maculatus arcticus, 283. maculatus megalonyx, 284. maculatus oregonus, 284. Pipit, American, 320. Meadow, 320. Red-throated, 320. Sprague's, 320. Piranga, 290. erythromelas, 291. hepatica, 291. ludoviciana, 290. INDEX. 385 Piranga rubra, 291. rubra cooperi, 291. Pitangus, 230. derbianus, 230. Plataleidae, 131. Plautus, 83. " impcnnis, 84. Plectrophenax, 262. hyperboreus, 263. nivalis, 262. Plegadis, 132. autumnalis, 132. guarauna, 132. Plover, American Golden, 161. Belted Piping, 163. Black-bellied, 160. Golden, 160. Little Ring, 162. Mongolian, 163. Mountain, 164. Pacific Golden, 161. Piping, 162. Ring, 162. Semipalmated, 162. Snowy, 163. Wilson's, 163. Podasocys, 164. Podiceps, 74. Podicipedes, 73. Podicipidas, 73, 349. Podilymbus, 75. podiceps, 75. Polioptila, 340. caerulea, 340. californica, 340. plumbea, 340. Polioptilinas, 340. Polyborus, 196. cheriway, 196. lutosus, 196. Poocastes, 264. gramineus, 264. gramineus confinis, 264. Poor-will, 220. Porzana, 141. Carolina, 142. jamaicensis, 142. jamaicensis coturniculus, 143. noveboracensis, 142. porzana, 141. Priocella, 100. Priofinus, 102. Procellaria, 104. pelagica, 104. Procellariidce, 98, 350. Procellariinas, 98. Progne, 292. subis, 292. Protonotaria, 301. citrea, 301. Psaltriparus, 336. melanotis, 337. minimus, 337. minimus californicus, 337. minimus grindae, 337. plumbeus, 337. Pseudogryphus, 182. californianus, 183. Psittaci, 205. Psittacidae, 205. Ptarmigan, Allen's, 173. Nelson's, 174. Reinhardt's, 174. Rock, 173. Turner's, 174. Welch's, 174. White-tailed, 174. Willow, 173. Ptiliogonatinas, 295. Ptychoramphus, 78. aleuticus, 78. Puffin, 77. Horned, 77. Large-billed, 77. Tufted, 77. Puffinus, 100. auduboni, 101. borealis, 100. cinereus, 102. conradii, 363. creatopus, 101. gavia, 101. griseus, 101. kuhlii, 350. major, 100. puffinus, 100. stricklandi, 101. tenuirostris, 102. Pygopodes, 73, 363. Pyrocephalus, 237. rubineus mexicanus, 237. Pyrrhula, 255. cassini. 255. Pyrrhuloxia, 286. sinuata, 286. QUAIL-DOVE, Blue-headed, 182. Key West, 182. Querquedula, 1 16. 3S6 INDEX. Quiscalus, 253. macrourus, 254. major, 254. quiscula, 253. quiscula aeneus, 253. quiscula aglasus, 253. RAIL, Belding's, 140. Black, 142. California Clapper, 140. Clapper, 141. Farallone, 143. King, 140. Louisiana Clapper, 141. Virginia, 141. Yellow, 142. Ralli, 139. Rallidae, 140. Rallinae, 140. Rallus, 140. beldingi, 140. elegans, 140. longirostris crepitans, 141. longirostris saturatus, 141. obsoletus, 140. virginianus, 141. Raptores, 182, 366. Raven. American. 245. White-necked, 245. Ratitas, 362. Recurvirostra, 14^. americana, 146. Recurvirostridaa, 146. Redhead, 118. Redpoll, 260. Greenland, 259. Greater, 260. Hoary, 260. HolbcelPs, 260. Redstart, American, 317. Painted, 317. Red-bellied, 317. Red-tail, St. Lucas, 188. Western, 188. , 339. 339. calendula, 339. cuvieri, 357. obscurus, 339. satrapa, 339. satrapa olivaccus, 339. Rissa, 86. brevirostris, 87. tridactyla, 86. Rissa tridactyla pollicaris, 86. Road-runner, 207. Robin, American, 344. St. Lucas, 345. Western, 344. Rostrhamus, 185. sociabilis, 185. Rough-leg, Ferruginous, 191. Ruff, 157. Rhodostethia, 91. rosea, 91. Rhyacophilus, 155. Rhynchodon, 194. Rhynchofalco, 195. Rhynchophanes, 264. mccownii, 264. Rhynchopsitta, 353. pachyrhynca, 354. Rynchopidae, 96. Rynchops, 96. nigra, 97. SALPINCTES, 325. guadeloupensis, 3?6. obsoletus, 325. Sanderling, 153. Sandpiper, Aleutian, 150. Baird's, 151. Bartramian, 157. Buff-breasted, 158. Cooper's, 352. Curlew, 152. Green, 156. Least, 151. Pectoral, 150. Prybilof, 150. Purple, 149. Red-backed, 152. Semipalmated, 153. Sharp-tailed, 150. Solitary, 156. Spoon-bill, 152. Spotted, 158. Stilt, 149. Western, 153. White-rumpcd, 151. Sapsucker, Red-breasted, 215. Red-naped, 215. Williamson's, 215. Yellow-bellied, 214. Sarcorhamphi, 182. Saxicola, 346. oenanthe, 346. S.iyornis, 232. INDEX. 387 Sayornis nigricans, 233. phcebe, 232. saya, 233. Scardafella, 181. inca, 181. Scolecophagus, 252. carolinus, 253. cyanocephalus, 253. Scolopacidae, 147, 352. Scolopax, 147. rusticola, 147. Scoter, American, 123. Surf, 124. Velvet, 124. White- winged, 124. Seed-eater, Morellet's, 289. Seiurus, 312. aurocapillus, 312. motacilla, 313. noveboracensis, 312. noveboracensis notabilis, 312. Selasphorus, 225. Setophaga, 317. miniata, 317. picta, 317. ruticilla, 317. Shearwater, Audubon's, 101. Black-tailed, 102. Black-vented, 101. Cinereous, 350. Cory's, 100. Dark-bodied, 101. Greater, too. Manx, 100. Pink- footed, 101. Slender-billed, 102. Sooty, 101. Shoveller, 1 17. Shrike, Loggerhead, 296. Northern, 295. White-rumped, 296. Sialia, 346. arctica, 347. mexicana, 346. sialis, 346. sialis azurea, 346. Simorhynchus, 79. cristatellus, 79. pusillus, 79. pygmaeus, 79. Siskin, Pine, 262. Sitta, 331. canadensis, 331. carolinensis, 331. carolinensis aculeata, 331. Sitta pusilla, 332. pygmaea, 332. Sittinae, 331. Skimmer, Black, 97. Skua, 85. Skyfark, 238. Snipe, European, 147. Wilson's, 148. Snowflake, 262. McKay's, 263. Solitaire, Townsend's, 341. Somateria, 122. dresseri, 122. mollissima, 122. spectabilis, 123. v-nigra, 123. Sora, 142. Sparrow, Aleutian Song, 281. Arizona, 277. Bachman's, 277. Baird's, 267. Belding's Marsh, 266. Bell's, 276. Black-chinnecl, 274. Black-throated, 276. Boucard's, 278. Brewer's, 273. Bryant's Marsh, 266. Cassin's,. 278. Chipping, 272. Clay-colored, 273. Desert Song, 279. Dusky Seaside, 269. Field, 273. Fox, 281. Gambel's, 271. - Golden-crowned, 271. Grasshopper, 267. Harris's, 270. Heermann's, 280. Henslow's, 268. Intermediate, 271. Ipswich, 265. Large-billed, 266. Lark, 270. Leconte's, 268. Lincoln's, 281. Mexican, 278. Mountain Song, 279. Nelson's, 269. Pine-woods, 277. Rock, 279. Rufous-crowned, 278. Rufous-winged, 278. Rusty Song, 280. 538 INDEX. Sparrow, Sage, 277. St. Lucas, 267. Samuels's Song, 280. Sandwich, 265. Savanna, 265. Seaside, 269. Sharp-tailed, 268. Slate-colored, 282. Song, 279. Sooty Song, 280. Swamp, 281. Texas, 283. Thick-billed, 282. Townsend's, 282. Tree, 272. Vesper, 264. Western Chipping, 273. Western Grasshopper, 268. Western Lark, 270. Western Savanna, 266. Western Tree, 272. Western Vesper, 264. White-crowned, 270. White-throated, 271. Worthen's, 273. Spatula, 1 1 7. clypeata, 117. Speotyto, 204. cuniculara floridana, 204. cunicularia hypogaea, 204. Sphyrapicus, 214. ruber, 215. thyroideus, 215. varius, 214. varius nuchalis, 215. Spinus, 260. lawrencei, 262. notatus, 262. pinus, 262. psaltria, 261. psaltria arizonas, 261. psaltria mexicanus, 261. tristis, 261. Spiza, 289. americana, 289. townsendi, 354. Spizella, 272. atrigularis, 274. brewcri, 273. monticola, 272. monticola ochracea. 272. pallida, 273. pusilla, 273. socialis, 272. socialis arizonae, 273. Spizella wortheni, 273. Spoonbill, Roseate, 131. Sporophila, 289. morelleti, 289. Squatarola, 160. Starling, 247 Starnoenas, 182. cyanocephala. 182. Steganopodes, 106, 363. Steganopus, 145. Stelgidopteryx, 294. serripennis, 294. Stellula, 226. Stercorariiclae, 84. Stercorarius, 85. longicaudus, 85. parasiticus, 85. pomarinus, 85. Sterna, 92, 93. aleutica, 94. anaethetus, 95. antillarum, 95. dougalli, 94. elegans, 93. forsteri, 94. fuliginosa, 95. hirundo, 94. maxima, 93. paradisrea, 94. sandvicensis acuflavida, 93. trudeaui, 93. tschegrava, 92. Sterninas, 92. Sternula, 95. Stilt, Black-necked, 146. Streptoceryle, 209. Striges, 197. Strigidae, 197. Strix, 197. pratincola, 197. Sturnella, 250. magna, 250. magna mexicana, 250. magna neglecta, 250. Sturnidae, 247. Sturnus, 247. vulgaris, 247. Sula, 107. bassana, 108. cyanops, 107. loxostyla, 363. piscator, 108. sula, 107. Sulidre, 107. Surnia, 203. INDEX. 339 Surnia ulula, 203. ulula caparoch, 204. Swallow, Bank, 293. Barn, 292. Cliff, 292. Rough-winged, 294. Tree, 293. Violet-green, 293. Swan, Trumpeter, 130. Whistling, 129. Whooping, 129. Swift, Black, "222. Chimney, 222. Vaux's, 222. White-throated, 223. Sylvania, 315. canadensis, 316. microcephala, 356. mitrata, 316. pusilla, 316. pusilla pileolata, 316. Sylviidae, 338, 357. Sylviinae, 338. Symphemia, 156. semipalmata, 156. Synthliboramphus, So. antiquus, 80. wumizusume, So. Syrnium, 198. nebulosum, 198 nebulosum alleni, 199. occidentale, 199. TACHYCINETA, 293. bicolor, 293. thalassina, 293. Tanager, Cooper's, 291. Hepatic, 291. Louisiana, 291. Scarlet, 291. Summer, 291. Tanagridas, 290. Tantalinae, 133. Tantnlus, 133. loculator, 133. Tatler, Wandering, 156. Teal, Blue-winged, 116. Cinnamon, 1 17. European, 116. Green-winged, 116. Telmatodytes, 330. Telmatornis affinis, 362. priscus, 362. Tern, Aleutian, 94. Tern, Arctic, 94. Black, 96. Bridled, 95. Cabot's, 93. Caspian, 92. Common, 94. Elegant, 93. Forster's, 94. Gull-billed, 92. Least, 95. Roseate, 94. Royal, 93. Sooty, 93. Trudeau's, 93. White-winged Black, 96. Tetraonidas, 167. Tetraoninas, 170. Thalasseus, 92. Thalassogeron, 97. culminatus, 98. Thrasaetus, 192. harpyia, 192. Thrasher, Bendire's, 323. Brown, 322. Californian, 324. Crissal, 324. Curve-billed, 323. Leconte's, 324. Long-billed, 323. Palmer's, 323. Sage, 321. St. Lucas, 324. Thrush, Audubon's Hermit, 343. Bicknell's, 342. Dwarf Hermit, 343. Gray-cheeked, 342. Hermit, 343. Olive-backed, 343. Red-winged, 344. Russet-backed, 343. Varied, 345. Willow, 342. Wilson's, 342. Wood, 341. Thryomanes, 327. Thryothorus, 326. bewickii, 327. bewickii bairdi, 328. bewickii spilurus, 327. brevicaudus, 328. ludovicianus, 327. ludovicianus miamensis, 327. Tinnunculus, 196. Titmouse, Ashy, 333. Black-crested, 332. 390 Titmouse, Bridled, 333. Gray, 333. Plain, 333. Tufted, 333. Totanus, 154. flavipes, 155. melanoleucus, 155. nebularius, 155. ochropus, 156. solitarius, 156. Towhee, 283. Abert's, 283. Arctic, 283. Californian, 285. Canon, 285. Green-tailed, 2^4. Guadalupe, 284. Oregon, 284. Saint Lucas, 285. Spurred, 284. White-eyed, 283. Tree-duck, Black-bellied. 129. Fulvous, 129. Tringa, 149. acuminata, 150. alpina, 151. alpina pacifica, 152. bairdii, 151. canutus, 149. cooperi, 352. couesi, 151. ferruginea, 152. fuscicollis, 151. maculata, 150. m;iritima, 149. minutilla, 151. ptilocnemis, 150. Trochili, 223. Trochilidae, 223. Trochilus, 224. alexandri, 224. alleni, 225. anna, 225. calliope, 226. colubris, 224. costae, 224. heloisa, 226. lucifer, 226. platycercus, 225. rufus, 225. Troglodytes, 328. aedon, 328. ar-ilnn parkmanii, 328. alascensis, 329. hiemalis, 329. INDEX. Troglodytes hiemalis pacificus, 329. Troglodytius, 321. Troglodytinae, 325. Trogon, 208. ambiguus, 208. Trogon, Coppery-tailed, 208. Trogones, 208. Trogonidae, 208. Troupial, 251. Tryngites 157. subruficollis, 158. Tubinares, 97, 363. Turclidae, 341. Turdinae, 341. Turdus. 341, 344. aliciae, 342. aliciae bicknelli, 342. aonalaschkte, 343. aonalaschkae auduboni, 343. aonalaschkae pallasi, 343. fuscescens, 342. fuscescens salicicolus, 342. iliacus, 344. mustelinus, 341. usttilatus, 343. ustulatus swainsoni, 343. Turkey, Mexican, 177. Wild, 177. Turnstone, 165. Black, 165 Tytnpanuchus. 175. americanus, 175. cupido, 175. pallidicinctus, 175. Tyrannidae, 228. Tyrannus, 228. dominicensis. 229. melancholicus couchii, 229. tyrannus, 229. verticalis, 229. vociferans, 230. UINTORNIS lucaris, 366. Ulula, 199. cinerea, 199. cinerea lapponica, 199. Uria, 82. affinis, 363. antiqua, 363. lomvia, 83. lomvia arra, 83. troile, 82. troilc californica, 82. Urile, 1 1 1. INDEX. 391 Urinator, 75. adamsii, 75. arcticus, 76. imber, 75. lumme, 76. pacificus, 76. Urinatoridae, 75- Urubitinga, 190. anthracina, 190. VANELLUS, 160. vanellus, 160. Verdin, 338. Vireo, 296, 298. altiloquus barbatulus, 296. atricapillus, 298. bellii, 299. bellii pusillus, 299. flavifrons, 297. flavoviridis, 297. gilvus, 297. huttoni, 299. huttoni Stephens!, 299. noveboracensis, 299. olivaceus, 296. philadelphicus, 297. solitarius, 298. solitarius cassinii, 298. solitarius plumbeus, 298. vicinior, 300. Vireo, Bell's, 299. Black-capped, 298. Black-whiskered, 296. Blue-headed, 298. Cassin's, 298. Gray, 300. Mutton's, 299. Least, 299. Philadelphia, 297. Plumbeous, 298. Red-eyed, 296. Stephens's, 299. Warbling, 297. White-eyed, 299. Yellow-green, 297. Yellow-throated, 297. Vireonidas, 296, 355. Vireosylva, 296. Vulture, Black, 183. Burroughs's Turkey, 353. California, 183. King, 352. Turkey, 183. WAGTAIL, Siberian Yellow, 319. Swinhoe's, 319. White, 319. Warbler, Audubon's, 307. Bachman's, 302. Bay-breasted, 308. Bell's, 318. Black and White, 300. Blackburnian, 308. Black-poll, 308. Black-throated Blue, 306. Black-throated Gray, 309. Black-throated Green, 310. Blue Mountain, 356. Blue-winged, 302. Brasher's, 318. Brewster's, 355. Calaveras, 303. Canadian, 316. Cape May, 305. Carbonated, 356. Cerulean, 307. Chestnut- sided, 308. Cincinnati, 356. Connecticut, 313. Golden-cheeked, 310. Golden-winged, 302. Grace's, 309. Hermit, 310. Hooded, 316. Kennicott's Willow, 338. Kentucky, 313. Kirtland's, 311. Lawrence's, 355. Lucy's, 303. Lutescent, 304. Macgillivray's, 314. Magnolia, 307. Mangrove, 306. Mourning, 314. Myrtle, 307. Nashville, 303. Olive, 306. Orange-crowned, 304. Palm, 311. Parula, 305. Pileolated, 3'! 6. Pine, 311. Prairie, 312. Prothonotary, 301. Red, 318. Red-faced, 318. Sennett's, 305. Small-headed, 356. Swainson's, 301. 392 IXDI'.X. Warbler, Sycamore, 309. Tennessee, 304. Townsend's, 310. Virginia's, 303. Wilson's, 316. Worm-eating, 301. Yellow, 306. Yellow Palm, 31 1. Yellow-throated, 309. Water-Thrush, 312. Grinnell's, 312. Louisiana, 313. Waxwing, Bohemian, 294. Cedar, 294. Wheatear, 346. Whimbrel. 159. Whip-poor-will, 219. Stephens's, 219. Widgeon, 115. Willet, 156. Woodcock, American, 147. European, 147. Woodpecker, AlaskanThree-toed, 214. Alpine Three-toed, 214. American Three-toed, 214. Arctic Three-toed, 213. Californian, 216. Downy, 211. Gairdner's, 21 1. Gila, 217. Golden-fronted, 217. Hairy, 210. Harris's, 211. Ivory-billed, 210. Lewis's, 216. Narrow-fronted, 216. Northern Hairy, 210. Nuttall's, 212. Pileated, 215. Red-bellied, 217. Red-cockaded, 212. Red-headed, 216. Saint Lucas. 212. Southern Hairy. 211. Strickland's, 213. Texan, 212. White-headed. 213. Williamson's. 215. Wren, Alaskan, 329. Baird's, 328. Wren, Bewick's, 327. Cactus, 325. Caiidn, 326. Carolina, 327. Florida, 327. Guadalupe, 328. Guadalupe Rock, 326. House, 328. Long-billed Marsh, 340. Parkman's, 328. Rock, 325. St. Lucas Cactus, 325. Short-billed Marsh, 330. Vigors's, 327. White-throated, 326. Winter, 329. Western Winter, 329. Wren-Tit, 336. Pallid, 336. XANTHOCEPHALUS, 248. xanthocephalus. 249. Xanthoura, 243. luxuosa, 243. Xema, 91. furcata, 350. sabinii, 91. Xenopicus, 213. albolarvatus. 213. YELLOW-LKGS, 155. Greater, 155. Yellow-throat, Belding's, 315. Maryland, 314. Western, 314. Yphantes, 252. ZENAIDA, 180. zenaida, 180. Zenaidura, 179. macroura, 180. Zonotrichia albicollis, 271. coronata, 271. gambeli, 271. intermedia, 271. leucophrys, 270. querula, 270. University Press : John Wilson & Son, Cambridge. • . • . - ' E - . H , Y;- • I 1 1 • B 1 . . I - H , f i ;> ' ' . j m • • .